Модальные глаголы и формы сослагательного наклонения

МИНИСТЕРСТВО ОБРАЗОВАНИЯ И НАУКИ
ДОНЕЦКОЙ НАРОДНОЙ РЕСПУБЛИКИ

ГОУ ВПО «Донецкий национальный университет»
Факультет иностранных языков
Кафедра теории и практики перевода
Модальные глаголы и формы

сослагательного наклонения
английского языка
Донецк 2020
УДК811.11:81’233’36(075.8)
ББКШ12=432.1*9*212.5я73
С 221
Утверждено на заседании Ученого совета факультета

иностранных языков
ГОУ ВПО «Донецкий национальный университет»
(протокол № 9 от 29.11.19)
С 221 Модальные глаголы и формы сослагательного

наклонения английского языка: учебное пособие по
грамматике / Сост. М. Е. Сахацкая. ‒ Донецк: ДонНУ,
2020. ‒ 265 с.
Рецензенты:
Марченко Г.В., кандидат педагогических наук, доцент, заведующая кафедрой

образовательных технологий, декан факультета дополнительного
профессионального образования ГОУ ВПО «Донецкий национальный
университет»
Каверина О.Г., доктор педагогических наук, профессор, заведующий кафедрой
английского языка ГОУ ВПО «Донецкий национальный технический
университет»
Данное учебное пособие содержит теоретический материал и практические

задания по грамматике. Специальные упражнения для развития
переводческих умений и навыков способствуют формированию
профессиональной компетенции.
Пособие рекомендуется для аудиторной и самостоятельной работы студентов
высших учебных заведений, которые специализируются в области английской
филологии и лингвистики, студентов переводческих факультетов по
направлению подготовки: 45.03.02 Лингвистика, 45.04.02 Лингвистика,
специальности 45.05.01 «Перевод и переводоведение», а также для
дополнительной профессиональной программы профессиональной
переподготовки «Перевод в сфере общекультурной коммуникации (английский
язык)»
УДК 811.11:81’233’36(075.8)
ББК Ш12=432.1*9*212.5я73
Сахацкая М. Е., 2020
ГОУ ВПО «Донецкий национальный

университет», 2020
CONTENTS
Preface
Modals. The Basics …………………………………………………………….. 5
Can – could ……………………………………………………………………… 7
May – might ……………………………………………..…………………… 29
Must ……………………………………………………….…………….…….. 49
To have to ……………………………………………………………….……. 65
To be to …………………………………………………..……….………….. 70
Need …………………………………………………………………………... 85
Should – ought to …………………………………………………………… 96
Shall ………………………………………………………………………….. 115
Will – would ………………………………………………………...………. 119
Dare ………………………………………………………………...………... 130
General revision ………………………………………………..………….. 140
Translation section ……………………………………………..…………. 149
The Oblique Moods. The Basics …………………………...…………….. 153

The free use of the Oblique Moods ………………………………………. 155
The obligatory use of the Oblique Moods ………………...…………….. 207
General revision ……………………………………………………………..253
Translation section ………………………………………………………. ..262
PREFACE
В данном учебном пособии представлен материал, необходимый
для изучения и закрепления двух важных и достаточно сложных тем
английской грамматики – модальных глаголов и форм условного
наклонения. Предназначено оно для студентов второго курса
специальности «Перевод и переводоведение», а также для аспирантов
и студентов других специальностей, изучающих данные темы в
рамках учебного плана.
Основной задачей пособия является развитие умений различать
формы модальных глаголов и грамотно использовать их в общении и
при переводе, правильно использовать все грамматические формы
условного наклонения, а также систематизировать знания,
полученные на протяжении первого года обучения.
Учебное пособие состоит из двух разделов: первый охватывает
модальные глаголы английского языка, второй – формы условного
наклонения. В основе пособия упражнения по грамматике на основе
классических изданий Великобритании, России, а также
современных работ английских авторов в русле коммуникативной
лингвистики. Упражнения разделены на аналитические
(идентификация грамматических структур), тренировочные
(развитие навыков автоматического употребления изучаемых
явлений) и контрольные (тестовые, трансформационные задания и
упражнения на перевод с русского языка на английский). Каждый из
основных разделов завершается заданиями на перевод повышенного
уровня сложности, которые предлагаается использовать в качестве
дополнительных среди более успевающих студентов.
Кроме традиционных упражнений в учебнике представлен ряд
заданий коммуникативной направленности, а именно: составление
диалогов, описание изображений с активацией изучаемого
грамматического явления, задания, предполагающие обширные
высказывания студентов с применением стурктур, а также диалоги и
тексты, демонстрирующие студентам реальные ситуации, в которых
функционируют определенные грамматические явления.
Modals. The Basics
can - could may- might must will- would

shall- should ought to
There are certain points to remember about modals:
1. Modals come before the infinitive form of a verb without to (except
ought to): I may meet her tomorrow.
 Dare and need sometimes act like modals without to: I dare say.
More often, they are ordinary verbs with to:
He dared me to jump over the edge. Do you need to know now?
2. Modals never change form. They do not have -ed, -s, or -ing endings:
Maria may join us.
3. Modals never use do when forming questions or negatives. To form

negatives, we use not after the modal and before the verb: Will you come?
You mustn't worry so much.
Modals are used in short answers and question tags:
You will apply for the job, won't you? Well, I might.
4. Modals usually refer to events in the present or future: I can come

immediately you like. (= present)
I may ring you later. (= future)
5. However, some modals refer to the past: I could read before I went to
school.
Other modals are used with the perfect infinitive to refer the action to the
past: I should have realised earlier.
6. We use other verbs with similar meanings to modals (modal verbs

equivalents). These verbs always use to. They include:
to be able to to have to to be allowed to to be to
to manage to used to to be supposed to
I'm supposed to have let them know my decision by today.

Will we be allowed to buy our own food?
7. Modals can be used with different types of bare Infinitives (i.e. without
the particle to).
5
THE TYPES OF INFINITIVES used with modals
Phase-aspect Active voice Passive voice Examples

forms
Indefinite to go -- Some things cannot
Infinitive to say to be said be explained by
reason.
Continuous to be going -- Alex shouldn't be
Infinitive to be saying -- acting so confident.
He might be
studying.
Perfect to have gone -- He needn’t have
Infinitive* to have said to have been done that. People
said could have been
injured by falling
branches.
Perfect to have been going -- I called, but she
Continuous to have been -- didn't answer. She
Infinitive* saying must have been
sleeping
*When followed by a perfect infinitive, the modal verb denotes an action with
reference to the past.
8. Most modal verbs can be used in three modal meanings:

- concrete (i.e. their direct meaning – ability, obligation, advice, etc.)
- imperative (i.e. implying certain interaction – request, permission, etc.)
- suppositional (i.e. expressing a particular degree of certainty)
6
I. CAN and COULD
1.1 Concrete meaning
Can is used to express mental, physical ability or possibility due to the

circumstances in the present.
Can you play chess?
Ostriches can run very fast.
You can buy a hammer at the hardware store.
In the negative can't is more common than cannot, which is very formal.
The past form of can meaning “ability, possibility” is could.
Their son could swim before he could walk.
Note 1. We usually use can and could with verbs for mental processes and
senses such as see, hear, smell, taste, feel, understand, remember,
believe, guess. When used with these verbs, can and could are not
translated:
Can you remember her name? – Ты помнишь, как ее зовут?
We could hear a cat, but we couldn't see it. – Мы слышали кота, но не видели
его.
When I came into the house, I could smell something burning. – Когда я зашел
в дом, я услышал запах гари.
CAN/COULD and TO BE ABLE TO

To be able to is possible instead of can / could, but can / could is more
common.
Are you able to speak any foreign languages?
Were you able to swim when you were 6?
We avoid to be able to in the following cases:
1. when we talk about something happening as we speak:
Watch me, Mum, I can stand on one leg (NOT … I’m able to stand on one leg.).
2. before passives:
CDs can now be copied easily. (rather than CDs are now able to be copied
easily.)
3. when the meaning is “know how to”:
Can you cook? (rather than Are you able to cook?)
4. We don't use be able to in the continuous: He isn't able to walk (NOT
He isn't being able to walk.).
We use to be able to instead of can or could in four cases:

 in infinitives: They want to be able to practise;
7
 in gerunds: She left without being able to talk to the teacher;
 after modals: Tom might be able to come tomorrow;
 in the perfect and future: He hasn't been able to study. I won’t be able to
participate in the contest tomorrow.
Could do is used in the past-time contexts to express ability, possibility,
but not the realization of the action. The single achievement in the past is
expressed by to be able to do, to manage to do.
She could become a painter, but she chose the profession of a journalist.
She was able / managed to become a good painter.
She could swim when she was 7.
She swam strongly and was able to cross the river easily, even though it was
swollen by the heavy rain.
Mind the way these two sentences are translated into Russian:
Она могла стать художницей, но она выбрала профессию журналиста.
Она смогла стать хорошей художницей.
The negative couldn't (could not) is possible in all situations:
My grandfather couldn't swim. —Мой дед не умел плавать.
We tried hard but we couldn't persuade them to come with us. — Мы очень
старались, но не смогли убедить их приехать к нам.
Could, not was / were able to is used to suggest that something almost
didn’t happen, particularly with almost, hardly, just, nearly:
I could nearly touch the ceiling.
Exercise 1. Using a dictionary if necessary, complete these

sentences with the nouns and appropriate forms of the verbs with
can or could
animal insect star weapon jump live not see use
1. A pulsar is a .......... that .........., but sends out regular radio signals.
2. An amphibian is an .......... that .......... both on land and in water.
3. A grasshopper is an .......... with long back legs that .......... very high.
A catapult was an ancient .......... that .......... to throw large heavy stones.
Exercise 2. Complete each sentence with can or could in the

meaning of possibility due to the circumstances and the words from
the table:
Mr Wilson is in Rio de Janeiro on business for a few days. A Brazilian friend
is showing him round, and tells him what sometimes happens, or used to
happen in the past.
8
be /take / get difficult / dangerous / cuts /
cool / over an hour
Example: Be careful when you swim — the sea … can… be dangerous.

1. You'd better take a sweater. It ……..…….. at night.
2. There's a tunnel through the mountains now — before it was built, it
…….. to get to the other side of the city.
3. The electricity supply is very good now. Years ago there …….. that
lasted for hours.
Exercise 3. Discussion task

a) Read the following text:
A researcher into human behavior conducted an experiment. First she
talked to a group of four-year-olds.
“How many of you can dance?” All of
the children raised their hands.
“How many of you can sing?” All of
the hands shot up.
“And finally, how many of you can
draw?” Every child's hand was raised.
Next the researcher went to a
college class of twenty-five students in their late teens and early twenties.
“How many of you can dance?” she asked. About a third of the students
raised their hands.
“How many of you can sing?” Some hands were raised, but fewer than
were raised for the first question.
“How many of you can draw?” Only two hands went up.
b) Discuss the following in groups or as a class:
What do you think accounts for the different responses in the two
groups, and what conclusions might you make if you were the
researcher?
Exercise 4. Complete the sentences using can or to be able to. Use

can if possible; otherwise use to be able to
Example: George has travelled a lot. He ...can... speak four languages.
1. I haven't .......... sleep very well recently.
2. Sandra ......... drive but she hasn't got a car.
3. I can't understand Martin. I've never......... understand him.
9
4. I used to......... stand on my head but I can't do it now.
5. I can't see you on Friday but I ......... meet you on Saturday morning.
6. Ask Catherine about your problem. She might ......... help you.
Exercise 5. Write sentences about yourself using the ideas in

brackets
1. (something you used to be able to do) ......... I used to be able to sing
well.
2. (something you used to be able to do) I used..................
3. (something you would like to be able to do) .................
4. (something you have never been able to do) I've..................
Exercise 6. Complete the sentences with can / can't / could /

couldn't + one of these verbs
come eat hear run

sleep wait
1. I'm afraid I ...can’t come.. to your party next week.

2. When Tim was 16, he was a fast runner. He......... 100 metres in 11
seconds.
3. “Are you in a hurry?” “No, I've got plenty of time. I......... “
4. I was feeling sick yesterday. I......... anything.
5. Can you speak up a bit? I......... you very well.
6. “You look tired.” “Yes, I......... last night.”
Exercise 7. Complete the answers to the questions with was/were

able to or managed to
1. A: Did everybody escape from the fire?
B: Yes. Although the fire spread quickly, everybody ...was able to.. escape.
2. A: Did you have difficulty finding Ann's house?
B: Not really. Ann had given us good directions and we .........
3. A: Did you finish your work this afternoon?
B: Yes. There was nobody to disturb me, so .........
4. A: Did the thief get away?
B: Yes. No one realised what was happening and the thief .........
10
Exercise 8. Complete the sentences using could, couldn't or
was/were able to, wasn’t/weren’t able to
Example: My grandfather was a very clever man. He ...could... speak five
languages.
1. I looked everywhere for the book but I.....find it.
2. They didn't want to come with us at first but we ......... persuade them.
3. Laura had hurt her leg and......... walk very well.
4. Sue wasn't at home when I phoned but I......... contact her at her office.
5. I looked very carefully and I......... see a figure in the distance.
6. I wanted to buy some tomatoes. The first shop I went to didn't have
any but I......... get some in the next shop.
7. My grandmother loved music. She......... play the piano very well.
8. A girl fell into the river but fortunately we......... rescue her.
9. I had forgotten to bring my camera so I......... take any photographs.
Exercise 9. Complete the account of the climb with

could/couldn't wherever possible — otherwise use was/were
able to, wasn’t/weren’t able to
1. Stephen and Julie were spending a few days camping with
some friends in Snowdonia. On a
climb, there was a difficult section.
Stephen has long arms, and was able
to climb this easily, but Julie is not so
tall and ……. reach the hold.
2. In the end, she ……. reach it by
standing on her friend's shoulders.
«Never mind,» he said. «I ……. get up the first time I tried.» The
rest of the climb was easier, and they ……. reach the top by 12
o'clock. It was warm and sunny, and they ……. see the whole of
Snowdonia.
Exercise 10. Put in can/can't if possible, if not use could or will be

able to
Example: I think I ...will be able to ...... speak English quite well in a few
months.
1. Dr Parker ......... see you at 12 on Tuesday.
2. It's quite fine, Clara, the rain has stopped. We......... have a small walk.
3. I ......... tell stories, never ..........
4. The mountains were a long way away and we ......... see snow on their
11
tops.
5. She ......... travel again in a few weeks.
6. If I practise a bit, I ......... be pretty good at tennis.
7. I'm free at the weekend, so you ......... come round.
8. They knew the town so they ......... advise him where to go.
9. Mary usually leaves work at six, but she ......... leave earlier on Fridays.
10. Do you think one day people ......... travel to the stars?
11. Since he was working at the hospital all day he ......... learn only in
the evening.
12. In a few years, computers ......... think better than we do.
13. I'll post your letter, but I don't think the postman ......... read the
address.
14. She ......... do your job with no trouble at all.
15. We ......... get in touch with him in such a short time.
16. I ......... come tomorrow, I'm afraid. I'm too busy.
17. This week isn't good, but I ......... bring the car in next week.
18. I......... hear Miss Graham's voice, but I ......... hear what she said.
Exercise 11. Complete the sentences using could/couldn't or

was/were able to
Example: Her grandparents were multilingual. They ...could... speak six
foreign languages.
1. Though the day was rather windy the firemen ......... put the fire out in
less than ten minutes.
2. Linda loved sewing greatly. She ......... make her clothes without any
help.
3. He ......... do this, if he tried.
4. Even though I hurt my leg I ......... swim back to the boat.
5. She ......... enter the university as she knew the material well enough.
6. ......... you speak English before you went to London? — Unfortunately
I ......... not speak it very well.
7. Doreen had a terrible sore-throat. It was very difficult for her to
swallow but she ......... drink a cup of broth.
8. Did you buy any fresh fruit? — Oh, it was really a problem, but I ….
buy it in the market.
9. I was sure I ......... get to the top of the mountain.
10. Happily Ann ......... swim across the river, otherwise she would have
drowned.
11. As he was not interrupted he ......... finish his work by the evening.
12
12. I'm sorry but I......... not come to the party on Sunday.
13. They were a long way from the stage. They ......... see all right but
they ......... not hear very well.
14. The police were suspicious at first but I ......... convince them that we
were innocent.
15. I had no key so I ......... not lock the door.
16. When the garage had repaired our car we ......... continue our journey.
17. George played tennis well but he ......... not beat Graham.
18. The car fell down into the river. The driver ......... get out but the
passengers sank.
19. At the age of five he ......... compose poems and everyone approved of
them.
COULD DO AND COULD HAVE DONE
Previously it was stated that could is the past form of can:

Listen. I can hear something. (now)
I listened. I could hear something. (past)
But could is not used in this way only. We also use could to express
possible actions at present or in the future, especially to make a suggestion
or express an unreal action:
What shall we do this evening? — We could go to the cinema. - Мы могли бы
пойти в кинотеатр.
I’m so hungry I could eat a horse. - Я такой голодный, что мог бы съесть
слона!
In this case could is translated as “могли бы, мог бы” and is referred to
the present.
In order to express an unreal action in the past, could have done is
used. Compare the following examples:
13
I'm so tired. I could sleep for a week. — Я так устал. Я мог бы проспать
целую неделю
I was so tired last Friday. I could have slept for a week. — Я так устал в
прошлую пятницу. Я мог бы проспать целую неделю.
Most often, we use could have done for things which were possible but
did not happen:
Why did you stay at a hotel when you went to New York? You could have stayed
with Barbara. (you had the opportunity to stay with her but you didn't).
Jack fell off a ladder yesterday but he's all right. He's lucky — he could have
hurt himself badly (but he didn't hurt himself).
The situation was bad but it could have been worse.
Could have done is synonymous to would have been able to do:
The trip was cancelled last week. Paul couldn't have gone anyway because he
was ill. (= he wouldn't have been able to go)
The use of can and could to denote real and unreal possibility is
summarized in the following table:
REAL
UNREAL ACTION
ACTION
REFERENCE TO could do (мог бы
can do (могу)
THE PRESENT (сейчас))
REFERENCE TO could have done (мог
could do (мог)
THE PAST бы (в прошлом))
Exercise 12. Complete this joke with appropriate forms of can or

could:
Did you hear about the woman who went fishing, but .......... catch
anything? On her way home, she stopped at the market so that she .......... buy
two fish. She then stepped back a few paces and asked the fish seller if he
.......... throw them to her. The puzzled man asked, «Why?» The woman
answered. «So that I .......... tell my husband that I caught a couple of fish
today!»
Exercise 13. After their climb (Exercise 9), Stephen and his
friends were all very hungry, hot, tired, thirsty, and happy. Use could
with items in the box to complete their exclamations:
14
drink 8 bottles of lemonade melt sleep for 24 hours
look at them all day eat a kilo of rice
STEPHEN: I'm so hungry, … I could eat a kilo of rice!

JULIE: I'm not hungry, but I'm so thirsty ……..
JOHN: I didn't sleep well last night. I'm so tired
…….
ANNE: Me too. And the weather needs to be cooler
to climb mountains — I'm so hot ………….
JULIE: The mountains are so beautiful, though. I ……..
Later, Julie wrote a postcard to her parents, and described how

everyone had felt: Stephen was so hungry he could have eaten a kilo
of rice. Continue her letter, writing the other sentences in the same
way:
I wasn't hungry, but I was so thirsty I …….. John and Anne were so tired
they …….., and Anne was so hot she …….. The mountains were so beautiful,
though, I ……..
Exercise 14. Open the brackets with could do (expressing a

possibility) or could have done (expressing a possibility that did not
happen) and make all necessary changes
1. He could ......... (get) a credit, but he did not prepare all the documents
in time.
2. Why didn't you ask me? I could ......... (do) it for you.
3. He could ......... (be) there tomorrow.
4. They could ......... (be) there yesterday.
5. You should have told us about your delay. We could ......... (cancel) our
meeting.
6. He could ......... (do) it if he tried.
7. I think he could ......... (commit) a crime, but he's got an alibi.
8. The train arrives at 11.30. She could ......... (come) at noon.
9. Yesterday I saw him driving at a very high speed. He could .........
(crash).
10. “You couldn’t …. (worry) too much”, Jack was tempted to say, “if
you are still out at one thirty in the morning.”
11. He couldn’t ……. (hear) the news at dinner because his sister
hadn’t arrived yet.
15
12. Harry’s story disappointed him because if the girl had been with
him at half past eight she couldn’t ……. (be) at Hexley at the same
time.
1.2 Imperative meaning
The modal verb can is often used in dialogues in its imperative meaning to
express:
1. Request: Can you help me with my Maths assignment?
2. Asking for permission: Can I park my car here?
3. Permission: You can walk the dogs in the park.
4. Prohibition: You can’t take a bus without a ticket.
5. Reproach: You could have warned me well in advance.
The modal verb could is also used in these meanings in reported speech:
My little sister asked me if I could help her with her Maths assignment.
John asked if he could park his car there.
It was written on the notice that you could walk the dogs in the park. The
traffic warden said that you couldn’t take a bus without a ticket.
The modal verb could is often used in the meaning of request and asking
for permission as a more polite form of can. Actually asking for permission,
or making a request with can is informal and confident whereas could is
rather more formal, and often more polite:
Can you show me how to use this gadget? (to a friend) — Можешь показать,
как работает это устройство?
Could you show me how to use this gadget? (to the shop assistant) — Не могли
бы Вы показать, как работает это устройство?
If you want to sound really polite, you can use one of the following
expressions:
If could I possibly interrupt you?
16
Do you think I could speak to you for a few minutes?
I was wondering if I could ask you for a favour.
I couldn't possibly have another day to finish that work, could I?
The form could have done used in the meaning of reproach implies that
a person should have done something, or behaved in a certain way, but didn’t
do it:
You could at least have met me at the station. — Ты мог бы по крайней мере
встретить меня на станции.
This meaning is more often expressed by might have done.
Exercise 15. Ask politely:

1. ... I speak to Mr. Pitt, please? — I'm afraid he's out at the moment. ...
you ring back later?
2. If a letter comes to me ... you please forward it to this address?
3. ... you tell me the time, please? — I’m afraid, I haven't got a watch.
4. ... you lend me 2.500 pounds? — No, I ... not.
5. I wonder if you ... help me? — With great pleasure.
6. Excuse me,... you tell me the time of the next train, please. — Yes,
certainly. 11:30, platform 3.
7. ... I have some more coffee, please?
8. ... you come to the party at my place Thursday evening? — Thanks a
lot. What time? Is it something special?
9. Excuse me, ... you tell me the way to the nearest underground station?
— Oh, I’m sorry, I ... not. I'm afraid I’ve lost myself. Let's ask the policeman
over there.
10. .... you help me with my luggage, please? — Yes, certainly.
Exercise 16. Paraphrase these notices to give or refuse

permission. Begin each sentence with You ….
Example: Don't feed the animals. — You cannot feed the animals.
1. No smoking.
2. No parking on the square.
3. Visitors are welcome 24 hours a day.
4. No alcoholic drinks under 18.
5. Don't use the office phones for private calls.
6. Private. Keep out.
7. Club members use courts free on Saturday and Sunday.
8. Walk your dogs here.
9. Phone us. We'll help.
17
10. Room for smokers.
11. Leave your car here.
12. Don't swim here.
13. Keep silence.
14. Don't take photographs.
Exercise 17. Julie was going to attend an interview for a job. She
borrowed her mother's car, but she had a puncture, and was two
hours late for the interview. Later her mother was rather annoyed.
Make up a short dialogue in which Julie’s
mother is reproaching her for acting in the
wrong way and Julie trying to justify herself.
Use could have done and the phrases in the
box
to get a lift to phoned a garage

to walk to the next village to change the
wheel herself
1.3 Suppositional meaning
1) Can and could are sometimes used in interrogative sentences to express

uncertainty, doubt. In this case they are rendered into Russian by means of
«Неужели... ?»
Can it be true? — Неужели это правда?
Could in this meaning is very close to can but implies more uncertainty:
Could it be true?
Depending on the time reference, can/could in this meaning is used in
combination with different forms of the infinitive:
a) the Continuous Infinitive (can/could be doing) is used with
dynamic verbs if reference is made to the present to express doubt not only
about some actions in progress at the moment of speaking, but also about
some recurrent or permanent actions.
Can she be telling lies?
Could he be making the investigation all alone?
Can she be living in Algeria?
b) the Indefinite Infinitive (can/could do) is found with stative verbs
if reference is made to the present.
18
Can he really be ill?
Could it be so late?
Note 1. If can/could is followed by the indefinite infinitive of dynamic

verbs, it expresses ability, possibility, etc.
Compare the following examples:
Can she write poems? — Она умеет писать стихи?
Can she be writing poems? — Неужели она пишет стихи?
c) Can/could in combination with the Perfect Infinitive (can/could
have done) refers the action to the past.
Can he have said it?
Could she have told a lie?
d) the Perfect Continuous Infinitive (can/could have been doing) is
used to indicate an action which started in the past and continues up to the
moment of speaking, or an action of some duration in the past.
Can she have been waiting for us so long?
Could he have been working all day long yesterday?
Note 2. Bear in mind that in this meaning could does not serve as the
past form of the verb can. If you want to refer the action to the past, you
should use could have done or could have been doing.
Can it be so late = Could it be so late (reference to the present, Неужели так
поздно?)
Can it have been so late = Could it have been so late (reference to the past,
Неужели было так поздно?)
2) Can and could may be also used in negative sentences to denote
improbability of the realization of the action.
In this meaning can / could is usually translated into Russian by means of
«Не может быть, чтобы…»
It can't be true. — Не может быть, чтобы это была правда.
Или: Это не может быть правдой.
The difference between can and could in this meaning is that could
sounds less categorical.
It couldn't be true.
Depending on the time reference can / could is also used with different
forms of the infinitive (see the use of infinitives with can/could in the
meaning of uncertainty, doubt).
He can't/couldn’t be really ill.
She can't/couldn’t be telling lies.
19
He can't/couldn’t have said it.
She can't/couldn’t have been waiting for us so long.
Note 3. In this meaning could does not serve as the past form of the verb
can. If you want to refer the action to the past, you should use could have
done or could have been doing.
Note 4. Double negation in the suppositional meaning («не может быть,

чтобы он не сделал») is formed with the help of the verb “to fail to do smth”,
prefixes dis-, mis-, un- or negative pronouns:
She can’t have failed to find this book. — Не может быть, чтобы она не
нашла эту книгу.
Compare: She can’t have found this book. — Не может быть, чтобы она
нашла эту книгу.
Can he have misunderstood me? — Неужели он меня не понял?
Can he be unaware of the problem? — Неужели он ничего не знает об этой
проблеме?
Can nobody have believed you? — Неужели никто тебе не поверил?
Note 5. Can and could followed by different forms of the infinitive are
found in special questions where they are used for emotional colouring (for
instance, to express puzzlement, impatience, etc.).
What can/couldn he mean?
What can/couldn he be doing?
What can/couldn he have done?
Where can/couldn he have gone to?
It can be rendered into Russian as:«А что, собственно, он имеет в виду? »
Ехercise 18. Express doubt and improbability about the statements.

Translate the sentences:
Example: He knows English well.
Can (could) he know English well?
He can't know English well.
She knew about it.
Can she have known about it?
She can't have known about it
1. They are very fond of each other.
2. Children like to play here.
3. He has been sleeping for 16 hours.
20
4. He has greatly changed.
5. He is telling the truth.
6. He is waiting for somebody.
7. He understands every word you say.
8. He was dismissed.
9. He works at a factory.
10. On Friday morning Bill came to my office.
11. She has been working for this company for two years.
12. She is crying.
13. She is really fond of the child.
14. There was a public meeting in the town.
15. They always fight with each other.
16. They know how to get there.
17. She is looking for her glasses.
Exercise 19. Translate into English using the modal verbs can or
could to express doubt or improbability:
1. Не может быть, чтобы он опоздал. Он всегда такой пунктуальный.
2. Он не мог прочитать эту книгу так быстро, она трудная для него.
3. Вряд ли она забыла об этом, я напоминала ей только вчера.
4. И что, собственно, он тут делает?
5. Неужели вы забыли, что я вернул вам эту книгу?
6. Разве кто-то мог подумать, что эта команда займет первое место?
7. Неужели они проиграли?
8. Не мог он этого сказать.
9. Неужели было так холодно?
10. И что, собственно, она хочет сделать?
11. Не может быть, чтобы он был сейчас дома.
12. Неужели он так хорошо знает китайский язык?
13. Не может быть, чтобы он потерял эти документы.
14. Неужели вы его не увидели?
15. Неужели они об этом не узнали?
16. Неужели он верит этому?
17. Неужели вы нашли мою книгу?
18. Не может взрослый человек любить такие книги.
19. Не может быть, чтобы она вам об этом рассказала.
20. Они очень милы со мной. Просто невозможно быть более
вежливыми и услужливыми.
21
Exercise 20. Express strong doubt about these negative
statements:
Example: He didn't notice you.
Can he have failed to notice you? - He can't have failed to notice you.
Не doesn't like it here.
Can he dislike it here?
He can't dislike it here.
1. You didn't understand me.
2. She didn't like the play.
3. They don't trust him.
4. They didn't notice the mistake.
5. They didn't receive the telegram in time.
6. They didn't realize the importance of the event.
7. She didn't see you.
8. She didn’t do anything the whole week.
Exercise 21. Translate into English:

1. Неужели вы его не увидели?
2. Не мог он этого не заметить.
3. Неужели вы об этом не знали?
4. Не может быть, чтобы он не одобрил вашего решения.
5. Не может быть, чтобы она вам об этом не рассказала.
6. Неужели он не верит этому?
7. Не может быть, чтобы ей не нравились эти картины.
8. Не может быть, чтобы я неправильно вас понял.
9. Не может быть, чтобы она не нашла ваш дом.
10. Неужели вы не нашли мою книгу?
1.4 Set expressions with CAN/COULD
Note the following set phrases with can / could:

a) I can't help doing means «Не могу удержаться от чего-л./ чтобы не
сделать что-л»
She can't help crying. – Она не может сдержать слез.
He couldn't help laughing. –Он не мог удержаться от смеха. (= Он не
мог не рассмеяться.)
b) I can't but do something means «Мне ничего другого не остается
(оставалось), как...»
I can't but ask him about it. They couldn't but refuse him.
22
c) I can't (couldn't) possibly do means «Просто не могу (не мог)
сделать...»
Не can't possibly do it.
I couldn't possibly refuse him.
Exercise 22. Translate the sentences using can/could in its

suppositional meaning and in certain set expressions:
1. Не может быть, чтобы...
– он был таким глупым.
– она все еще писала эту статью.
– они ушли, не предупредив нас.
– дети гуляли под дождем уже целый час.
2. Неужели ...
– она все еще работает?
– он твой брат?
– они ищут нас так долго?
– он уже ушел?
3. И что (где, как, почему), собственно, ...
– он может иметь ввиду, говоря эти слова?
– она может сейчас быть?
– они могли это сделать?
– такое могло случиться?
4. Он просто не может (не мог, не мог бы) ...
– позволить купить себе такую дорогую машину.
– потерять эти документы.
– слышать нас.
– Они… ответить таким образом на его слова.
5. ... не могу не ...
– Я просто не могу не думать, что она совершила такую ошибку.
– Я не могла не заметить, что он плохо себя чувствовал.
– Она не могла не приехать в такой день.
6. ... ничего не остается, как ...
– Мне ничего не остается, как попросить его о помощи.
– Ему ничего не оставалось, как сказать правду.
– Им ничего не оставалось, как вежливо поприветствовать ее.
– Нам ничего не оставалось, как принять их предложение.
23
Exercise 23. Translate the following paying attention to the
constructions in bold type:
1. “I can see”, I said gently, “that you have been very unhappy”.
2. My dear, I can't help being pleased and flattered.
3. I can't bring myself to take it seriously.
4. I cannot but think that he was a better master to follow than the
English novelists who at that time influenced the young.
5. I cannot but state my belief that the prose drama to which I have
given so much of my life will soon be dead.
6. Altogether it was an inspiring and calming sight, but Conway
couldn't stop worrying.
7. Such was my paralysis of surprise that I could do nothing except
stare at him.
8. The client went off in the direction from which Althea was coming, so
that Mr. Martin really couldn't help seeing her.
9. Now he felt that he could stop being an organiser and go back to
being a doctor.
10. You can't possibly ask me to go without having some dinner.
11. Nothing can possibly go wrong if we work together.
12. He couldn't help but admire her.
13. I can't afford to take the care of myself that he does.
14. I can't tell you how distressed I was at that terrible scene.
1.5 REVISION: CAN AND COULD
Exercise 24. If a word or phrase in bold is correct, put a tick. If

it is incorrect, rewrite it correctly.
1. Can you to speak French?
2. I can give you a hand tomorrow morning, if you like.
3. I’ll can take my driving test after a few more lessons.
4. Jack can play the guitar before he learnt to talk!
5. If only I can afford to buy that top!
6. We can have gone up the Eiffel Tower while we were in Paris,
but we decided to go to the Louvre instead.
7. I could get a more expensive computer, but it didn’t seem
worth it!
8. I wish I could get out of the Maths test tomorrow!
9. I bet you’d love to be can to get satellite TV.
10. You’d better tell the coach if you can’t playing on
24
Saturday.
Exercise 25. Explain the meanings of “can/could” in the
following sentences and translate them into Russian.
1. But the next day she was not well. She could not leave her cabin.
2. We can discuss it now, clause by clause.
3. My son is not in town; but he will be before long. Can I give him any
message?
4. What on earth induced her to behave as she did, I never could
understand. She could have married anybody she chose.
5. Can I smoke, Mr Hawkins?
6. From where I was I could see the clear profile of his face.
7. I ate the next course grimly to an end; she couldn't have been enjoying
her meal much either.
8. We'll get you into the next room, and you can lie on the sofa for a bit.
9. What can have happened to change him so much?
10. Can there have been any misunderstanding in our first encounter?
11. The teacher said they could all go home.
12. A policeman arrived and told him he couldn't park there.
13. Can he have changed now? Do you think it possible?
14. How did he get to know it? Who can he have been talking to?
15. «There's no such train». «We came by it». «You can't have».
16. «Life», the old man said, «can only be understood backward. Now I
see clearly all the mistakes I made and could have avoided».
17. Really he had no idea that she could use water-colour as well as that.
18. You and I are in charge of a great business. We cannot leave our
responsibility to others.
19. You are Agatha, aren't you? I could not be mistaken.
20. Milly asked what time it was, and her mother said it couldn't be more
than one.
21. It was time for me to be getting back too, and I could have walked
back with him. But I knew somehow that he didn't want that, so I sat for a
few minutes watching him as he went down the road.
22. «It's impossible»б exclaimed Phil. «He couldn't have done it.»
23. Could you bring me some paper, please, to write my note on?
Exercise 26. Use the verb can/could or to be able to in the

correct form followed by the appropriate infinitive
1. Have you a friend you ... (to trust)?
2. He ... not (to see) me. I came when he had gone.
25
3. ... you (to call) a little later? I’m afraid I'll be busy till 7.
4. He's not answering the phone. He ... not (to get) home yet.
5. She ... not (to forget) your address; she has visited you several times.
6. You ... (to join) her much later if she wants you to go to the yacht.
7. My cousin ... not (to do) it. I don't believe it.
8. I ... (to help) him but I didn't know he needed help.
9. Your English is quite good for a beginner. You ... (to read) English
books in the original.
10. If your friends are planning to go to the country you ... (to go) with
them.
11. He ... not still (to write) his composition. The teacher has already left
the classroom.
12. I don't believe a single word of his; he ... not (to fail) to learn the news
before us.
13. It ... not (to be) a joke. He means it.
14. ... you (to pass) me the bread, please?
15. Look! I ... (to lift) this chair with one hand.
16. It wasn't easy but our team ... (to win) the match.
17. She was sitting with her back to me, so I... not (to see) her face.
18. He has no idea what the book is about. He ... not (to read) it very
carefully.
19. ... this old woman (to be) Laura? She ... not (to change) so much.
20. The situation was bad but it ... (to be) even worse.
Exercise 27. Translate the following sentences into English using

can/could or to be able to in all of their possible meanings
1. Я мог бы перевести эту статью, но у меня нет словаря.
2. Я могу увидеть Билла? – Конечно. Вы можете найти его в
читальном зале.
3. Я сразу могу запомнить много слов.
4. Вчера я не мог зайти к вам, так как был занят.
5. Он не может быстро идти. Он устал.
6. Вы умеете петь? – Да. – Вы сможете участвовать завтра в концерте?
– Конечно, с удовольствием.
7. Ты можешь помочь мне накрыть на стол? – Извини, я тороплюсь и
сейчас не могу помочь тебе.
8. Интересно, сумеет ли он сделать эту работу сам?
9. Если вы будете работать серьезно, то скоро сможете говорить по-
английски.
26
10. Он мог бы нам помочь, но решил, что это не его дело.
11. Ты мог бы заранее сообщить нам о том, что не собираешься
принимать участие в конкурсе.
12. Я не смог достать билеты в театр вчера.
13. Вряд ли он мог совершить такую ошибку.
14. Он не мог читать по-латыни и не мог понять, что ему прописал
доктор.
15. Не мог бы ты дать мне свой словарь? Я верну его послезавтра.
16. Неужели это маленькая Лиззи? Как она выросла.
17. Ты умеешь кататься на роликах? – Нет. – Я тоже. Зато Том может
делать это еще с детства.
18. Некоторые попугаи могут выговаривать слова и даже фразы.
19. Неужели он замешен в этом деле?
20. Не может быть, чтобы она сейчас спала! Я только что видела ее в
саду.
21. В Англии может быть холодно.
22. Я не смогла прийти к тебе вчера вечером, так как у меня было
собрание.
23. Он мог бы пойти с нами, но у него была тренировка.
24. Неужели она сама сказала вам об этом?
25. Я не могу выходить из дома. У меня высокая температура.
26. Она сможет помочь вам, если вы попросите ее.
27. Неужели она все еще говорит по телефону?
28. Пожалуйста, скажите который час?
29. Вы можете положиться на него. Он очень надежный человек.
30. Говорите, пожалуйста, громче. Я ничего не слышу.
31. Не может быть, чтобы он был вчера дома в это время.
32. Неужели он сказал вам об этом?
33. Он мог бы сделать это, но не захотел.
34. Неужели он отказался ехать туда?
35. Он сможет позвонить тебе только поздно вечером.
36. Не может быть, чтобы он сейчас спал.
37. Не может быть, чтобы они уехали, не попрощавшись с нами.
38. Не может быть, чтобы она вам так ответила.
39. Он мог бы приехать завтра.
40. Не может быть, чтобы он столкнулся с другой машиной. Он такой
аккуратный водитель.
41. Вряд ли он забыл о своем обещании, я напоминала ему об этом
вчера.
27
42. Он не мог прочитать эту книгу так быстро, она для него слишком
трудная.
43. Они могли бы подняться на вершину, но им помешала погода.
44. Вряд ли они поженятся, они слишком разные люди.
45. Разве мог кто-то подумать, что он выиграет матч?
GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: CAN AND COULD
Exercise 28. Find the Russian equivalents for the following

proverbs:
1. Can leopard change its spots?
2. Love cannot be forced.
3. Change of habit cannot alter nature.
4. What is done, cannot be undone.
5. Old friends cannot be sacrificed for new ones.
6. You can take a horse to the water, but you cannot make him drink.
7. Success is the ladder that cannot be climbed with your hands in the
pockets.
8. Never put off till tomorrow what you can do today.
9. A man can do no more than he can.
10. What can't be cured must be endured.
11. You can't make an omelet without breaking a few eggs.
12. Beggars can't be choosers.
Exercise 29. Compare and contrast the images, using suppositions

and can /could in all their meanings.
28
II. MAY and MIGHT
May in the meaning of possibility due to the

circumstances occurs only in affirmative
sentences and is followed only by the simple
infinitive.
It may rain tomorrow. – Завтра может
пойти дождь.
Might + Ind. Inf. is used in past-time
contexts as the past form of the verb may:
In those days a man might be sentenced to death for such a petty crime. – В
те времена человека могли приговорить к смертной казни за столь
незначительное нарушение.
Might + Perf. Inf. indicates that the action was not carried out owing to
certain circumstances and is synonymous to could +Perf. Inf.:
He might have fallen ill if he hadn’t taken the medicine.
It is often rendered into Russian as «чуть не», «едва не»:
I left home so late that I might have missed the lecture. – Я вышел из дома
так поздно, что чуть не пропустил лекцию.
Exercise 30. Translate the following sentences into Russian and

comment on the meaning of the modal verb may:
1) Of course I’m too young to be a really good writer yet, but I try hard and
one day I may achieve something.
2) Marry might often be seen sitting on the porch, knitting a lace blouse.
3) Archer looked touchingly white and weak. He had been through a hard
time. He might have died.
4) She longed for a letter from Jack. It might contain an explanation why
he had gone away so promptly.
5) There was so much they had shared together and so much more they
might have shared that they had not.
6) “I thought the picture might interest you”, Maurice said winking.
7) We were going for a picnic with our relatives. Mum thought you might
be bored, so she suggested that you should stay home.
8) Take an umbrella. It may rain later in the afternoon.
9) Watch out! You might have broken mum’s favourite vase!
10) If I were you, I wouldn’t touch that snake – it may bite you.
29
The modal verb may is often used in dialogues in its imperative meaning to
express:
1. Permission: The director is alone now. So you may see him now.
2. Asking for permission: May I change the contents of my report, Mr Jay?
3. Request: May I use your telephone?
In these meanings may is synonymous to the phrases “to have permission
to”, “to be allowed to”, “to be permitted to”, “would you mind doing”, “do you
mind if I do smth”, “would you mind if I did smth”. We use one of these phrases
when we emphasize getting permission on a specific occasion:
The director is alone now. So you are allowed to see him now.
Do you mind if I use your pen?
4. Prohibition: You may not smoke in the office.
May is not common in this meaning. Generally must and can are used
instead.
The modal verb might is used in these meanings in reported speech:
The secretary told me that I might see the director as he was alone.
He asked me if he might use my phone.
The manager told me I might not smoke in the office.
The modal verb might is also used in the meaning of request and asking
for permission as a more polite form of may.
Might I use your telephone, please?
5. Disapproval, reproach:
You might carry the parcel for me.
You might have helped me.
Here we find only the form might used in affirmative sentences with the
simple or Perfect infinitive.
 might + Ind. Inf. expresses ironical advice, disapproval:
Don’t wait for her, you might do it yourself (могли бы).
You might help me to carry this heavy bag (мог бы).
 might + Perf. Inf. denotes reproach for the non-performance
of the action. The same meaning can be expressed by means of could + Perf.
Inf.:
You might have phoned me last night (мог бы).
Exercise 31. Paraphrase the following sentences using to be

allowed / permitted to/ would you mind if…
1. May the students leave the room in a few minutes?
30
2. May I stay away from the classes?
3. May she miss the classes tomorrow?
4. May I look up words in the dictionary?
5. May he not do this job now?
6. May the child not eat his soup?
7. May she play the piano in your room?
8. May Kate read her essay at the next lesson?
9. May I not come to the examination tonight?
10. May she not go and see her doctor?
11. May I come a bit late for the next class?
12. May Jack change place with Bill?
13. May I keep your player till Sunday?
14. May the students write the dictation at the next class?
15. May I leave the class before the bell goes?
Exercise 32. Change these sentences using may:

1. Do you allow me to invite my friends to our discussion?
2. Are little children allowed to play with matches?
3. Let me join you in your trip to London.
4. Will you allow me to take your book home and keep it for a week?
5. Do you mind if they attend your lectures?
6. Allow me to use your dictionary. I've left mine at home.
7. Let me take your umbrella. It's raining heavily.
8. Will they allow us to lodge in this room?
9. Let him speak to you in private.
10. Are the twins allowed to go for a walk in the park?
11. Would you mind if I looked through your notes?
12. Let Andrew play chess after he finishes his homework.
13. Will you allow the children to go to the river with us? The weather is
fine.
14. Would you mind her going home for a few days?
15. Allow me to do things the way I want to do them.
Exercise 33. Express disapproval based on the following

sentences. Use the perfect infinitive to refer the situation to the past
and in this way express reproach.
Example: a) You do not remember your child's birthday.
You might remember your child's birthday!
b) You did not switch off the lights before leaving.
31
You might have switched off the lights before leaving.
1. You do not wear your new suit to the office.
2. You did not sew the buttons on, Alice.
3. You did not even notice how well she played. You do not pay enough
attention to your child.
4. Do come and help me choose it.
5. You did not try hard enough.
6. You did not get up a little earlier and help me to clean up after the
party.
7. You never let me know when something like this happens.
8. You didn't give a detailed account.
9. You didn't meet her at the station.
Exercise 34. Express reproach using the correct form of the verbs
in brackets:
1. You might ......... (get) to know your mates better by that time.
2. Look! You ......... might (call) on me last week. I was ill.
3. You might ......... (tell) him about it before.
4. You might ......... (praise) him for doing it.
5. She might ......... (be) particular about such things.
6. You might ......... (speak) to the man. He should know the truth.
7. You might ......... (consult) with the experts before signing this contract.
8. She has just left, you might ......... (come) earlier.
9. Oh, Sam, you never think of my comfort. You might ......... (book) a
room in the hotel in advance.
May and might are often used in affirmative and negative sentences to
express supposition implying uncertainty.
He may be at home. — Возможно, он дома.
He may not be at home. — Вероятно, его нет дома.
In Russian this meaning is generally rendered by means of the modal
adverbs «вероятно», «похоже», «по-видимому» and «может быть».
In English this meaning may also be rendered by means of the attitudinal
adverbs perhaps and maybe.
In the meaning of supposition implying uncertainty, the form might is
also found. It differs from the form may in that it emphasizes the idea of
uncertainty.
32
May/might denoting supposition implying uncertainty can be followed
by different forms of the infinitive depending on the time reference expressed.
a) the Continuous Infinitive
(may/might be doing) is used with dynamic
verbs if reference is made to the present to
express supposition implying uncertainty not
only about some actions in progress at the
moment of speaking, but also about some
recurrent or permanent actions.
He may/might be skating now. —
Наверное, он сейчас катается на коньках.
She may/might be studying at medical
college. — Возможно, она обучается в
медицинском колледже.
The economy may/might be showing signs of recovery. — Возможно, есть
признаки того, что экономика начинает восстанавливается.
b) May/might in combination with the Simple Infinitive (may/might do)
usually refers the action to the future.
He may/might come tomorrow. — Возможно, она приедет завтра.
The action may also refer to the present but only with stative verbs.
She may/might be angry with you. — Похоже, она сердится на тебя.
He may/might not know about it. — Возможно, он ничего об этом не
знает.
c) May/might in combination with the Perfect Infinitive (may/might have
done) refers the action to the past.
He may/might not have recovered yet. — Наверное, он еще не выздоровел.
d) the Perfect Continuous Infinitive (may/might have been doing) is
used to indicate an action which began in the past and continues into the
moment of speaking, or an action of some duration in the past.
He may/might have been skating for 2 hours. — — Возможно, он катается
на коньках уже 2 часа.
Note. In this meaning might does not serve as the past form of the verb may.
If you want to refer the action to the past, you are to use may/might have
done or may/might have been doing.
33
Exercise 35. The people interviewing
Julie for the job (see Exercise 17) couldn’t
understand why she was so late
Why isn’t Miss Wilson here?
She may be ill — or she may be too nervous. It may
not be her fault.
What other possible explanations do
the interviewers think of? Use may/might
(not) + Simple Infinitive
1. Perhaps her train is late.
2. Perhaps she doesn't know the way.
3. It's just possible she thinks it's on another day.
4. Perhaps there's a traffic jam.
5. Maybe she feels the salary is too low.
6. There's a slight possibility that she doesn't want the job after all.
7. Perhaps she's not feeling well today.
8. It's just possible she has a good reason.
b) Mr and Mrs Wilson are waiting for the guests who are one
hour late for the party. Rewrite these sentences using may /might
(not) instead of perhaps, it's possible and maybe
Example: Perhaps they have forgotten where we
live.
They may have forgotten where we live.
1. It's possible they've lost our address.
2. There's a possibility that they didn't get our
invitation.
3. Or maybe they thought it said Thursday, not
Tuesday.
4. It's possible their car has broken down.
5. Perhaps they have been held up by a traffic jam in the centre.
6. Or maybe one of them left the telephone at home and had to go back
home to fetch it.
Exercise 36. Read the text. Then write

eight sentences explaining what people
think might have happened to the Mayas.
Nobody is quite sure what exactly happened to
the Mayan civilization. We know that in 900 AD
their cities were still prosperous, but a hundred
34
years later they had been abandoned. A number of theories have been put
forward to explain this. One theory is that the Mayan ruling class died out
because rulers did not work and so became unhealthy, and there was nobody
to tell the farmers what to do. Another idea is that farmers were unable to
grow enough food to support large populations in cities. Other people believe
that a natural disaster, such as an earthquake occurred, the cities were
destroyed and the people never moved back. Or perhaps another Mexican
people conquered the Mayas, and destroyed their cities. Another theory is
that there was a revolution, in which the farmers killed their rulers. Some
experts believe that the epidemic of some kind caused the disappearance of
the Mayas. Others think that the Mayan cities suffered from an
environmental disaster caused by drought or overproduction. Finally, some
people believe that the people abandoned their cities because their priests
told them to do it.
Example: The Mayan ruling class might have died out because rulers did
not work.
1. ____________________________________________
2. _____________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________
4. _____________________________________________
5. _____________________________________________
6. _____________________________________________
7. _____________________________________________
Exercise 37. Complete the following sentences with may/might and

the proper form of infinitive:
1. The letter ... (receive) yesterday.
2. It ... (rain), you'd better take a coat.
3. I ... never (see) you again.
4. This ... (be) the reason for their refusal to join us.
5. He has refused but he ... (change) his mind if you ask him again.
6. I don't know why she's not here. She ... (not get) my message.
7. He ... (see) in the club any night of the year.
8. Jane ... (meet) them at her uncle's. If I am not mistaken it was last
Sunday.
9. We ... (win), but I don't think there's much chance.
10. She ... still (wait) for you in the entrance hall.
11. The documents ... (receive) tomorrow.
35
12. He ... (lose) your address, that's why he doesn't write to you.
13. Ann didn't answer the doorbell, she ... (be) in the bath.
14. Wait a little, he ... (come).
15. They ... (leave) an hour ago.
16. If he walks from the station, he ... (arrive) in the course of the
next half hour. If he drives, he ... (be) here at any moment.
17. It was some special occasion; I don't remember what. It…(be) my
birthday.
18. He ... not (learn) the news, that's why he looks as if nothing has
happened.
19. Don't be angry with her. She ... (do) it by mistake.
Exercise 38. Give uncertain answers to the following questions.

Use may/might.
1. Where's Sue going? (to the theatre)
2. Where is the meat I left on the table? (the cat, steal it)
3. Where's George? (play tennis)
4. How did the fire start? (someone, drop a cigarette)
5. Why's Peter late? (miss the train)
6. Where are you going for your holidays? (Spain)
7. Why didn't Ann answer the doorbell? (go to bed)
8. I wonder how much such dress costs? (35 pounds)
9. Where are my slippers? (in the bathroom)
10. Who was that man? (Mr. Smith)
11. Why didn't Mary come to see us? (fall ill)
12. When do you expect them to come? (arrive next week)
13. Whose book is this? (Nina's)
14. Why is he looking for the key? (lose it)
15. When will he finish his work? (in a week or two)
2.4. Set expressions with MAY AND MIGHT
a) May as well (might as well, might just as well) do is a very mild and
unemphatic way of expressing an intention. It is also used to give advice or
make suggestions and implies that, although the suggestion is not perfect,
there is no better option.
I may as well take the child with me. — Возможно, я возьму ребенка с собой
/ Возможно, будет лучше, если я возьму ребенка с собой.
You may as well give him the letter.
36
I might as well stay at home tonight.
We can also use might as well to express criticism:
I might as well be dead for all you care. – С такой заботой меня бы уже
давно не было в живых.
There was no way to reach out to him; you might as well cry for help in the
desert. – До него было не достучаться; с таким же успехом можно было
бы звать на помощь в пустыне.
b) It might have been worse means «Things are not so bad after all» In
Russian it is rendered as: «Могло бы быть хуже » or «В конце концов все не
так уж и плохо».
c) Не might have been a... means «He might have been taken for a...», «He
looked like a... .»
Roy Wilson, the new doctor, was twenty-eight, large, heavy mature and blond.
He might have been a Scandinavian sailor.
d) If I may say so... has become a stereotyped phrase in which the meaning
of permission is considerably weakened.
If I may say so, I think you have treated him very badly. — Если можно так
выразиться, я думаю ты плохо вел себя с ним.
e) Try as I may/might… means «although I try/tried hard» (may is used for
present reference and might for past reference).
Try as I might, I could not pass my driving test. (This means although I tried
hard, I could not pass my driving test.)
Exercise 39. To practise may, make up situations of your own using

the following patterns:
1. Может быть (возможно) он ...
- придет немного позже.
- читает в своей комнате.
- забыл про нашу встречу.
- ожидает от них письма уже целый месяц.
2. Может быть (возможно) он не ...
- там сейчас.
- получал еще известий от своей семьи.
- ждет их там.
- так и не получил от них ответа.
3. Я, наверное, ...
- подвезу тебя до дома.
- пойду на этот концерт.
- куплю эти тапочки.
37
- останусь дома.
4. Я, наверное, лучше ...
- выпью кофе.
- полечу на самолете.
- посмотрю телевизор.
- куплю яблок на рынке.
5. Могло бы быть и ...
- намного хуже.
- сложнее найти необходимую сумму денег.
- ошибкой отправить туда Джона.
- правдой, что это не его вина.
6. ... можно было бы принять за ...
- Она не была шведкой, но ее можно было принять за шведку.
- Издалека дом можно было бы принять за небольшую гостиницу.
- Эту странную пару можно было бы принять за отца и дочь.
- По тому, как он себя вел и говорил, его можно было принять за
образованного человека.
7. Если можно так выразиться,
- вы еще не готовы к семейной жизни.
- он слишком дерзкий.
- они не совсем понимают, что тут происходит.
8. Как я ни старался,…
- я не мог открыть это старое окно.
- я не мог убедить ее поехать с нами.
- я не мог обратить на себя внимание.
Exercise 40. Analyse the form of the modal verb may/might. Say in
which meaning it is used. Translate the sentences:
1. Children may borrow books from the library.
2. He said he might get to work by bus.
3. Let's meet at 5 if the time is convenient to everybody. We may get there
on foot.
4. I have got two English novels in the original. So you may take one of
them.
5. Mother said you might take some apples.
6. — May I smoke, doctor?
— No, you may not. You'd better stop doing it. It may ruin your health.
7. Mother, may I have a glass of light beer?
8. May I see him in the hospital on Tuesday?
38
9. He asked me if he might rest for an hour.
10. May I spend the week-end with you?
11. Jim, you may not have a swim today, it's rather chilly.
12. You might remember people are sleeping upstairs.
13. You might have asked me if I had an objection.
14. You might have come half an hour ago.
15. The child is very weak. You might be more attentive to him.
16. If he had arrived an hour earlier, he might have had a good night's
rest.
17. We may never be married.
18. He may have written the letter, but the signature is certainly not his.
19. He told the doctor he might have been running a high temperature
for some days.
20. Nobody else is going to turn up now for the lesson, so you may as well
go home.

1. Вы можете завтра взять выходной.
2. Мы, возможно, вернемся в город завтра или послезавтра.
3. Можно я позвоню тебе, когда ты вернешься из Лондона?
4. Не забудь взять зонтик. Возможно, днем будет дождь.
5. Вы можете позвонить мне в любое время.
6. Возможно, вы правы, а я ошибаюсь.
7. Вы могли бы ей тогда помочь.
8. Разрешите мне спросить его об этом? – Не нужно. Он может
обидеться.
9. Вполне возможно, что они ждут нас внизу.
10. Какие у тебя планы на лето? — Я, возможно, поеду отдыхать в
Испанию, там чудесные пляжи и всегда хорошая погода.
11. Он может оставить свои вещи здесь.
12. Она, возможно, больна.
13. Можно мне прочитать этот документ? — Нет, нельзя.
14. Возможно, сейчас она пишет письмо своей матери.
15. Может быть, это невежливо, но я скажу ему, чтобы он больше не
приходил.
16. Никто не отвечает. Он, вероятно, еще не вернулся с работы.
17. Вы можете взять любую из этих книг.
18. «Можно мне взять еще кусочек сахара?» — спросил Том.
19. Давайте подождем немного. Он, возможно, еще придет.
39
19. Боюсь, мы можем опоздать.
20. Вы можете проводить Мэри на вокзал.
21. Можно мне остаться с вами? — Пожалуйста.
22. Она может войти в любую минуту.
23. Возможно, они ищут нас в институте.
24. Эта статья такая большая. Можно я помогу тебе перевести ее?
25. Вы можете пользоваться моим словарем.
26. Вы можете думать что угодно.
27. Звони Нику. Он, возможно, уже видел этот фильм. Спроси, стоит
ли его смотреть.
28. Можно мне сходить с Томом на каток? — Нет, у тебя температура.
29. Я, возможно, зайду к вам завтра.
30. Доктор, можно мне купаться в море?
2.5 REVISION: CAN AND MAY COMPARED
The use of can and may is parallel in the following meanings:

 possibility due to circumstances;
 permission / asking for permission;
 reproach.
In these meanings, however, they are not always interchangeable:
1) In the meaning of possibility due to circumstances the use of may is
restricted to affirmative sentences only, whereas can is found in all kinds
of sentences.
Another difference is that can usually expresses a more general
possibility, whereas may denotes possibility of something happening in a
particular situation. Compare:
Moving to a new job can be a very stressful experience. (generally speaking)
Please, Mr. Jones, don’t fire Daisy - moving to a new job may be stressful to
her. (in a particular situation)
Some dogs can be very dangerous. – Don’t touch that dog! It may bite you!
The temperature can sometimes reach 35C° in July. - The week is promising
to be pretty hot, the temperature may rise as high as 35C°.
Both could and might combined with the Perfect infinitive indicate
that the action was not carried out in the past.
He might have found the book at the library.
He could have found the book at the library.
It follows from the above that the sphere of application of can in this
meaning is wider than that of may.
40
2) In the meaning of permission can is more formal and denotes permission
depending on the circumstances, whereas may is more colloquial and
expresses permission depending on the will of the speaker:
May (might) I speak to you for a moment, professor? May I come in?
Can (could) I have a cup of tea, Mother? Can I borrow your dictionary?
May in negative sentences expressing prohibition is uncommon.
3) Both could and might combined with the Perfect infinitive are used
to express reproach, though may is more preferable in this meaning than
could.
You might have reminded me about the meeting.
You could have backed my proposal at the conference.
Exercise 42. Choose the correct option:

1. She …….. be outside. (it is possible.)
a) is able to
b) could
c) is allowed to
d) might
2. Steven ……… to write computer programs since he left college.
a) can
b) is able
c) might
d) has been able
3. It was a very tricky question but Paul …….. answer it at last.
a) could
b) might
c) couldn't
d) managed to
4. When our children grow up, we …….. enjoy some peace and quiet.
a) could
b) might
c) will be able to
d) will be allowed to
5. I don't like the way you study. I think you …….. harder!
a) might have worked
b) might be working
c) could work
d) could be working
6. Let's wait a little. He …….. .
41
a) may have come
b) could have come
c) may come
d) might have come
7. She …….. of the plan herself. I’m sure somebody has suggested it to
her.
a) can't have thought
b) may not have thought
c) can't think
d) may not think
8. They …….. our telegram, that's why they did not meet us.
a) couldn't have received
b) can't have received
c) may not have received
d) may not receive
9. She …….. my letter! — Don't be so angry with her. — She …….. it by
mistake.
a) may not read, may do
b) cannot read, can do
c) may not have read, can't have done
d) can't have read, might not have done
10. He …….. it. I don't believe you.
a) is not able to say
b) might not say
c) can't have said
d) might not have said
Exercise 43. Fill in the blanks with may, might, can or could:
Example: It was a bad accident. We …could… have been killed.
1. They ……. be going to increase airport fees to pay for increased
security.
2. Don't turn off the computer yet. Someone ……… still be using it.
3. In late 18th century Scotland, you ……… be hanged for stealing a
sheep.
4. These people ……. have a lot of money, but it doesn't make them
interesting.
5. By Friday I …….. finish the book, but if I get too busy, I ………. not.
6. ………… someone tell me where the main office is?
7. We know he doesn't tell the truth, so we really ………. not believe any
42
of his stories.
8. He asked me last night if you …………. be willing to talk to Margaret
for him.
9. According to the forecast, the weather ……….. be a bit warmer
today.
10. This switch isn't working. ……….. the children have broken
it?
Exercise 44. Complete the comment using the word in capitals

(could and might in the meaning of reproach or the action that was
not carried out in the past):
You almost dropped the computer and you nearly COULD
damaged it.
You could have damaged the computer!
You weren’t careful when you were carrying it. MIGHT
You ______________________________________
It would have been a good idea to ask for help! MIGHT
You ______________________________________
You pulled out the sheet of paper and you nearly COULD
broke the printer!
You _______________________________________
You opened an e-mail and the computer nearly got COULD
a virus.
The computer _____________________________
Why didn’t you check the name of the sender? MIGHT
You ___________________________________
The computer almost crashed and you would have COULD
lost all your work.
You ____________________________________
That was nearly a very serious problem. COULD
That _____________________________________
You didn’t tell me you hadn’t used a computer MIGHT
before!
You ___________________________________
Exercise 45. Rewrite the following sentences in such a way so

that they have a similar meaning to the original one. Use the
appropriate modal verbs and phrases:
1. You can't take those old books out of the library.
43
It isn't..................................................................................
2. Perhaps we will go to Mexico on holiday this year.
We ............................................................................. this year.
3. Samantha could finally find a new job only after looking for it for
several months.
Samantha ...................... to find.........................................
4. I'm sure Wilkins isn't the thief.
Wilkins ...................................................................... the thief.
5. Is it possible that I ask you a personal question?
……………………………………………………. a personal question?
6. Peter's parents didn't let him play out with Jonathan.
Peter wasn't .........................................................with Jonathan.
7. Margaret still hasn't made up her mind whether to study medicine or
not.
Margaret .................... decide whether ………………
8. It is possible that she is hurt about what they said yesterday.
She .................................................... about what they said yesterday.
9. The boss didn't let Mary use the fax machine.
Mary wasn't ........................................................ the fax machine.
Exercise 46. Fill in the blanks with may / might or can / could and
make all necessary changes:
1. You …….. (warn) me about it beforehand.
2. The weather is changing. It …….. (start) raining.
3. No, he …….. (not hear) your name. We tried to speak in a whisper.
4. He …….. (not hear) your name. That's why he did not say anything.
5. She …….. (not notice) us. We were standing too far away.
6. She …….. (not notice) us though we were standing beside her.
7. …….. I use your name as a referee?
8. She …….. (not hear) the news, that's why she looks as if nothing had
happened.
9. She …….. (not hear) the news, nobody …….. (tell) her about it.
10. The professor says that I …….. (rewrite) the essay.
11. …….. I use your phone?
12. He …….. (help) them when they were in trouble.
13. …….. he (say) it? No, it's not like him. He is a man of few words.
14. Mrs. Castle looks familiar to me. Where …. I ….. (meet) her?
15. Jeff said, “Why on earth did Ken say he shot the dog? He ….. not
possibly … (do) it.”
44
Exercise 47. Paraphrase the following sentences using the modal
verbs can or may in the correct form:
1. I don't believe that he has done the work carelessly.
2. Perhaps, you changed at the wrong station, that's why it took you so
long to get here.
3. I think he will be able to substitute for you in case you shouldn't come.
4. Is it not in your power to change the time-table?
5. Most probably he did not see you, otherwise he would have come up to
you.
6. Perhaps, I shall have to take him to hospital; it is possible that he has
broken his arm.
7. Why blame her? Maybe she did not know it was so urgent.
8. It is impossible that she has wrongly interpreted your words.
9. I suppose they were unable to get in touch with you.
10. Would you mind my smoking here?

1. Возможно, отец сочтет твой рассказ интересным, но не я.
2. Он не может найти билеты. Возможно, он их потерял.
3. Мама, можно мне съесть мороженое? — Нет, нельзя. Ты можешь
снова заболеть.
4. Он, возможно, вернулся вчера из Англии.
5. Ты могла бы сообщить мне о своем приезде. Я бы встретил тебя.
6. Вы можете пойти туда пешком, у вас это займет 10 минут.
7. Вы не могли бы дать мне его адрес?
8. До города можно доехать на автобусе.
9. Может быть, они еще дома. Позвоните им.
10. Мне что-то нездоровиться. Я, возможно, заболела. Можно мне
немного отдохнуть? — Конечно же. Ты могла бы сделать это давно.
11. Можно мне тут подождать? — Да, конечно.
12. Может пойдет дождь, а может нет.
13. Не может быть, чтобы они заметили нас. Мы были слишком
далеко.
14. Неужели она уже приехала?
15. Возможно, когда-то он был хорошим певцом.
16. К сожалению, я ничего не могу вспомнить о ней. Это было так
давно.
17. Могу я увидеть главного менеджера? — К сожалению, нет, он
будет в 12.
45
18. Я мог бы вам все объяснить, но у меня не было времени.
19. Если погода не поменяется, мы не сможем поехать на пикник в
воскресенье.
20. Несмотря на трудности, он сумел добиться многого.
21. Скажи ему, что он мог бы быть повнимательнее к старым
друзьям.
22. Похоже, будет дождь, но кто знает, может завтра будет хорошая
погода.
23. Ты бы мог сразу сказать, что не хочешь идти в театр. Я бы не брал
билет.
24. Ты бы мог и остаться хотя бы на один вечер за всю неделю. Мама
очень расстроилась.
25. Тут нельзя переходить улицу. Пройдите, пожалуйста, к
подземному переходу.
26. Может быть, он оставил тебе записку, а может, он еще позвонит.
27. Он не может тут оставаться долее. Это небезопасно.
28. Тут нельзя оставлять машину.
29. Я думаю, что вы сможете его убедить.
30. Я не смогу тебе поверить до тех пор, пока ты не покажешь письмо.
31. Почему Питера нет на занятиях? – Он попал в больницу с
приступом аппендицита. Его, вероятно, уже прооперировали.
32. Я думаю, что вы могли бы убедить его. Жаль, что вы даже не
попытались.
33. Я не могу нести это чемодан, он слишком тяжелый.
34. Вы могли бы посмотреть телевизор, если хотите.
35. Ты можешь взять словарь, он мне больше не нужен.
GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: MAY AND MIGHT
Exercise 49. Read the following dialogue and explain the use of
the modal verb may/might in it. Act out the conversation in pairs.
PETER: You see, Jack, we are thinking of going to the seaside in the
summer. Have you made your holiday plans yet? If not, you may join us.
JACK: Well, that's very kind of you. When are you thinking of going?
PETER: Oh, we might leave some time in August. At the end of it, I think.
JACK: Do you know how much it's going to cost?
46
PETER: I don't know for certain. It
might be not very expensive, if we live
in a camping.
JACK: Oh, that'll be nice. Are all
our friends going?
PETER: I think, most of all us may
be going. Not Dot, of course. She is off
to Italy again. She may have been
staying there for 2 weeks already.
JACK: Has she gone by plane there?
PETER: I don't know really. Somebody said she might have gone there
by sea. Well, will you go with us?
JACK: Yes, with great pleasure.
PETER: Fine.
Exercise 50. Look at the following pictures and suggest your ideas
on the subject depicted, the reasons why the painter chose particular
themes to illustrate, ways of delivering them and colours. Share the
impressions they produce.
47
Exercise 51. Comment on the use of may in the following quotes.
Choose one to develop the idea, providing examples. Make use of all
the modals learnt before in all their meanings.
1. The wisest of the wise may eror. (Aeschylus)
2. Little friends may prove great friends. (Aesop)
3. Self-conceit may lead to self-destruction. (Aesop. 'The Frog and the
Ox')
4. Seize the present day, trusting the morrow as little as may be.
(Horace)
5. Come what may. (W. Shakespeare. 'Macbeth')
6. By medicine life may be prolonged, yet Death will seize the doctor
too. (W. Shakespeare)
7. A friend may well be reckoned the masterpiece of nature. (R.
Emerson)
8. For men may come and men may go, But I go on forever. (A.
Tennyson)
9. Don’t part with your illusions. When they are gone,
you may still exist, but you have ceased to live. (M. Twain)
10. Fortune may have yet a better success in reserve for you, and they
who lose today, may win tomorrow. (M. de Cervantes)
11. He that has patience may compass anything. (F. Rabelais)
12. The severest justice may not always be the best policy. (Abraham
Lincoln)
13. We hope all danger may be overcome; but to conclude that no
danger may ever arise would itself be extremely dangerous. (Abraham
Lincoln)
14. Particular lies may speak a general truth. (G. Eliot)
Exercise 52. Find the Russian equivalents for the following

proverbs and sayings:
 Cowards may die many times before their death.
 Be careful what you wish for, you just might get it.
 Little bodies may have great souls.
 A fool’s bolt may sometimes hit the mark.
 A stumble may prevent a fall.
 Bitter pills may have blessed effects.
48
III. MUST
The modal verb must expresses obligation from the speaker’s point of
view. In this meaning it is found in affirmative and interrogative sentences
and followed only by the simple infinitive: You must come to the station on
time.
We also use must to express obligation imposed by authorities in orders
and rules: Safety helmets must be worn. All visitors must sign in.
Must is found in present-time contexts with reference to the present or
future: He must go there tonight.
In past-time contexts must is used only in reported speech, i.e. the rules
of the sequence of tenses are not observed with it: He said that he must go
there.
In order to express obligation referred to the past had to is used instead
of must: I had to go there.
Exercise 53. Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. The children must brush their own shoes.
2. He was white and frightened and ready to weep, as she told him
that he must go.
3. You must change your shoes. I won’t have you in here with muddy
feet.
4. Because a thing like coal had once been profitable they thought it
must always be profitable.
5. Must you work hard?
6. She had already decided that she must show the letter to Alan.
7. You, Patty and Priscilla, are going to college, and must realize the
necessity of being prepared.
49
8. A man must always have an occupation of some kind.
Exercise 54. Complete the following sentences using must:

1. If you want to know English well, you ...
2. If your spelling is poor, you ...
3. If she wants to cross the street and there is a red light, she …
4. If you are unwell, you ...
5. If she wants to get to the university in time, she ...
6. If he makes a lot of grammar mistakes, he ...
7. If the students want to know grammar, they ...
8. If the football players want to win the match, they …;
9. If his English is poor, he ...
10. If you want to be healthy, you ...
In its imperative meaning must is used to express:

1) Prohibition: He must not leave his room for a while.
This meaning is expressed in negative sentences and must is also
followed by the simple infinitive.
Note. Absence of necessity is expressed by other verbs to have to and
need in negative forms. Compare:
You mustn’t water the flowers every day. – Нельзя поливать цветы
каждый день. (prohibition)
You don’t need to (=don’t have to) water the flowers every day. – Не
нужно (нет необходимости) поливать цветы каждый день.
3) Emphatic advice, which is usually rendered into Russian by means of
“непременно, обязательно должны”:
We must have a party at the end of term.
You must come and see us when you're in London.
You must stop worrying about your son.
You mustn't give another thought to what he said.
You mustn't miss the film. It is very good.
This meaning is found in affirmative and negative sentences and is
closely connected with the two meanings above mentioned.
Exercise 55. Choose the correct word or phrase:

1. “Smoking isn’t allowed in the airport”
You mustn’t / don’t have to smoke in the airport.
50
2. “It’s not necessary to come to the train station to meet me.”
You have to / don’t have to meet her at the train station.
3. “We were forced to wait for over two hours in the rain!”
They had to / didn’t need to wait for over two hours in the
rain.
4. “The instructions tell you to write in pencil.”
You must / needn’t write in pencil.
5. “You can contact us by either phone or e-mail.”
You mustn’t / don’t have to phone them.
6. “In my country, you can carry your passport with you if you
want, but it’s not necessary.”
In her country, you don’t need to / mustn’t carry your
passport with you.
7. “My grandfather was made to start work when he was just
fourteen years old.”
He had to / must start work when he was just fourteen years
old.
8.”It’s not necessary to book a hotel; you may stay in our spare
room.”
You mustn’t / don’t have to stay in a hotel.
Exercise 56. Paraphrase the following questions using must.

Answer them expressing obligation or the absence of necessity.
1. Is it neccesary for us to read the text?
2. Is it necessary for me to visit him there?
3. Is it necessary for you to explain your choice?
4. Is it necessary for me to go to the meeting?
5. Is it necessary for them to meet her?
6. Is it necessary for me to leave at once?
7. Is it necessary for us to invite her tonight?
8. Is it necessary for him to speak to the Dean?
9. Is it necessary for her to consult the doctor?
10. Is it necessary for me to do it now?
Exercise 57. Express prohibition:

1. It was so impossible, Judith, and I'm going to forbid it
absolutely. (do such a thing)
2. I'm talking very seriously, Pat, I'm quite serious, really. (laugh)
51
3. I wonder if I may give some nuts to these birds. (visitors, feed these
birds)
4. Oh, no, why should I pay such a big fine? (cross the road while the
lights are red)
5. You must speak out. (allow your sister to take such a mad step)
6. Don't enter the bedroom. Larry is sleeping, he's extremely tired after
his journey. (disturb him)
7. I know it's time for you to catch your train. (stay here any longer)
8. You are running a temperature, Mary. I think, it's flu. (go out)
9. Peter, it's me. Mary is ill: it's flu and it's very catching. (visit her)
10. Well, it's my book. I wonder where you've got it? (borrow my books
without asking)
In its suppositional meaning must expresses supposition implying strong

probability:
Look at that car! Ali’s parents must have a lot of money!
It must be late as the streets are deserted.
Must in this meaning is found in affirmative sentences only.
In Russian this meaning is generally rendered by means of the
attitudinal adverbs «вполне возможно», «вероятно», «наверное»,
«наверняка», «очевидно», «судя по всему».
In English this meaning may also be expressed by means of the attitudinal
adverbs probably, evidently, obviously, apparently.
In the meaning of supposition implying strong probability must may be
followed by different forms of the infinitive.
a) If reference is made to the present, the Simple Infinitive is used with
stative verbs.
He must know her. They went to the same school.
b) With dynamic verbs must is used in combination with the
Continuous Infinitive to express strong probability referred to the present.
The book is not on the shelf. Jane must be reading it.
Let's have something to eat. You must be starving.
Listen. It must be raining outside.
Note 1. If must is followed by the simple infinitive of dynamic verbs, it

expresses obligation.
Jane must read the book. You must stay here.
52
c) Must in combination with the Perfect Infinitive refers the action to
the past.
Someone must have taken the key because it isn’t there.
We realized he must have lied.
d) Must with the Perfect Continuous Infinitive is used to indicate an
action which began in the past and continues into the moment of speaking,
or an action of some duration in the past.
He must have been waiting for an hour.
Note 2. Must is not used to express supposition implying strong

probability in negative sentences and with reference to the future. In this case
the attitudinal adverbs probably, evidently, obviously, apparently or the
phrases be bound to, be likely to (to refer the action to the future) are used
instead of must.
It will probably rain tomorrow.
It's bound to rain tomorrow.
Exercise 58. Choose the correct option:

1. His German is very poor. He must (study/be studying/have studied)
very hard.
2. His German is very good, he must (study/be studying/have studied)
very hard.
3. His German is considerably improved, he must (study/be
studying/have studied) hard during his holiday.
4. He must (study/be studying/have been studying) German these two
years, his German is quite rich and fluent.
5. She must (have taken/be taking/have been taking/ a bath at that
moment, that's why she did not answer your call.
6. She must (be/be being/ have been) at home now, we saw her leaving
the office.
7. She must (be/be being/have been) at home, she can't go away because
there is no one to look after her sick mother.
8. You must always (think/be thinking/have thought) twice before you say
something.
9. Now he must (think/ be thinking/have thought) of what she has said.
10. He knows they are coming. They must (write/be writing/ have written)
to him of their arrival in due time.
11. She must (play/be playing/have been playing) the piano now.
12. The foreigner must (understand/understood/have understood) me, for
53
he nodded his head.
13. Where is Sarah? I haven't seen her for a long time. — She must
(stay/be staying/have stayed) at her friends'. She wanted to spend July with
them.
14. He must (get/be getting/ have got) all he needed, otherwise he would
have come again.
15. We must (meet/have met/have been meeting) somewhere before.
Exercise 59. Complete the dialogues. Use the appropriate form

of must with the verbs in brackets. Use the negative if necessary.
Example: A: Paula fell asleep in class this morning.
B: She (stay up) must have stayed up too late last night.
1. A: Jim is eating everything in the salad but the onions. He's pushed all
of the onions to the side of his plate.
B: He (like) _____________ onions.
2. A: Do you smell smoke?
B: I sure do. Something (burn) _____________ in the kitchen.
3. A: George had to give a speech in front of five hundred people.
B: Whew! That's a big audience. He (be) _____________ nervous.
A: He was, but no one could tell.
4. A: Who is your teacher?
B: I think his name is Mr. Rock, or something like that.
A: Mr. Rock? Oh, you (mean) ___________ Mr. Stone.
5. A: What’s all that noise upstairs? It sounds like a herd of elephants.
B: The children (play) _____________ some kind of a game.
6. A: My favorite magazine doesn't come in the mail anymore. I wonder
why.
B: Did your subscription run out?
A: That's probably the problem. I (forget) _____________ to renew it.
7. A: What time is it?
B: Well, we came at seven, and I'm sure we've been here for at least an
hour. So it (be) _____________ around eight o'clock.
8. A: I met Marie's husband at the reception and we said hello to each
other, but when I asked him a question in English, he just smiled and nodded.
B: He (speak) _____________ much English.
9. A: Where’s Nida? I’ve been looking all over for her.
B: I saw her about ten minutes ago in the living room. Have you looked
there?
A: Yes, I’ve looked everywhere. She (leave) _____________.
54
10. A: Did you know that Andy just quit school and started to hitchhike
to Alaska?
B: What? You (kid) _____________ !
11. A: Did Ed mean what he said about Andy yesterday?
B: No, I don’t think so. He (kid) _____________ when he said it.
12. A: Listen! Do you hear a noise downstairs?
B: No, I don’t hear a thing.
A: You don’t? Then something (be) _____________ wrong with your
hearing.
13. A: You have a black eye! What happened?
B: I walked into a door.
A: Ouch! That (hurt) _____________ .
B: It did.
Exercise 60. Open the brackets and use the proper infinitive after
the verb must:
1. Look! All people in the street are going with their umbrellas up. It must
......... (rain).
2. He has changed his job. He must ......... (follow) your advice.
3. He must ......... (fall) ill. Otherwise he would have come to the party.
4. Where is Michael? He must......... (be) here by now. — He lives in the
country. He must ......... (miss) the train.
5. What a dreadful noise! What is the matter? — Our neighbors must
......... (quarrel) again.
6. Nobody must ......... (notice) that he was not used to speaking in public.
7. The criminal must ......... (be) very careful. He did not leave any
fingerprints.
8. We are late, I am afraid. Ann must ......... (wait) for us.
9. He must ......... (forget) that he promised to come.
10. They must ......... (write) a composition for two hours. They must .........
(be) tired.
11. You must ......... (misunderstand) me, I did not want to hurt your
feelings.
12. Nobody must ......... (see) him enter. Everybody startled when he came
in.
13.I hear someone's steps outside. She must ......... (go).
14. You may find him in the garden. He must ......... (read).
15. It is impossible to change anything. One must ......... (take) things as
they are.
55
Exercise 61. Paraphrase the following sentences using the verb
must:
Example: I am sure they have changed the time. — They must have
changed the time.
1. They are in Greece. I am sure they are enjoying themselves.
2. She is an experienced teacher. I am certain she has been working at
school for at least twenty years. 3. They have probably finished painting the
house.
4. I feel sure she is at home.
5. Probably they have already passed the frontier.
6. She is sure he is playing cards with his friends.
7. She is not very young, as she seems to be. I think she is nearly forty.
8. I think you have visited this place before.
9. He has to do a very urgent task. I feel sure he is working now.
10. He is so absent-minded. I am sure he left the letter unanswered.
11. You know he is a good tennis player. He is no doubt has won this
match.
12.I won’t bother you any longer; no doubt you feel tired of my talking
after a tiring day.
13. It is clear that they are expecting somebody.
14. She was obviously upset by something; I never saw her so nervous.
15. The youth is probably reading something funny. He is smiling all the
time.
Exercise 62. Translate the following sentences into English:

1. Очевидно, он хорошо владеет языком.
2. Несомненно, он еще здесь.
3. Судя по всему, он принимал участие в этом соревновании.
4. Должно быть, он унес документы с собой.
5. Наверное, они над нами смеются.
6. Скорее всего, они жили в этом доме.
7. Очевидно, еще идет дождь.
8. Наверняка, дождь уже закончился.
9. Наверняка, все было сделано вовремя.
10. Должно быть, они уже давно хотят познакомиться.
11. Наверное, он работает в юридической фирме.
12. Наверное, он работает в этой корпорации уже много лет.
13. Письмо, по-видимому, было доставлено полчаса назад.
56
Exercise 63. Translate the following sentences into English, using
must, where possible, and probably or to be bound in other cases:
1. Наверное, она не дала ему возможности ответить на вопросы.
2. Наверное, он не совершил ошибку.
3. Наверное, у нее не было опыта.
4. Скорее всего, они уже определились с датой свадьбы.
5. Наверное, ему уже сообщили всю сложность ситуации.
6. Судя по всему, он не ответил.
7. Наверняка, они приедут через неделю.
8. Наверное, она не обращает внимания на это.
9. Наверняка, денег за работу они не получают.
10. Наверное, он еще здесь.
11. Наверное, идет дождь.
12. Наверное, дождь идет уже несколько часов.
13. Наверное, они знают ответ на этот вопрос.
14. Судя по всему, дождя завтра не будет.
15. Наверняка, это будет сделано вовремя.
16. Наверное, она не старалась сделать все правильно.
Exercise 64. Complete the following sentences using must:

1. He turned pale on hearing the news, it ... .
2. Whatever happens... .
3. There's a light in her window ... .
4. Come on, Peter. We ....
5. It's such a pity ....
6. She's so excited ....
7. I had a feeling that ... .
8. In the end I came to the conclusion that ... .
9. I'm afraid ....
10. My eyes hurt ... .
11. He isn't here now ... .
12. Come, come, Helen, you ... .
13. It's raining cats and dogs ... .
14. The child is crying bitterly ....
15. Whatever you do ... .
16. The door was smashed down, so…
17. Where are my keys? I …
18. The dog is so nervous, it …
57
Exercise 65. To practise must, make up situations of your own
using the following patterns:
1. Наверное, он ...
- болен.
- работает в этом офисе.
- остановился в гостинице.
- потерял свои ключи.
- работает здесь с самого утра.
2. Он, вероятно, будет ...
- здесь завтра.
- в отпуске в Калифорнии этим летом.
- спать, когда мы придем.
- еще в офисе в это время.
3. Он, наверное, не ...
- был никогда бедным.
- понял нас.
- взял эту книгу.
- позвонил ей.
4. Нельзя …
- так шуметь.
- чтобы дети слышали, о чем мы говорим. Закрой двери,
пожалуйста.
- оставаться здесь: кто-то может прийти.
- не принять во внимание его слова.

1. Она, вероятно, сейчас в читальном зале.
2. Вы должны приходить на занятия вовремя.
3. Ты должен немедленно пойти домой. Тебя ждет мама.
4. Я должен выехать завтра.
5. Они, очевидно, готовятся сейчас к экзаменам.
6. Извините, но я должен ответить на этот телефонный звонок.
7. Нужно ли мне помочь ему? — Нет, я сделаю это сам.
8. Вы должны принимать эти лекарства трижды в день.
9. Ты должен много работать, чтобы овладеть английским языком.
10. Она, вероятно, забыла их адрес.
11. Вероятно, его не пригласили на эту встречу.
12. Его просьба должна быть выполнена немедленно.
13. У меня насморк. Я, наверное, простыл.
58
14. Вы не должны закрывать окно, в комнате душно.
15. Я, наверное, опаздываю. Уже темнеет.
16. Вам нельзя входить сюда. Здесь проходит экзамен.
17. Люди не должны забывать свое прошлое.
18. Очевидно, ей не понравился вечер, так как она ушла рано.
19. Она, наверное, заболела. Иначе она бы уже пришла сюда.
20. Вероятно, они сейчас обсуждают результаты экзаменов.
Посмотри, как они волнуются.
21. Он, вероятно, гостит у своих друзей, так как писал, что проводит
свой отпуск у них.
22. Они, вероятно, пишут сочинение уже около двух часов и вскоре
должны закончить.
23. Они, наверное, не опоздали на поезд. Иначе они бы уже
вернулись.
24. Нам необходимо взять такси, если мы хотим успеть на поезд.
25. Том, наверно, забыл выполнить твою просьбу.
26. Он, наверное, неправильно понял тебя.
27. Ей, наверное, около 20 лет.
28. Он, наверное, работает учителем уже 5 лет недалеко от
Ливерпуля.
29. Здесь нельзя шуметь.
30. Ему ненужно вставать рано, у него каникулы.
31. Уже поздно. Мы должны покинуть библиотеку.
32. Вы не должны курить. Вы должны уделять больше внимания
своему здоровью.
33. Вы, наверное, ничего не знаете о нашей встречи.
34. В тот день мы, наверное, прошли около 10 миль.
35. Они обязаны вернуть все деньги.
36. Я не видел Джека, но знал, что он, вероятно, ждет меня где-то
здесь.
37. Он должен попасть туда до 8 часов.
3.4 REVISION: CAN/COULD, MAY/MIGHT AND MUST IN THEIR

SUPPOSITIONAL MEANING
Exercise 67. Choose an ending (a-e) for each beginning (1-5) and
add appropriate forms of must or can't in their suppositional
meanings.
59
1 Julia goes to Malta every a She ……… started school yet.
summer. (...) b If one is correct, the
2 What she's asking for is other……… be.
ridiculous. (...) с It's crazy. She ……… joking.
3 The hands on the clock d She ……… really like it there.
weren't moving. (...) e It ……… stopped working.
4 Their daughter was only
three this year. (...)
5 Those are two contradictory
statements. (...)
Exercise 68. Complete this dialogue with must or couldn't and

appropriate forms of the verbs:
be carry do lose put take
MUM (putting on her coat): I'm going to have to go down to the shop for
more bread.
ALAN: Why?
MUM: I'm not sure what happened. I made some sandwiches earlier and
left them on the table when I went to answer the phone. But someone (1)
……… them because they're gone.
ALAN: Oh, it (2) ……… Dad. I'm sure he was in the kitchen earlier.
MUM: No, he went off to his tennis match before I finished making them,
so he (3) ……… it. Anyway, he (4) ……… a plate of sandwiches as well as all his
tennis stuff, so I'm sure it wasn't him.
ALAN (opening fridge door): Well, it wasn't me. But Mum, look! Are these
your sandwiches here on the bottom shelf of the fridge?
MUM: Are they in there? Oh, my goodness. I (5) ……… them in there when
the phone rang. Oh, dear. I really (6) ……… my mind. Now, why did I put on
my coat?
Exercise 69. Complete the sentences with these words. Use each
word only once.
can’t could might must
1. It ___________ be Colin. I’m certain it’s him.

2. It ___________ be Colin, but it ___________ also be John.
3. It ___________ be Colin because Colin doesn’t speak French.
60
Exercise 70. Complete the dialogue using the correct words in
italics:
HOST: What’s the capital city of South Africa? Is it Cape Town, Pretoria
or Johannesburg?
PAUL: Mmmm, that’s difficult.
What do you think John?
JOHN: I don’t know. It (1)
could/must be Cape Town.
DIANA: No, it (2) can’t/must be
Cape Town because that’s on the
coast and I’m sure the capital city
isn’t on the coast.
PAUL: Yes, you’re right. So it (3) can’t/could be Pretoria or
Johannesburg.
JOHN: Can we have a clue?
HOST: Yes, okay. It isn’t Johannesburg.
PAUL: Then it (4) could/must be Pretoria.
HOST: That’s right. Here’s your next question. Which is the longest river
in Europe? Is it the Volga, the Nile, the Danube or the Rhine?
PAUL: Well, it (5) could/can’t be the Nile because that’s in Africa.
JOHN: And I know the Rhine is shorter than the Danube, so it (6)
can’t/must be that.
PAUL: I don’t think it’s the Volga. Is that in Europe?
DIANA: Yes, it is. So it (7) could/can’t be the Danube or the Volga.
PAUL: Can we ask for another clue?
HOST: Yes, the river doesn’t go through Hungary.
DIANA: Then it (8) can’t/must be the Volga because the Danube goes
through
Budapest which is the capital of Hungary.
Exercise 71. a) Read the text:

Jeff wanted to take Ann to the disco on Saturday. She waited for him at
home for an hour, but he didn't turn up and he didn't
phone. Ann was angry, so she phoned Jake and
asked him to take her to the disco. She knew that
Jeff and Jake didn't like each other. Later that
evening, Jeff saw Ann at the disco with Jake. Jeff
felt angry, so he left immediately.
61
JANE: Something must have delayed Jeff. He could have phoned Ann to
explain. He might have had an accident on the way to her house.
NICK: He must have forgotten about the disco.
JANE: No. He can't have forgotten about Ann.
b) Complete the sentences with must have or can't have + past
participle
Later, Jeff said that he had phoned Ann before the disco. Ann can't have
heard (hear) the phone.
1. Why didn't she hear the phone? The television ... (be) too loud.
2. Because Ann didn't answer the phone, Jeff ... (think) that she had
already gone out.
3. After the disco, Ann didn't look very happy. She ... (enjoy) the evening.
4. Jake looked miserable too. He ... (be) disappointed.
5. Jake didn't mention Jeff. Jake ... (know) that Ann had planned to go to
the disco with him.
6. Jane didn't know the story about Ann and Jeff. Ann ... (tell) her.
7. A week after the evening at the disco, Ann got a letter from Jeff. In the
letter Jeff ... (explain) what had happened and how he had felt. Ann
understood.
8. Next Saturday, Ann and Jeff are going to the cinema together. They ...
(solve) their problems.
c) Retell the story using must, may/might, can/could in their
suppositional meanings.
Exercise 72. a) Complete the conversation, using the verbs in

brackets together with must/must have or can't/can't have:
Rose and Jack are discussing their new neighbors and trying to work out
what sort of people they are.
ROSE: He ... (be) rich. There's a big Volvo parked outside the gate.
Jack: But it ... (belong) to him. I saw him driving a Mazda last night.
ROSE: Look — there's a woman getting out of a Mazda now, Jack. She ...
(be) his wife.
JACK: That means they ... (have) a car each. They ... (have) plenty of
money. I wonder where they were living before they moved here.
ROSE: They ... (come) from Scotland. The removal van had the name of a
Glasgow Company on it.
JACK: Well, he ... (live) there all his life. He talks like a Londoner. I heard
him shouting at the van driver.
ROSE: I wonder if they like the house. They ... (hear) about the trouble
62
the Wilsons had with it. Otherwise they wouldn't have bought it.
JACK: Yes. The Wilsons ... (laugh) like anything when they finally sold
the house! (There is a knock at the door. Jack answers it.)
JACK: Hello. You ... (be) our new neighbors. Come in.
NEIGHBOR: No, thanks. I won't come in. But I wonder if you can help
us? We ... (get) all the keys of the house, because we can't open the door of one
room. There's a funny noise coming from inside it. The Wilsons ... (leave)
something in there ....
b) Draw your deduction expressing different degrees of
probability and possibility. Use must, may, might, can't in their
suppositional meanings

1. Он должен там быть завтра.
2. Он может быть там завтра.
3. Он, возможно, будет там завтра.
4. Он, возможно, был там вчера (не был).
5. Он, вероятно, был там вчера.
6. Он должен был быть там вчера.
7. Не может быть, чтобы он был там вчера.
8. Возможно ли, чтобы он был там вчера?
9. Неужели он был там вчера?
10. Не может быть, чтобы это была правда.
11. Неужели это правда?
12. Возможно, это правда.
13. Кто знает? Может быть, это и правда.
14. Возможно, это была правда.
15. Это, очевидно, была правда.
16. Вы, вероятно, ошиблись.
17. Вы, наверное, ошибаетесь.
18. Не может быть, чтобы вы ошиблись.
19. Неужели (возможно ли, чтобы) вы ошиблись?
20. Не может быть, чтобы они меня не поняли.
GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: CAN, MAY AND MUST IN THEIR

SUPPOSITIONAL MEANING
Exercise 74. In pairs or small groups, discuss the dialogue. Make

guesses about the two people and what's happening. What
63
possibilities can you think of?
Situation: A man and woman are sitting at a table.
MAN: I don't think you should do this alone.
WOMAN: But you don't understand. I have
to.
MAN: Let me go with you. (fumbling with
his wallet) Just give me a minute to pay the bill.
WOMAN: No, I'll be fine.
MAN: You must let me help.
WOMAN: There's nothing you can do. (standing) This is something I need
to do for myself.
MAN: Okay. If that's the way you want it.
WOMAN: (leaving) I'll call you.
Possible discussion questions:

1. Where are the man and woman?
2. Who are they? What is the relationship between them?
3. Where's the woman going?
4. Why does she want to go alone?
5. Why does the man want to go with her?
Exercise 75. Write one word in each gap.

When I broke my arm a week ago, I guess it …… to have hurt. But it didn’t!
We were doing PE at school, and we were making a pyramid. We …….. to
stand on each other’s shoulders. I was right at the top. We …… have been
doing it properly because suddenly the pyramid collapsed and we all fell. I
landed on my arm.
Mr Jenkins …….. have known immediately that I’d broken my arm
because he sent someone to call an ambulance. ‘Sit still, and don’t move your
arm at all, until the ambulance comes,’ he said. I …… still remember the
feeling – my arm was numb, and looked very strange, but there was no pain
at all. I remember thinking: ‘It …… be broken. If it was broken, I would be in
agony.’ I suppose not feeling any pain ……. have been because I was in shock.
The plaster ……… come off in about three weeks but it ……. have to stay
on longer. It depends on whether the break has healed properly or not. The
next three weeks may ………… be the best three weeks of my life – no
basketball, no playing in the sportsground, no swimming – but I’m counting
my blessings. It …… have been a lot worse!
64
Exercise 76. a) Write a story of your own, making use of all the
modals learned in all their possible meanings (use each meaning at
least once).
b)Leave gaps for modals in your story and share it with your
groupmates to fill in.
Exercise 77. Prepare a 2-minute episode from your favourite film

or cartoon in English, show it to your groupmates:
- let them guess where it is cut out from, expressing
their suppositions;
- introduce your description of the events and characters
in the episode, having used all the modals covered.
IV. TO HAVE TO
To have to as a phrasal modal is not a

defective verb and can have all the necessary
finite forms as well as the verbals. He is an
invalid and has to have a nurse.
She knew what she had to do.
I’ll have to reconsider my position.
The women at Barford had had to be told
that an experiment was taking place that
day. “I know the kids don’t like you and they pick
on you, but you have to go to school … you
Having to work alone, he wanted all his are the teacher!”
time for his research.
The interrogative and negative forms of the modal verb to have to are
built up by means of the auxiliary verb to do.
Why do I have to do everything? Did he have to tell them about it?
He did not have to tell me that he already knew.
The verb to have to serves to express obligation or necessity imposed by
circumstances. It is rendered in Russian as должен, вынужден, приходится.
In this meaning to have to is found in all kinds of sentences —
affirmative, interrogative and negative — and is combined only with the
simple infinitive.
He had to do it. - Did he have to do it? He did not have to do it.
She has to work till night. – Does she have to work till night? She doesn’t have
to work till night.
65
Note 1. In negative sentences to have to denotes absence of necessity
(compare with the negative form of must which expresses prohibition).
You don't have to go there. — Вам не нужно, нет необходимости идти
туда.
You mustn't go there. — Вам нельзя идти туда.
Note 2. In spoken English the meaning of obligation and necessity is also

expressed by have (has) got to. Like the verb to have to, it is found in all
kinds of sentences and is combined with the simple infinitive.
He has got to go right now. Has he got to go right now? He hasn't got to go just
yet.
Exercise 78. Change the following sentences into negative or

interrogative making all the necessary changes.
1. She has to wear glasses for reading.
2. I had to explain everything first.
3. He always had to live in the city because of his business.
4. I have to be at home tonight.
5. I had to stay at home doing nothing.
6. I had to ask the kind of questions that were directly to the point.
7. You'll have to get up very early tomorrow.
8. She'll have to do it once over again.
9. These documents have to be filed.
10. We'll have to speak to him about it.
Exercise 79. Turn the statements containing have to into tail

questions (Disjunctive questions).
1. They had to get up very early.
2. You'll have to put off your journey to London.
3. They didn't have to rush as there was plenty of time.
4. She'll have to walk all the way home.
5. If you don't want to be left behind, you'll have to board the train.
6. There's no need to hurry. She doesn't have to gulp her food.
7. You'll have to get rid of that habit.
8. Usually they don't have to go shopping every day.
9. Mary will have to stay here for another hour or two.
10. He had to take a taxi to catch the train.
66
Exercise 80. Use must not or do not have to in the following
sentences:
Example: I've already finished all my work, so I don’t have to study
tonight. I think I'll read for a while.
1. I ________ forget to take my key with me.
2. You ______ introduce me to Dr. Gray. We've already met.
3. In order to be a good salesclerk, you ______ be rude to a customer.
4. Johnny! You ______ play with sharp knives. Put that knife down
immediately!
5. I ______ go to the doctor. I'm feeling much better.
6. We ______ go to the concert if you don't want to, but it might be good.
7. Robin! What are you doing? No, no, no. You ______ put your vitamin
pill in your nose!
8. Bats______ see in order to avoid obstacles. They can navigate in
complete darkness.
9. If you encounter a growling dog, you ______ show any signs of fear. If
a dog senses fear, it is more likely to attack a person.
10. A person ______ get married in order to lead a happy and fulfilling
life.
11. A person ______ become rich and famous in order to live a successful
life.
Exercise 81. Choose the correct form:

1. You mustn't/don't have to park near a zebra crossing.
2. We mustn't/don't have to hurry; we've got plenty of time.
3. One mustn't/doesn't have to drive without a seat-belt.
4. You mustn't/don't have to tell Dan about the letter. I've already told
him.
5. My mother says that I mustn’t / don’t have to be out after eleven.
6. I mustn't/don't have to write them letters. We often meet.
7. You mustn't/don't have to work such long hours. You won't earn more.
8. Whatever you do you mustn't/don't have to touch this switch. It's
dangerous.
9. You mustn't/don't have to carry your suitcases by yourself; there are
porters at the railway station.
10. You mustn't/don't have to call her; she's coming.
11. I promise I'll be on time. I mustn't/don't have to be late.
67
Exercise 82. Insert must/have to into the following sentences:
1. She ... leave home at eight every morning at present.
2. You ... read this book. It's really excellent.
3. The children ... play in the streets till their mothers get home from
work.
4. She felt ill and ... leave early.
5. I never remember his address; I always ... look it up.
6. If you go to a dentist with a private practice you ... pay quite a lot of
money.
7. My neighbour's child ... practise the piano for three hours a day.
8. The shops here don't deliver. We ... carry everything home ourselves.
9. The buses were all full; I ... get a taxi.
10. Tell her that she ... be here by six. I insist on it.
11. When the tyre is punctured the driver ... change the wheel.
12. She ... drive when her local railway station is closed.
13. I got lost and ... ask a policeman the way.
14. If you buy that TVset, you ... buy a licence for it.
15. When I changed my job I ... move to another flat.
16. Whenever the dog wants to go out I ... get up and open the door.
17. Son, I can't support you any longer; you ... earn your own living from
now on.
18. Attention! Cameras, sticks and umbrellas ... be left at the desk.
Exercise 83. Complete the following sentences using have to:

1. I’m afraid it's going to rain ...
2. It's getting late ...
3. He's lost my book ...
4. Mother is away ...
5. We had little time ...
6. He didn't earn enough money ...
7. She understood she wasn't right ...
8. The situation is rather grave ...
9. He is seriously ill now...
10. I had much work to do …
Exercise 84. To practise the use of have to, make up situations

using the following patterns:
1. Мне приходится (пришлось, придется) ...
- работать здесь весь день.
68
- проверять тесты до поздней ночи.
- объяснять правило еще раз.
- пользоваться словарем, чтобы перевести этот текст.
2. Тебе не нужно ...
- выгуливать собаку.
- рассказывать ему содержание письма.
- будет покупать эти книги, если ты сможешь взять их в
библиотеке.
- ксерокопировать эту статью, если она у тебя есть.
- звонить ему, он уже здесь.

1. Нам придется поговорить с ним лично.
2. Нам пришлось переждать дождь на станции.
3. Я был вынужден извиниться, хотя мне это и было неприятно.
4. Книгу необходимо переплести, иначе некоторые страницы могут
потеряться.
5. Ей приходится рано, потому что занятия начинаются в 8:00.
6. Завтра приезжает мой друг, и мне придется его встречать.
7. Почему тебе приходится так часто ездить в больницу?
8. Вам пришлось идти от вокзала пешком? — Нет. Мы взяли такси.
9. Он вынужден работать с того времени, как закончил школу, чтобы
помогать своим родителям.
10. Ему не нужно было сдавать вступительные экзамены.
11. Он сказал, что вам придется ехать туда одному.
12. Они поняли, что ему пришлось выполнить всю работу самому.
13. Вам придется пойти на эту встречу. Вы сами ее назначили.
14. После школы ему пришлось работать, чтобы помогать семье.
15. Он был вынужден согласиться с нашим мнением.
16. После болезни ей пришлось догонять группу.
17. Ей пришлось идти в библиотеку, поскольку дома не было этой
книги.
18. Нам придется ехать на вокзал на автобусе, так как здесь нет
метро.
19. Нам придется обговорить этот вопрос на собрании из-за того, что
мнения разошлись.
20. Нам приходится ездить на работу автобусом.
21. Нам приходится вставать очень рано, не так ли?
22. Было уже очень поздно, и нам пришлось взять такси.
69
23. Вечером похолодало, и мне пришлось надеть пальто.
24. Нам придется долго ждать — автобус ходит очень редко.
25. Почему вам пришлось уехать? — Мне пришлось сделать это из-
за климата.
26. Мы должны были все подготовить к отъезду до двух часов.
27. Тебе придется все рассказать нам.
28. Кто-то должен остаться и предупредить их обо всем.
29. Он будет вынужден принять срочные меры, так как может
случиться что-то похуже.
30. Вам не придется долго его ждать, он скоро вернется.
V. TO BE TO
5.1 Сoncrete meaning
To be to is a phrasal modal that is used in the present and past tenses.

We are to meet at six. We were to meet at six.
To be to has the following meanings:
1) obligation resulting from the arrangement. This meaning of to be to
is found in affirmative and interrogative sentences.
We are to discuss it next time.
We were to discuss it the following week.
Is he to arrive tomorrow?
Who was to speak at the meeting?
Am/is/are to do: the present form of to be to is used only with the simple
infinitive and refers the action to the present or future.
They are to meet us at the railway station. — Они должны встретить нас
на станции.
Was/were to do: the past form of to be to in combination with the simple
infinitive denotes an action planned for the past but it is unknown whether
this action was carried out or not:
We were to meet him at the station (it is not clear from the sentence if the
action took place) — Они должны были встретить нас на станции
(неизвестно, встретили или нет).
Was/were to have done: the past form of to be to in combination with
the perfect infinitive expresses a planned action that wasn’t carried out in the
past:
I was to have met him at the station, but I quite forgot about it (that means
that I failed to meet him). — Я должен был встретить их на станции, но
я совсем забыл об этом (должен был встретить, но не встретил).
70
Note. The idea that a planned action that wasn’t carried out in the past
may be expressed by means of the phrasal modal be supposed to in the past
(was / were supposed to do), as it also expresses unfulfilled expectations.
He was supposed to participate in the competition but unfortunately he fell ill.
2) Something that is destined to happen:
He was to be my teacher and friend for many years to come.
He did not know at the time that he was never to see his native place again.
Matthew Flinders sailed past Tasmania in 1770, but it was to be a further 30
years before he landed there.
This meaning of to be to is rendered in Russian as «суждено», «судила
судьба». It occurs in affirmative and negative sentences and is followed by
the simple infinitive, mainly in the past tense.
3) Possibility:
Her father was often to be seen in the bar of the Hotel Metropole.
Where is he to be found?
Nothing was to be done under the circumstances.
In this meaning to be to is equivalent to can or may. It is used in all kinds
of sentences in the present and past tenses and is followed by the passive
infinitive.
Exercise 86. Change the sentences using to be to.

1. He promised to come tonight.
2. They plan to take their examinations in June.
3. The teacher told us to hand in our reports next lesson.
4. We agreed that the one who came first would reserve seats for the rest
of us.
5. We decided to go for an outing on Sunday but we couldn’t because of
the rainy weather.
6. We were told to finish our work in a week but we could not do it.
7. He plans to get in touch with me on Tuesday evening.
8. Nobody met me at the station. I promised to arrive a day later but
could not warn any of my friends.
9. She says she will make the dress tomorrow.
10. He is expected to join us at the railway station at 5 p. m.
11. It's planned that I'll go on business to Manchester next month.
12. He was destined to live a long and happy life.
13. It is arranged that Freddy will meet Andrew and Christine in the
lounge.
14. Do you expect me to believe that he was not to blame?
71
15. It was arranged that Marianne would meet me at the bus stop.
16. It is planned that the students from our group will make reports at
the conference.
17. It is planned that we will wait for them at the box-office.
18. What am I expected to say to that?
19. I expect her to come by the first train.
Exercise 87. Explain the difference in meaning between the 2

sentences in the following pairs:
1. a) The plane was not to take off at night as the weather was too bad.
b) The plane was to have taken off at night, but the weather was too
bad.
2. a) There was to be an interesting concert last night, but I felt unwell
and had to stay at home.
b) There was to have been an interesting concert last night, but the
singer fell ill and the concert had to be postponed.
3. a) The order came that we were not to leave the village before dawn.
b) We were not to have left the village before dawn, but by the time the
order came we were two miles away from it.
Exercise 88. Show that the planned action was not carried out:
1. He was to write a report on this problem by Tuesday.
2. The conference is to take place in May.
3. He was not to criticise his friend's words.
4. He is to come to our place at 6.
5. She was to get in touch with Mr Green.
6. The family is to leave for the railway station early.
7. We are to meet at the entrance to the theatre.
8. She was to be operated on heart.
9. Basil was to take the medicine 3 times a day before meals.
10. I am to stay in bed for a week.
11. Mary and John were to marry in June.
12. She is to arrange everything for the meeting.
13. I was to write to him about the conference.
14. He was to buy tickets for the Final Cup beforehand.
15. I was not to stay long in her house.
72
In its imperative meaning to be to denotes strict order or instruction (in

affirmative sentences) or strict prohibition (in negative sentences).
You are to take the pills, otherwise you may be seriously ill. — Ты непременно
должен принимать эти таблетки, иначе ты можешь серьезно
заболеть.
You are not to leave this room. — Ни в коем случае не выходи из этой
комнаты.
Note. Bear in mind the following set phrases with the modal verb to be to:
What am I to do? (Что мне делать? Как мне быть?)
What is to become of me? (Что со мной станется? Что со мной будет?)
Where am I to go? (Куда же мне идти? Куда же мне деваться?)
Exercise 89. Combine the modal verb to be to with the proper form
of the infinitive in brackets.
1. I stood at the window, looking at them disappear, and my heart kept
repeating «Good-bye, good-bye!» I was not ......... (to see) them for nearly five
years.
2. Nobody met me when I came. I was ......... (to arrive) by the ten o'clock
train, but I couldn't get a ticket for it.
3. Remember that we are ......... (to be) at his place not later than eight.
4. Why are you so late? Didn't you get my letter saying that we were
......... (to meet) at 4?
5. There was a violent storm that night and the Albatross which was
......... (to arrive) at the port in the morning had to drop anchor near an island
a hundred miles off the port.
6. The servants want to know if they are ......... (to put) the carpets
on the terrace for tonight.
7. The film was ......... (to dub) later, he told me.
8. A note enclosed said if I ever run into their son I was ......... (to write)
and ......... (to tell) them all about it.
9. The next day, just before the family was ......... (to leave) for the railway
station, Elizabeth called her son into the kitchen.
10. My dear Catherine, I tell you I've looked there. Am I ......... (to
believe) my own eyes or not?
11. I thought I was ......... (to give) some fish for supper, Nora?
12. «I don't know exactly where Charles is ......... (to find)», he said.
73
13. We must find the motive if we are......... (to understand) this
incident.
14. Mr Franklin was......... (to dine) with them that night.
15. Mrs Page was ......... (to hear) immediately what happened.
16. But where will we ourselves go? What is ......... (to happen) to us?
17. I want to know on what terms this girl is ......... (to be) here.
18. After ten days he told me I was ......... (to go back) to London.
19. You want one to save you, don't you? But how is it ......... (to do)?
20. But how was I ......... (to guess) the wretched thing would blow up
21. this way?
22. No one is ......... (to admit) into the room except the nurse. His
disease is catching.
23. The meeting is ......... (to hold) in a week.
24. You are not ......... (to tell) her any bad news that may worry her.
25. I was ......... (to ring him up) at 6 o'clock but it entirely slipped
my memory.
Exercise 90. Give the endings to the following sentences using to

be to:
1. Ring me up at 6, ...
2. The train is late, ...
3. I want to know if I ...
4. According to the plan of our excursion we ...
5. Let's discuss our future conference ...
6. I'm leaving for London tonight. I ...
7. I've told you not to read in bed. How many times ...?
8. Soon we'll have our vacations. We must plan everything in advance.
We ...
9. Tomorrow we'll have a busy day. We ...
10. I know that I must do this work but I want to have your instructions…
11. ... Don't blame me. How ...?
12. Let's imagine our future work. We ...
13. Jack is leaving for New York tonight. He ...
14. The conference is postponed ...
15. According to his words we ...
Exercise 91. To practise the use of to be to make up situations of

your own using the following patterns:
1. Мне было суждено ...
74
- стать художником.
- побывать в самых отдаленных местах.
- встретиться с очень интересными людьми.
- стать ее мужем / его женой.
2. Как мне быть? Что мне делать?
- Что мне ей сказать?
- Что со мной будет?
- Разве лучше еще будет?
- Ты же не бросишь нас сейчас?

1. Я должен закончить эту работу до четверга.
2. Я должен ждать свою группу возле деканата.
3. Мы договорились пойти в кино вечером.
4. Этой девушке суждено было стать его женой.
5. Я должна была встретиться с ней в 6 часов, но она не пришла.
6. Поезд должен прибыть через 5 минут. Давай поторопимся.
7. Вы должны закончить эту работу до среды.
8. На этой неделе нам предстоит сдать два экзамена.
9. Я должен был просмотреть много литературы, чтобы подготовить
свой доклад.
10. Он должен был стать музыкантом, так было решено еще в детстве.
11. Мы должны были путешествовать по красивым местам на юге
Франции.
12. Кто должен ответить за это?
13. Она должна сдавать вступительные экзамены в следующем году.
14. Кому выступать первым на собрании?
15. Смотри, надвигается гроза. Что теперь с нами будет? Мы
промокнем насквозь.
16. Нам предстоит встретиться сегодня с этим интересным человеком.
17. Мы решили, что прежде всего мы должны пойти в Британский
музей.
18. Когда должен был приехать поезд? – Ровно в 2 часа дня.
19. Кому надлежит встретить их?
20. Ей предначертано судьбой стать врачом.
21. Не смей говорить об этом. Я не разрешаю тебе.
22. Собрание должно состояться после занятий.
23. Как понимать твои слова?
24. Мы должны были встретиться в кафе, но он, как всегда, опоздал.
75
25. В воскресенье утром мы хотели поехать за город, но передумали,
поскольку вечером предстояла встреча с друзьями.
26. Он должен был написать статью в газету, но не успел.
27. Они должны были провести свой медовый месяц в Испании. (2
варианта)
5.3 REVISION: MEANS OF EXPRESSING OBLIGATION:

5.4 MUST, TO HAVE TO AND TO BE TO COMPARED
Time reference MUST TO HAVE TO TO BE TO

Present obligation obligation obligation
imposed by the imposed by the resulting from the
speaker or circumstances arrangement or
authorities plans
Past only in an action which was/were + Ind.

reported was realized in Inf. - an action
speech the past as a planned for the
result of past but it is
obligation or unknown
necessity whether this
imposed by action was
circumstances carried out or
not
was/were + Perf.
Inf. - a planned
action that wasn’t
carried out in
the past
Exercise 93. Complete the sentences, using must, mustn't, have to

or will have to:
1. Julie, trying to train her dog: You _____ sit when I tell you to!
2. The teacher who is invigilating Stephen's exam: You ______ try to talk
to each other during the exam.
3. The doctor to a nurse, about a patient with a bad heart: He ______ stay
in bed for several weeks, and ______ talk too much.
4. Mr. Wilson phones his wife at 6 pm: I'm afraid I'm going to be late —
76
I ______ finish some letters.
5. The immigration officer notices that a traveller hasn't signed his new
passport: You ______ sign it as soon as you get it.
6. Mr. Wilson explains why he is taking a pill: I ______ take these pills
for my blood pressure.
7. Mrs. Wilson is offering more cake to a guest at a tea party: You ______
have some more cake.
8. Stephen has hurt his knee playing football: The doctor says I ______
play for three weeks.
Exercise 94. Open the brackets and fill in the blanks with the
appropriate forms of the verbs must, have to or be to:
1. You ….. (not tell) him about it. It's a secret.
2. It looks like rain. You...... (take) your raincoats.
3. You ...... (not talk) so loudly here.
4. In his youth he ...... (work) from morning till night to earn his living.
5. He ...... (wait) at the station till it stopped raining.
6. The secretary informed us when the manager...... (come).
7. They...... (leave) on Saturday, but because of the delay with their visas
they...... (book) tickets for Monday.
8. They...... (not tell) him anything about it before they get further
instructions.
9. He...... (leave) for London that night.
10....... I (do) it all by myself?
11. It was too late to change their plans and they...... (put up) with it.
12. You...... (not prepare) all this work, I will help you.
13. Stay here till she is free. I think you...... (not wait) long.
14. We...... (conduct) a series of experiments this week.
15. Remember that we...... (be) at this place not later than noon.
Exercise 95. Fill in the blanks with to be (to), to have (to) or must
using the correct form of the infinitive:
1. I did not know who ... (to be) my travelling companion.
2. According to the state plan, many new dwelling houses …(to build) this
year.
3. We ... (to work) hard to achieve good results.
4. “I think we ... (to drop) anchor in that bay until the storm quiets down”,
the captain said to his mate.
5. I... (to say) your behavior has been far from straightforward.
77
6. If I give in now, I... (to give in) always.
7. This is serious; you ... (not to joke) about it.
8. Will you please, hold the line a minute, darling? I ... (to change) the
baby before I can speak to you.
9. If you go there in the morning, you ... (not to wait).
10. I ... (to tell) you it was not simple after all. We ... (to tell) him all the
details.
11. The day we ... (to start) it rained worse than ever.
Exercise 96. Translate into English using to have (to), to be (to) or

must in the meaning of obligation:
1. Они должны приехать к нам в воскресенье.
2. Во сколько вам приходится выходить из дома, чтобы быть на работе
вовремя?
3. Вам надо уделять больше внимания грамматики: вы делаете много
ошибок.
4. Вы стойте здесь! Понятно?
5. Я очень жалею, что именно мне пришлось сообщить вам эту
неприятную новость.
6. Должны ли мы выучить этот текст наизусть? – Нет, не нужно.
7. Она должна ждать нас в университете.
8. Он был вынужден сделать вам замечание, не так ли?
9. Неужели она сделала этот шаг? Ей придется винить только себя.
10. Они должны были остановиться в гостинице, но свободных мест
не было, и они остановились у своих знакомых.
11. Они обязаны помочь вам в этой ситуации.
12. Вчера мне пришлось пообедать в столовой, хотя обычно я обедаю
дома.
13. Где ты должен его встречать? – На вокзале.
14. Дети не должны играть со спичками.
15. Во время нашей поездки по Лондону мы должны посетить целый
ряд музеев, театров, парков и т.д.
16. Ты болеешь. Тебе придется лечь в кровать.
17. Мне сейчас приходится много работать, так как я болела и отстала
от группы.
18. Тебе придется признать свою ошибку, ведь ты неправ.
19. Мне не нужно быть там раньше трех часов.
20. Мы были вынуждены вернуться домой, поскольку начался дождь.
21. Нам придется прийти позже, поскольку его еще нет дома.
78
22. Они должны были поехать в Испанию, но в последний момент
передумали.
23. Нам не пришлось провожать их до гостиницы. Они хорошо знали
дорогу.
24. Мне пришлось принять этого приглашение, хотя у меня не было
желания идти туда.
25. Ты должен быть осторожен, когда переходишь улицу.
Exercise 97. Choose the correct form:

1. It was raining and we ... wait until it stopped.
a) were to
b) had to
с) must
2. The time was fixed for his sailing. It ... take place almost
immediately.
a) had to
b) was to
с) must
3. The meeting ... begin at 5 sharp. Don’t be late.
a) is to
b) must
c) has to
4. I ... tell you frankly that I think you were wrong.
a) am to
b) have to
с) must
5. I had a sleepless night. I ... go and see the doc and get him to give
me something. I can’t go on like that.
a) was to
b) must
c) had to
6. He inquired when the secretary ... come.
a) must
b) had to
с) was to
7. I want you to obey me. You ... do exactly as she says and make no
noise.
a) must
b) are to
79
с) have to
8. He lost all his money at the races and I ... lend him five pounds.
a) was to
b) had to
с) must
9. Which of you ... bring the magazines and newspapers?
a) is to
b) must
c) has to
10. The rope was so strong that I ... take a knife to cut it.
a) must
b) had to
с) was to
11. I ... help my friends with this work now. So I can’t go with you.
a) must
b) have to
с) am to
12. We’ll ... push through the crowd to get to them.
a) must
b) have to
с) be to
13. They didn’t answer my first knock so I ... knock twice.
a) must
b) was to
с) had to
14. One ... have a rest after a day of hard work.
a) is to
b) has to
c) must
15. Give him something to eat. He ... be hungry.
a) must
b) is to
с) has to
Exercise 98. Translate into English using to have (to), to be (to) or

must in various meanings
1. Я должен был подготовить эту работу до четверга.
2. Я должна была передать ему часы его отца. Но он так и не
появился.
80
3. Мне пришлось бросить все и поехать в больницу.
4. Я должна прочитать эту книгу.
5. Она, наверное, читает эту книгу.
6. Она, наверное, работала над отчетом, когда я видела ее неделю
назад.
7. Она, наверное, написала отчет.
8. Мне сейчас приходится поздно ложиться спать и рано вставать.
9. Она должна была написать отчет.
10. Она должна была написать отчет. Мы с ней так договаривались.
11. Нам пришлось отложить сборы.
12. Она должна была написать отчет, но у нее не было достаточно
времени, чтобы это сделать.
13. Не нужно держать книгу так близко к глазам.
14. Они, вероятно, не видели ее с лета.
15. Им было не суждено встретиться после несчастья.
16. В доме, наверное, сейчас никого нет.
17. Вам придется поговорить с ней.
18. Оставайся здесь и не смей выходить из комнаты.
19. Выбора не было и им пришлось согласиться.
20. Кто должен отвечать первым?
21. Вы не должны останавливать работу, пока вы ее не закончите.
22. Она, вероятно, ждет нас дома.
23. Она должна ждать нас дома.
24. Вы пойдете туда немедленно и все уладите.
25. Ей, наверное, не сказали, что мы уже вернулись.
Exercise 99. Choose the right option:

1. He wants us to obey him. We...... exactly what he says.
a) have to do
b) must to do
c) are to do
2. Mrs. Sparred ...... very beautiful when she was young. She has a fine
face.
a) was to be
b) must have been
c) must be
3. You...... so late. You should leave after dinner.
a) are not to stay
b) must not have stayed
81
c) must not stay
4. Something...... . He...... at seven.
a) must happen, must come
b) must have happened, had to come
c) must have happened, was to have come
5. Yesterday's rain spoiled my shoes completely and I...... new ones.
a) had to buy
b) must have bought
c) was to buy
6. Which of them...... the documents?
a) must have brought
b) have to bring
c) was to bring
7. The only thing he knew for certain was that he ...... them.
a) must not meet
b) hasn't to meet
c) is not to meet
8. You can't come in. You...... a catching disease like that.
a) must not have
b) don't have to have
c) aren't to have
9. There… . a garden once.
a) was to be
b) must have been
c) must be
10. We...... in. The weather is changing,
a) must go
b) must have gone
c) are to go
GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: MUST, TO HAVE TO, TO BE TO
Exercise 100. Memorize the following proverbs and use them in

short situations of your own. Find the Russian equivalents:
1. If you want to eat the fruit, you must learn to climb the tree.
2. As you make your bed, so you must lie on it.
3. Old birds are not to be caught with chaff.
4. All truths are not to be told.
5. As you brew, so you must drink.
82
6. If things were to be done twice, all would be wise.
7. All good things must come to an end.
8. If you want something done right, you have to do it yourself.
Exercise 101. Imagine you are in the following situations. Act out
a dialogue using modals must, have to and be to in the meanings
required.
a) Last year Nick visited England for the first time. As he was a first-year
student it was difficult for him to communicate with English people because
he didn't know the language well enough. He was struck by a lot of things
there: by the newspapers, by the taxis, by the heavy traffic and the rule of
driving on the left side of the road, by the fact that one can smoke inside the
tube and can't do it inside the bus.
Task: act out a dialogue between Nick and his friend Jim.
Cue patterns: You must work hard at your English to communicate with
English people easily. You must know the customs and traditions of the
people there, etc.
b) One day you rang your friend up and nobody answered you. It was ten
in the morning, you were greatly surprised not to find anybody at home. You
knew that your friend had felt unwell the day before and you thought your
friend had fallen ill or he had an attack of appendicitis and had been taken to
hospital.
Task: act out a dialogue between his neighbour and you.
Cue patterns: He must have fallen ill. It must be an attack of
appendicitis. He must be running a high temperature, etc.
c) There was a heavy snowfall in town that brought the transport to a

standstill. As a result, you had to walk all the way home after classes. You
talk to your mother about the weather. You discuss with her what was going
on in the streets, what kind of work was being done, what people had to do
and why.
Task: act out your conversation.
d) Jim was in despair. He didn't know what he was to do. He had

promised his friend that he would go to see the cricket match as he didn't
know he was to stay at home. He wondered if he was to ring his friend up.
But his elder brother Fred informed him that the match which was to have
taken place had been put off for some reason or other. Jim was relieved.
83
Task: act out their conversation.
e) Student A: you want to go to a concert with your friends. Please ask

Student B for permission.
Student B: you are worried about Student A going to the concert.
Negotiate with Student A and command him be home at a specific time.
f) Student A: you are going to a business meeting in Tokyo with Student

B. Please discuss your trip with him and say when you expect the meeting to
start and finish, and when you expect to return home.
Student B: discuss the trip with Student A, and say that it is necessary
for you to be back at a certain time because you have another meeting.
Exercise 102. Read the dialogue and explain the use of the modal
verbs in it. Act it out in pairs
I Thought He Was Married
PAUL: Fred must be spending his evenings playing chess, I think he must
try doing something more useful.
BILL: Well, chess isn't so bad, after all. It's an interesting game. Henry
must be in a worse position. He usually stays at home cooking and washing
up.
PAUL: He must have failed to get married.
BILL: He is married. His wife is a modern woman. She believes in
equality of men and women.
PAUL: Oh, it must be she who is always sitting in a cafe and discussing
the problems of equality with her friends.
BILL: She is.
PAUL: She must be very intellectual.
BILL: She is.
PAUL: And how do you usually spend your evening?
BILL: I usually sit in the pub drinking beer and discussing philosophy.
PAUL: It must be your hobby.
BILL: It is.
PAUL: Will you probably get married?
BILL: Yes, I will. I like children very much. I often read very good books
while babysitting for Jim.
84
Exercise 103. Read the dialogue and explain the use of the modal
verbs in it. Act it out in pairs.
Moving to a New House
NORA: Harry, look at the way those men are carrying that China
cupboard. You must tell them to be careful. I am sure they are going to break
everything.
HARRY: Perhaps, we'd better carry the breakable things down ourselves.
THE MAN: You needn't worry, madam. We always have to be careful.
We're used to it. We have to move things in and out of houses every day of the
week. A man has got to know his job, hasn't he? Come on, Jim! Give me a
hand.
NORA: How are they going to get the piano out? They'll have to turn it
on its side or to take its legs off. Let's carry this long mirror down between us.
HARRY: Right! I'll have to go downstairs backwards. Oh, look out!
NORA: Oh, my lovely mirror!
THE MAN: There, now. You know, you have to be experienced to do a job
like this.
HARRY: Well, what a shame! The whole move's done with only one thing
broken and we had to be the ones to break it!
THE MAN: Come on, Jim! We shall have to hurry up with this piano.
We've got to be away by dinner-time.
VI. NEED
6.1 Need as a notional verb
Need as a notional verb can have all the necessary forms, including the
verbals. It is followed by the infinitive with to.
I needed to leave early.
She’s thirsty. She needs a drink.
You don't need to tell me that you are sorry.
The notional verb need may also be followed by a noun or pronoun.
He needs a new coat. Does he need my help? He does not need anything.
The notional need usually denotes actions that are (not) necessary in
general.
You don’t need to say it every time you see him.
Students don't need to pay to use the library.
Do I need to show my pass every time?
It should be also noted that the notional need is in more common use
than the modal verb need, particularly in American English.
85
6.2 Need as a modal verb
Need as a modal verb doesn’t change its tense and doesn’t add «-s» for
the third person singular. It is followed by the infinitive without to and is used
only in negative and interrogative sentences.
You needn’t speak so loudly.
Need I stay here?
In reported speech it remains unchanged.
She said that we needn’t come.
The modal need is usually referred to some particular occasion.
You needn't pay me now.
It's still early so we needn't rush.
Need I show you my pass now?
Exercise 104. Underline the more likely answer. If they are equally
likely, underline them both.
1. In most developed countries, people needn't/ don't need to boil water
before they drink it.
2. You needn't/ don't need to walk. I'll give you a lift.
3. There'll be a handout at the end of the lecture so you needn't/ don't
need to take notes.
4. You needn't/ don't need to have a university degree to become a police
officer.
5. You needn't/ don't need to buy me a birthday present.
6. In most cities yon needn't/ don't need to pay to get into the galleries
and museums.
Need as a modal verb is used in the following meanings:

1) In interrogative sentences it expresses necessity.
Need I repeat it once again?
Note 1. Need is used when the speaker hopes to get the negative answer,
whereas the use of must shows that the speaker doesn’t know what answer
to expect. Compare:
Need I wait for her now?
Must I wait for her now?
Note 2. Mind the ways of answering the question Need I do it?:

affirmative: Yes, you must.
86
negative (absence of necessity): No, you needn’t.
negative (prohibition): No, you mustn’t.
2) In negative sentences need denotes absence of necessity in a
particular situation.
You needn't be afraid of me.
You need not meet him unless you'd like to.
In this meaning need is often used with the verbs to bother, to fear, to
panic, to worry and the like.
I've already cleaned the car so you needn't bother to do it.
In negative sentences it is not always the verb need that is in the
negative form; the negation may be found elsewhere in the sentence.
I don't think we need give her any more of our attention.
I need hardly say that I agree with you.
We need have no fear for Nicole, she can take care of herself.
Note 3. We can use the notional need (don't need to do) instead of the
modal need (need not do) in the meaning of absence of necessity in
general:
You needn’t go shopping today, we’ve got plenty of food. (particular)
I don’t need to go shopping because in our family my mum does it.
(general)
Note 4. Absence of necessity is also expressed by the negative forms of to

have to with little or no difference in meaning.
You don't have to go there. = You needn't go there.
However, it is preferable to use needn't when it is the speaker who
decides the lack of necessity and don't have to when external rules or
somebody else's actions make something unnecessary. Compare:
As you worked late yesterday you needn't come in until 10.00 tomorrow
morning. (speaker's decision)
We've been told that we don't have to be at work until 10.00 tomorrow.
(reporting someone else's decision.)
3) In combination with the Perfect infinitive need expresses an action
which has been performed though it was unnecessary. It implies a waste of
time or effort (= «зря», «незачем», «не к чему было», «напрасно», «не стоило»)
You needn’t have come to the meeting (You came to the meeting, though it
wasn’t necessary).
You needn’t have carried all these parcels yourself. The shop would have
delivered them if you had asked them.
87
Note 5. Mind the difference between needn’t have done and didn’t have
to / didn’t need to:
needn’t have done expresses an action which has been performed
though it was unnecessary, whereas didn’t have to / didn’t need to
expresses the absence of necessity without implying that the action was
performed.
I knew there wouldn't be a test, so I didn't need to / didn’t have to study. I
watched TV instead.
I studied all night, then found out the test was cancelled. I needn't have
studied at all.
Exercise 105. Analyze the form of the modal verb. Say in which
meaning it is used. Translate the sentences into Russian:
1. You may keep the money I've given you, I don't need it yet.
2. They need have no fear of that.
3. You needn’t come this evening if you don’t want to.
4. Doesn't she have to work on Sunday?
5. You needn’t have cooked so much food.
6. If you don't like it, you don't have to pay for it.
7. He won't have to go to the office. He'll be able to do something about
those roses at last.
8. You needn't have gone into so many details. The report was too long.
9. You don’t need to carry an identity card.
10. We needn't have gone to the post-office to ring him up. There is a
telephone-booth round the corner.
11. You needn't have shed any tears over that loss.
12. I didn’t need to go shopping, but I did, just for fun.
13. We needn't have brought our bathing-suits with us. It's rather cold
for swimming today.
14. Must I go there immediately? — No, you needn't. Wait till I ring you
up.
15. You needn't come to classes today. You've handed in all your papers.
Exercise 106. Match the sentence beginnings and ends. Join them
with needn't and the bare infinitive of one of the following verbs
bother change concern panic worry
88
1 The new tax laws don't come into ..to copy them down.
force until next year so you … ...yourself with his safety.
2 I'll give you a lift to the station so … about being bitten by
you... mosquitoes.
3 The questions are in the book so … the details on the form.
you... ...about booking a taxi.
4 All the windows have screens so
you...
5 Your son is being looked after by
friends so you...

1. He says I (mustn't/needn't) do it. He has already done it.
2. You (needn't/mustn't) carry your driving license with you.
3. I can show my student's card, and I (mustn't/needn't) pay to get in.
4. I've hurt my knee and the doctor says I (mustn't/needn't) play football
for two weeks.
5. Copies (needn't/mustn't) be done without permission.
6. He is a very discreet person, you (needn't/ mustn't) be afraid of telling
him anything.
7. He (needn't/mustn't) be said twice.
8. You (needn't/mustn't) answer the question if you don't want to.
9. It's a non-smoking carriage. You (needn't/mustn't) smoke here.
10. She (needn't/mustn't) go to bed so late. Has she forgotten the
doctor's instructions?
Exercise 108. Study the problem situations and try to solve them
by using the modal verb need or must expressing necessity or
absence of necessity.
1. Although it's very late, she's still reading. I think she is well prepared
for the entrance exams as it is. Must she sit up so late?
2. I'm going to take Tom out for a while. He plays the piano five hours a
day.
3. She's never answered any questions; she's never shown the slightest
interest in anything I do. I don't have the slightest doubt she's thrown my
letters without reading them. What shall I do?
4. Let's stay at home for a change and catch up on our reading. A lot of
new magazines have just come in and I'd like to finish that interesting article?
89
Exercise 109. Paraphrase the following sentences so as to use
needn’t do/ have done:
Example: It is not necessary to copy the composition. I can read it as it is.
You needn't copy the composition ....
It was quite unnecessary to rush there in that weather. They would have
managed perfectly well by themselves.
You needn't have rushed there in that weather ....
1. There was no necessity whatever for her to do it herself.
2. There's no earthly reason to worry. She's as strong as a horse.
3. There is no need for any of you to be present.
4. Is it any use our going into all that now?
5. It's no use your talking to him now. His mind is made up.
6. Why did you mention all these figures? The situation was clear as it
was.
7. Why do you want to press the skirt? It's not creased at all.
8. Why do you want to do it all today?
9. It was not necessary for mother to cook this enormous dinner. We have
brought all the food the children may want.
10. It is not necessary to take the six thirty. A later train will do as well.
11. It is hardly necessary for us to remind you that the money is now due.
12. It is only necessary for us to look at the population projections to see
the seriousness of the problem.
13. With such a lead in the opinion polls it is hardly necessary for the
Democrats to bother campaigning before the election.
14. It is not necessary for anyone to know who paid the ransom to the
kidnappers.
15. After such a huge lottery win, it is not necessary for him to work
again.
Exercise 110. Supply needn't have or didn't need to / didn’t have

to and the verb in brackets:
1. I ... (phone) the mechanic. I learnt later that Michael had already
phoned him.
2. I ... (phone) the mechanic. I knew that Michael had already phoned
him.
3. Kate ... (make) lunch when she came home because her husband
had already done it.
4. I ... (wake) her up because she was awake before me.
5. You ... (bring) your umbrella after all. It hasn't rained.
90
6. Mother ... (cook) a meal last night as we were going out.
7. I ... (cook) a meal last night because we went out and the food I
prepared was uneaten.
8. You ... (pay) the man. He didn't deserve it.
9. Clare ... (bring) the tape. We didn't plan to listen to it.
10. Ann ... (buy) any eggs as on coming home she found that she
had plenty of eggs.
Exercise 111. Complete the comment on the situation with either

didn't need to / didn’t have to or needn't have done and the verb in
brackets:
Example: I worked fast and finished my project on time, but now out teacher
has given the class three more weeks.
(work) I needn’t have worked so hard!
1. At least I managed to do it without working at the weekend.
(work) ___________________________the weekend!
2. And although I thought I would have to borrow some books, in the end it
wasn’t necessary.
(borrow) ___________________________ any books.
3. But I gave up a lot of my spare time when I didn't have to!
(give) ___________________________ so much of my spare time.
4. I spent a lot of time reading and writing every evening.
(spend) ___________________________ reading and writing every evening
5. But I managed to do it on my own, and I didn't ask for any help.
(ask) ___________________________ any help.
6. And I didn't give up playing tennis.
(play) ___________________________ tennis.
7. I spent a lot of time using the Internet unnecessarily.
(use) ___________________________ so much.
8. But it was quite easy in the end, and I did it without thinking too hard!
(think) ___________________________ too hard.
9. In the end, I worried about it a lot, but this wasn't necessary!
(worry) ___________________________it so much.
Exercise 112. Translate the following sentences into English using

verbs need and have to:
1. Можете сегодня туда не ходить.
2. Можете не переписывать сочинение.
3. Можете не оставаться, если не хотите.
91
4. Нам можно не повторять эти правила. Мы хорошо их знаем.
5. Можно было и не делать это упражнение письменно.
6. Я смог это сделать только потому, что мне не нужно было идти в
институт в среду.
7. Можешь не соглашаться прямо сейчас. Подумай несколько дней.
8. Не нужно было покупать мне книгу. Она есть в библиотеке.
10. Он жил у родственников, и ему не нужно было платить за
квартиру.
11. Вряд ли надо говорить, что экзамены проводятся в конце каждого
семестра, а выпускные экзамены – в конце всего срока обучения.
12. У нас теперь построили ледовую арену, и детям не приходится
далеко ездить.
13. К вечеру зуб перестал болеть, и Том решил, что ему не нужно идти
к врачу.
14. Много ли времени вам пришлось потратить на эту работу?
15. Преподаватель сказал, что нам не нужно делать это задание
письменно.
16. Оказалось, что у меня есть этот словарь, поэтому мне не пришлось
покупать новый.
17. Вам не нужно было покупать этот словарь, у меня есть лишний
экземпляр и я с удовольствием дал бы его вам, если бы вы только
попросили.
18. Наш разговор длился не долго, все было достаточно понятно и нам
не к чему было вдаваться в лишние подробности.
19. Ему не чему было вдаваться в подробности, это все равно не
помогло.
20. Все слова в тексте были знакомыми, и не было нужды
пользоваться словарем, это только отняло у них больше времени.
21. Все слова в тексте были настолько хорошо знакомы, что мне даже
не нужно было пользоваться словарем.
Exercise 113. Choose the most suitable form:

1. It isn’t cold. You ... wear a coat.
a) mustn’t
b) needn’t
c) can’t to
2. You ... drive a car without a license.
a) needn’t
b) can’t
92
c) mustn’t
3. Не ... get up early. It’s Sunday today.
a) must
b) mustn’t
c) needn’t
4. You ... ring her up. She is coming tomorrow.
a) mustn’t
b) needn’t
c) must
5. If you want to speak English you ... be afraid of making mistakes.
a) mustn’t
b) must
c) needn’t
6. I... go to bed early on Saturday; we are going hiking on Sunday.
a) can
b) needn’t
c) must
7. You ... wait any longer. You ... go now.
a) must
b) can
c) needn’t
8. The weather is fine today. You ... close the window.
a) must
b) needn’t
c) mustn’t
9. She is waiting for you, you ... hurry.
a) must
b) can
c) mustn’t
10. He ... go to the library. I ... give him the books he wants.
a) needn’t
b) mustn’t
c) can
11. You feel bad. You ... go to see a doctor.
a) need
b) must
c) can
12. I ... be off. I want to go to bed.
a) can
93
b) need
c) must
GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: NEED
Exercise 114. a) Imagine you are in the following situation:

A doctor is giving certain directions to a man
who's just run down a bit. He tells him not to
neglect his advice or he may get into trouble and
have to go to hospital. The man asks the doctor
about the medicine (whether to take it with water
or milk), some vitamins, a diet, etc. The man
thanks the doctor for his help.
b) Act out the conversation between the doctor and his patient.
Try to follow these patterns in some of your sentences
1. What about vitamins? Need I take any? — Yes, you must.
2. Must I also get more sleep? — No, you needn't, but you must keep
regular hours.
the modal verbs in it. Act out the conversation.
NORA: It really is a very good house, Mrs Brewer.
MRS BREWER: The walls and woodwork will need painting of course.
HARRY: Yes, we must have them painted, mustn’t we, Nora? Perhaps, a
rather lighter color.
NORA: I'm glad there are plenty of cupboards, I need a lot of cupboards.
HARRY: I didn't notice a cupboard on the landing.
NORA: Oh, that needn't worry us. I don't need a cupboard on the landing,
when there's such a nice one in the bathroom.
HARRY: You must have somewhere to put the linen.
NORA: Yes, but it needn't be on the
landing, the one in the bathroom will do
perfectly.
HARRY: It's a pity there's no garage.
MRS BREWER: Do you need a garage
immediately? You could easily build one in the
garden.
NORA: Yes, Harry, need we worry about
a garage now? After all, we haven't got our car yet.
94
HARRY: No, you're quite right, Nora. Now, is there anything else we need
discuss with Mrs Brewer?
NORA: I don't think so.
HARRY: We must think it all over when we get home, Mrs Brewer.
MRS BREWER: Oh, yes, Mrs Parker, you needn't make your minds up at
once. Matters like this need thinking over carefully.
HARRY: And now we must be going.
MRS BREWER: Oh, need you hurry away? You mustn't go without
having a cup of tea. I've got one all ready here.
HARRY: How very kind of you.
NORA: But really, Mrs Brewer, you needn't have gone to so much trouble.
MRS BREWER: Nonsense, Mrs Parker. What I always say is: if there's
anything a woman needs after looking over a house, it's a nice cup of tea; I
hope you'll take the house; and we'll just drink to the bargain in tea.
Exercise 116. Revision: paraphrase the following sentences so as

to use different modal verbs to denote obligation as required by the
sense of the sentence.
1. Last year it wasn't necessary for you to see too many historic buildings
and places when on holiday. And now you want a rest from sightseeing.
2. You seem to like crowds. So I advise you to meet and make friends with
as many people as possible.
3. It isn't necessary for you to prompt him, he never forgets the words.
His memory is striking.
4. It was arranged that on the very day of his arrival they would record
his speech, but they failed to do it, because something went wrong with the
tape-recorder.
5. The main thing with higher education is that it isn't necessary for some
students to pay for it. What is more, they get grants.
6. Your teacher advised you to make use of the tape-recording to review
the material. Why didn't you follow his advice?
7. Don't get excited over such trifles. It's not necessary for you to worry
about little things.
8. I see no reason why we should argue.
9. It was not necessary for her to carry the bags all by herself: there were
porters at the station.
10. Is it so very necessary that you should go there at all?
11. What's the use of reproaching yourself?
12. I don't think there is any need to bother them.
95
VII. SHOULD / OUGHT TO
The main meaning of the verbs should / ought to is obligation which is

usually weakened to the sense of advice.
You shouldn’t feel / oughtn’t to feel so unhappy over such trifles.
In reported speech should and ought to remain unchanged.
I told him that he should do / ought to finish his homework before he went
out, so he did it.
The modal verbs should or ought to are mainly used interchangeably
with little or no difference in meaning, although generally should is more
frequent.
Note 1. Pay attention to the following details:

 Should is used to express an individual opinion, or when we say what
an outside authority recommends (especially in instructions and corrections):
You should consult a doctor.
The manual says that the computer should be disconnected from the power
supply before the cover is removed.
 By using ought to we lay more stress on the meaning of moral
obligation or duty. This is something that ought to be done from the
standpoint of common decency. Ought to is often stronger than should:
You ought to look after your children better.
Note 2. should/ought to + Continuous Infinitive expresses the idea that

the subject is not fulfilling their obligations or that they are acting foolishly
or not acting sensibly, prudently, etc.
At your age you ought to be earning your living.
Note 3. To give advice we can use had better instead of should / ought to,
especially in spoken English.
If you’re not well, you’d better ask Ann to go instead.
He’d better not be late again or he’ll be in trouble.
But we don’t use had better to make general comments.
I don’t think parents should / ought to give their children a lot of sweets.
Apart from expressing advice in the present-time context, should and

ought to are also used with the perfect forms of the infinitive in the following
cases:
96
1) SHOULD/OUGHT TO HAVE DONE: in combination with the
Perfect Infinitive should / ought to in the affirmative form shows that a
desirable action was not fulfilled (i.e. something didn't happen in the past and
we are sorry that it didn't). It is usually rendered into Russian as «надо
было», «следовало».
You should/ought to have chosen a more suitable time to tell me this news.
We should/ought to have waited for the rain to stop.
Note 1. There is a certain difference between should/ought to +Perf. Inf.

and was/were to + Perf. Inf.
 should/ought to +Perf. Inf. is used to express an action that wasn’t
carried out though it was desirable:
You ought to /should have arrived last week. You know that your mother is
very ill and needs your help.
 was/were + Perf. Inf. is used to express an action that wasn’t carried
out though it was planned:
He was to have arrived last week. But he had to postpone his trip because of
his illness.
2) SHOULDN’T/OUGHTN’T TO HAVE DONE: in the negative form
should /ought to in combination with the Perfect Infinitive shows that an
undesirable action was fulfilled (i.e. something happened in the past and we
are sorry that it did). We often use this pattern to indicate regret or criticism.
You oughtn’t to/shouldn’t have treated her so rudely.
Note 2. There is a certain difference between should/ought to + Perf. Inf.

and needn’t + Perf. Inf.
 shouldn’t/oughtn’t to + Perf. Inf. is used to denote an action which
was performed though it was undesirable.
You shouldn’t have told him that his brother is a liar. Now he is really upset
about it and doesn’t want to see his brother any more (You told him about it,
though it wasn’t the right thing to do — now the relations with his brother
have got even worse).
 needn’t + Perf. Inf. is used to denote an action which was performed
though it was unnecessary. It implies a waste of time and effort.
You needn’t have told him that his brother is a liar. All the members of our
family are completely aware of this fact. (You told him about it, though it
wasn’t necessary, as he knows it already).
97
Exercise 117. Change the following sentences as to use should or
ought to:
Example: I think you must consider the matter carefully. — You should
consider the matter carefully.
1. It’s a pity you don’t spend much time with your children.
2. I think you need more rest after your hard work.
3. It’s a pity you don’t want to apologize to him.
4. I’ve advised you to speak to him frankly.
5. I don’t advise them to make a decision in a hurry.
6. I think he must work at English systematically.
7. It’s a pity she doesn’t write to her parents more often.
8. I’ve advised you to listen to the lectures more carefully.
9. It’s a pity they don’t want to discuss the problem now.
10. I don’t advise you to make any marks on the books.
Exercise 118. Discuss what the students on the bus should and
should not be doing.
Example: The student in the middle of the bus shouldn’t be climbing out
of the window to the top of the bus.
Exercise 119. Work in pairs, in groups, or as a class. Give advice

by using should, ought to or had better.
Example:
SPEAKER A: I have a test tomorrow.
SPEAKER B: You should (ought to) study tonight.
1. I don't feel well. I think I'm catching a cold.
2. I can't see the chalkboard when I sit in the back row.
3. My foot is asleep.
4. My roommate snores, and I can't get to sleep.
5. My friend is arriving at the airport this evening. I'm supposed to pick
him up, but I've forgotten what time his plane gets in.
6. I can't stop yawning.
98
7. I have a toothache,
8. I need to improve my German.
9. I have the hiccups.
10. When William gets out of college, his parents expect him to
manage the family business, a shoe store, but he wants to be an architect.
11. Pam's younger brother, who is 18, is using illegal drugs. How can
she help him?
12. The Taylors’ daughter is very excited about going to Denmark to
study for four months. You've been an international student, haven't you?
Could you give her some advice?
Exercise 120. Change the sentences using should / ought to so

as to express criticism:
1. I’m sorry I didn’t encourage my sister to practice the piano every day.
2. I don’t think it was clever of him to give the answer at once.
3. It’s a pity we didn’t support his plan.
4. It’s a pity she didn’t use a dictionary while article. She made a lot of
mistakes.
5. It wasn’t clever of Tom driving on the wrong side of the road.
6. It’s a pity Jack didn’t know the day of her arrival in London.
7. It’s a pity you didn’t come to the party last night. It was great.
8. It’s a pity you didn’t phone your friend and warn him.
9. I don’t think it was clever of you not to revise grammar.
10. It’s a pity she didn’t point out all our mistakes.
11. I’m sorry I didn’t make him pay for the damage.
12. It’s a pity Joan didn’t follow her mother’s advice.
Exercise 121. Read the situations and write sentences with

should (shouldn't) have or ought to (ought not to) have.
Example: He had a test this morning. — He didn't do it well. He should
have studied more last night.
1. She didn't take a taxi. She was late for the wedding.
2. I didn't eat at home. Now I'm hungry.
3. She bought a TV set last month. Now she regrets doing that. Her
children watch it day and night.
4. He signed a contract without reading it thoroughly. Now he has
discovered that he has no right to make any amendments there.
5. Mary sold her house. That was a mistake because now she spends a
lot of money to rent an apartment.
99
6. I enjoyed the party last night a lot. Why didn't you come?
7. The driver in front of me stopped suddenly and I smashed into the back
of his car. It was not my fault.
8. The boy went out without the doctor's permission. Now he is much
worse.
9. When we arrived at the hotel there were no free rooms. We hadn't
reserved one.
10. It was not a good idea for Tom and Mary to get married. Now they
quarrel all days long.
Exercise 122. Complete these sentences with should/ought to and

the proper form of the infinitive using each of these verbs in the box
once only:
answer / arrive / be / go / put / remove / resign /send / take /
visit / wear / win
1. He is running so well at the moment that Thomas ……….. the 800

metres easily.
2. Where I … the cheese? In the fridge?
3. The tickets ………… a couple of weeks before we go on holiday.
4. Payment for the full amount ………… with this application form.
5. You really………… the exhibition before it closes. There are some
wonderful paintings.
6. Don told us not to take this road. We………… his advice, now we’ve
got lost.
7. All packaging ………… before switching on the printer for the first
time.
8. It’s important to look smart at the interview. You ………… a suit.
9. There are many people who think the President ………… years ago.
10. ………… we………… the questions in English or in French?
11. If you want my advice, I ………… by train rather than car.
12. I can't imagine what's happened to Kathy. She………… here by now.
In combination with the Simple or Continuous Infinitive the modals should

and ought to may denote supposition implying strong probability.
If he started at 9 he ought to/should be here at 4. — Если он выехал в 9 часов,
он наверняка будет здесь в 4 часа.
100
He ought to / should be preparing for his exams now. — Он наверняка
готовится сейчас к экзаменам.
The film should be very good as it is starring first-class actors.
The use of should and ought to is not very common in this meaning,
as this meaning is normally rendered by must.

1. It is surprising that they should have met after all.
2. Mrs Murrey will be moving into the new house next month. It ought to be
less bleak for her.
3. ‘Meg is in town shopping.’ ‘Who took her in?’ ‘Renny drove her to the train.
He should be back at any moment.’
4. Tea is between half past five and six. It should be ready now.
5. He drove at great speed. He knew that about this hour the guests ought to
have arrived at his house.
7.3 EMOTIONAL SHOULD
Should may have a peculiar function — it may be used for emotional

colouring. In this function it may be called the emotional should. It is found
in the following cases:
a) in questions and clauses beginning with why:
Why should I do it? —С какой стати я буду делать это?
Why shouldn't you invite him? — Почему бы вам его не пригласить?
There is no reason why they shouldn’t get on well together. — Нет причины,
почему бы им не ладить друг с другом.
b) with what, where, who in dramatic expressions of surprise:
The door opened and who should come in but Tom. — Дверь открылась, и
кто бы вы думали вошел? Не кто иной, как Том.
What should I find but an enormous spider! – И что, по-вашему, я
обнаружила? Огромного паука!
Quite often the surprise is embarrassing: Who should come in but his first
wife!
c) in the following set phrases:
How should I know? — Почем я знаю?
That it should come to this! — И до чего дошло дело!
То think that it should come to this! — Только подумать, до чего дошло
дело!
То think that it should have happened to me! — Только подумать, что это
101
произошло со мной!
Note. The perfect infinitive is usual when the assumption was in the past:
I can't think why he should have said that it was my fault.
Exercise 124. Translate the following sentences paying attention

to emotional should. Try to convey the emotional colouring
expressed by it.
1.There was no reason why I should not get away promptly in the afternoon.
2. Kate was frowning. “I can’t understand why you should do this.”
3. Why should he think that?
4. It was singular that Horn should ask him that question.
5. I’m sorry that you should have had a row with Pat.
6. ‘Where’s Meg?’ ‘Where should she be if not in school?’
7. Oh, that it should come to this!
8. ‘John did lose the game!’ ‘So I should think!’
9. How on earth should I know?!
10. It outraged him that the man should have been so foolish.
Exercise 125. Respond to the statements given below. Begin your

responses w i t h Why should I/we ...?
I t ’ s time . . . .
 to discuss this problem.
 to go and consult a doctor.
 to have a long walk.
 to tell us your opinion on the problem.
 to complete the work.
 to write a letter to him.
 to pack our suit-cases.
 to give them a call.
 to return the books to the library.
 to go and see Ann. She is ill.
Exercise 126. Express your disagreement with the following

statements using emotional should, giving reasons:
1. You should go to bed.
2. You should give him all possible support it.
3. You should make a speech at the conference.
4. You should thank him for his advice.
102
5. You should have a talk with Pete.
6. You should write your year’s paper as soon as possible.
7. You should read this book by tomorrow.
8. You should help him to catch up with the group.
9. You should ring them up in the evening and speak about it.
10. You should buy this computer.
Exercise 127. Translate into English focusing on the emotional

should:
1. Забавно, что она оказалась права.
2. Он был очень доволен, что Кэт все же назвала ребенка в его
честь.
3. «Как его зовут?» - «А с какой стати я должен тебе говорить?»
4. Как случилось, что ты привел его сюда?
5. Что могло с ним случиться? Представить себе не могу, почему
он так опаздывает.
6. Зачем нам идти туда пешком?
7. Откуда я знаю, куда они уехали?
8. С какой стати я должен тебе помогать после всего, что ты
натворил?
9. Уже поздно. Где же могут быть дети?
10. Странно, что его назначили капитаном команды.
Exercise 128. Match the parts of the sentence. Analyse the

meaning of the modal verbs should/ought to.
1. Children ought to go… … «How should I know?»

2. He should have taken… ...you at the meeting.
3. «When is he going back?»… …I should not work too hard.
4. He didn’t come to the lecture …why he should be angry.
today…
5. I ought to go to Anna’s … You should relax.
party…
6. I’m sorry … …He should be ill.
7. He should have supported… …It was her birthday.
8. I see no reason… …that you should think so
badly of me.
9. She told me that… …to bed at 9 o’clock.
103
10. «His relatives do not think …though I don’t want to.
so.»…
11. You worry too much… …care of you.
12. I should have sent a card to … «Then they should be a lot
my mother yesterday… of damned fools.»
Exercise 129. Combine should/ought to with the appropriate

form of infinitive in brackets:
1. I don’t feel at all well. See me home, Gerald. I shouldn’t ......... (to come).
2. She was awake at an hour when she should ......... (to be) safely asleep.
3. I’m afraid I should ......... (to be) the last person to know about it.
4. Never mind what I say, Robert! I’m always saying what I shouldn’t
......... (to say).
5. Don’t tire your eyes. Dr Albong says you shouldn’t ......... (to read) in
bed at all.
6. Didn’t he say anything to you about it? You should ......... (to ask) him.
7. They have a wonderful language. It should ......... (to know) widely.
8. When a man is old enough to do wrong he should ......... (to be) old
enough to do right also.
9. “We should never ......... (to come) here,” she burst out.
10. You should go to the concert. Why should you ......... (to miss) the
music?
11. He looked more than ever out of place; he should ......... (to stay) at
home.
12. I realize now I shouldn’t ......... (to say) anything.
13. Should a baby ......... (to play) with a box of matches?
14. She should ......... (to be) more attentive. Didn't she see a car on the
right?
15. My mother frowned at him and shook her head in a way that meant
that he shouldn’t ......... (to say) things like that in me.
16. He felt the need to rejoin Graham — he should ......... (to do) weeks
before.
17. They should ......... (to clear) up the problem long time ago.
18. It's a secret. You ought not to ......... (to reveal) it to anybody.
19. It seems to me that he is a hot-temper person and often flies into a
rage because of mere trifles. He should ......... (to control) his temper.
20. She looks bad. She should ......... (to be) more careful about her health.
104
Exercise 130. Complete the following sentences using should
/ought to:
1. I don’t think I ...
2. I think there are many things we ...
3. It was a mistake to have come. I ...
4. Your eyesight is poor. You ...
5. Do you think we ...?
6. Your note escaped my memory. I ...
7. You seem to think everybody ...
8. Of course the house is a nice one and we ...
9. I’ll see and speak with Maurice. He ...
10. Where’s his car? He ...
Exercise 131. Translate into English using should/ought to in

various meanings:
1. Тебе следовало бы (надо бы) ...
 сделать что-нибудь для него.
 помочь ему в эти тяжелые дни.
 еще раз прочитать свое сочинение. Там есть ошибки
 знать об этом.
2. Тебе не следовало (не нужно было) ...
 говорить об этом кому-либо.
 оставаться дома.
 вмешиваться в их дела.
 разговаривать с ним таким тоном. Он мог обидеться.
3. Зачем мне ...
 делать это?
 ходить туда?
 звонить ему?
 встречать ее на вокзале и провожать?
4. Откуда я знаю, ...
 что они осуждают сейчас на встрече?
 что она сейчас делает?
 что с ним делать?
 куда она положила эту телеграмму?

1. Вам следует поверить ему.
2. Вам следует оставить ей записку. Она придет поздно.
105
3. Я не думаю, что вам следует разговаривать с ним в таком тоне.
4. Вам следует вернуть эту книгу в библиотеку сегодня.
5. Тебе стоит почитать эту книгу в оригинале.
6. Ей следует сказать обо всем сразу же.
7. Им следует поехать за город в выходной.
8. Ей следует обратить внимание на свое здоровье. Она выглядит
уставшей.
9. Ему следовало бы прислушаться к нашему мнению.
10. Вам следует тщательно продумать план ваших действий.
11. Тебе не следовало ходить туда без предупреждения.
12. Вам следует посетить эту выставку.
13. Вам следовало посетить эту выставку еще вчера.
14. Ей следовало рассказать всю правду.
15. С какой стати мы должны помогать ему?
16. Тебе не следовало идти так рано. Самое интересное произошло
позже.
17. Вам следует быть более внимательным и не совершать такие
грубые ошибки.
18. С какой стати вы должны все делать сами? Она может помочь
вам.
19. Вы не должны задавать такие вопросы.
20. Вам следовало бы обратиться к ним за советом.
21. Тебе не следует расстраиваться из-за таких мелочей.
22. Ты уверен, что нужно идти туда? А почему бы и нет?
23. Тебе не следовало заставлять его ждать так долго.
24. Тебе следовало бы измерять температуру и вызвать доктора.
25. Если у тебя болит зуб, тебе нужно обратиться к врачу.
26. Почему он должен хвалить твою работу?
27. Ну, что же, вы были правы. Мне не так следовало поступить.
28. Ей следовало бы пораньше вспомнить об этом.
29. Завтра день рождение твоей сестры. Я думаю, что должен
подарить ей что-то.
30. Зачем мне надо идти туда пешком?
7.4 GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: SHOULD / OUGHT TO
Exercise 133. a) Memorize the following proverbs and use them

in short situations of your own. Find their Russian equivalents:
1. Those who live in glass houses should not throw stones.
106
2. He who laughs at crooked men should need walk very straight.
3. Love should not be all on one side.
b) Comment on the quotes and dwell on one in detail, supporting
with examples and making use of all the modals learnt:
1. Leaders must see reality as it is, not as it ought to be. (Benjamin
Netanyahu)
2. Just as you ought not to attempt to cure eyes without head or head without
body, so you should not treat body without soul. (Socrates)
3. I am not as good as I ought to be. I am not as good as I want to be. I am not
as good as I'm going to be. But I am thankful that I am better than I used to
be. (John Wooden)
4. I am not as good as I ought to be. I am not as good as I want to be. I am not
as good as I'm going to be. But I am thankful that I am better than I used to
be. (John Wooden)
5. I was too worried about the grades and I should have been more worried
about learning. (Michelle Obama)
Exercise 134. a) Read the dialogue and try to solve the problem
situation described
A problem situation
JANE: Sylvia is having trouble with
her parents. They say she ought to do more
at school. She knows she should work
harder for the exams, but she's angry
because her parents don't like her friends.
Although she's almost sixteen, she's
supposed to be home every night by 8
o'clock.
NICK: Perhaps her parents ought to
trust her more. They shouldn't treat her like a child. Why don't they like her
friends?
JANE: I'm not sure. Sylvia's mother says that they are very rude. They
don't do any schoolwork.
b) What do you think Sylvia, her parents and her friends should
do to improve the situation?
Say sentences from the table
Example: Sylvia should / ought to talk to her parents.
107
Sylvia should talk to her parents
Her parents shouldn't work harder
Her friends ought to listen to Sylvia
leave home
leave school
be more tolerant
be rude to her parents
ask her friends home
be so strict
trust Sylvia
c) Expand your statements to give reasons for your choice. Say

what else you think Sylvia, her friends and Sylvia's parents should
or ought to or shouldn’t do. Give your suggestions.
Example: Sylvia's parents should try to get to know her friends better
because ....
the modal verbs in it. Act out the dialogue.
DOCTOR: Well, Mr Park. After examining your heart and lungs, I
suggest the following. Firstly, you should give up smoking!
BILL: Oh, but Doctor ...
DOCTOR: Secondly, you should avoid drinking beer. I recommend milk
instead.
Bill: Milk, but I hate it!
DOCTOR: Well, your blood pressure is much too high. You should stop
drinking coffee in the mornings.
BILL: No coffee either!
DOCTOR: You are too fat. So you should take long walks in the fresh air.
And you should keep to a strict diet for a month.
BILL: Oh, I don't fancy that at all!
DOCTOR: And how about sports! Well, you should play football or go
swimming. BILL: Oh!
DOCTOR: And you should follow all my instructions if you don't want to
lose even your present state of health.
108
Exercise 136. Discuss or write what you think the people in the
following situations should have done and should not have done.
Make up as many sentences as possible.
Example:
Tom didn't study for the test. During the
exam he panicked and started looking at other
students’ test papers. He didn't think the
teacher saw him, but she did. She warned him
once to stop cheating, but he continued. As a
result, the teacher took Tom's test paper, told
him to leave the room, and failed him on the
exam.
Tom should have studied for the test.
He shouldn't have panicked during the test.
He shouldn't have started cheating.
He should have known the teacher would see him cheating.
He should have stopped cheating after the first warning.
The teacher should have ripped up Tom's paper and sent him out of the room
the first time she saw him cheating.
1. John and his wife, Julie, had good jobs as professionals in New York
City. John was offered a well-paid job in Chicago, which he immediately
accepted. Julie was shocked when he came home that evening and broke
the news to her. She liked her job and the people she worked with, and did
not want to move away and look for another job.
2. Ann agreed to meet her friend Carl at the library to help him with
his Chemistry homework. On the way, she stopped at a café where her
boyfriend worked. Her boyfriend told her he could get off work early that
night, so the two of them decided to go to the movie. Ann didn’t cancel her
plans with Carl. Carl waited for her for three hours at the library.
3. For three years, Donna had been saving up for a trip to Europe. Her
brother, Larry, had a good job, but spent all of his money on expensive
cars, clothes, and entertainment. Suddenly, Larry was fired from his job
and had no money to support himself while he was looking for another one.
Donna lent him nearly all her savings, and within three weeks he spent it
all on his car, more clothes, and expensive restaurants.
109
4. Sarah often exaggerated and once told a co-worker that she was
fluent at French, even though she had studied only a little and could not
really communicate in the language. A few days later, her boss asked her
to come to his office to interpret a meeting with a French businesswoman
who had just arrived from Paris to negotiate a major contract with the
company. After the embarrassing silence, Sarah told her boss that she was
feeling sick and had to go home immediately.
b) Act out the dialogues between:
 John and Julie,
 Ann and Carl,
 Donna and Larry,
 Sahara’s boss and one of her colleague who witnessed
this embarrassing situation.
Make use of the modal verbs expressing criticism and
reproach (should, ought to, could, might)
7.5 REVISION: CAN, COULD, MAY, MIGHT, MUST, TO HAVE TO, TO BE

TO, SHOULD, OUGHT TO, NEED
Exercise 137. Fill in the gaps with appropriate modals:

Table A Table B
1 I… have left my bag on the bus. certainty
2 In a few months, I’ll be ….. to buy a car. future ability
3 I ……. drive when I was thirteen years old! past ability
4 No, you …………… have pocket money anymore! refusing a request
5 I think you ……….. consider a career in the armed giving advice
forces
6 I ………. forget to phone Julie tonight! personal obligation
7 I ……… to have a filling at the dentist’s. obligation due to
circumstances in
the past
8 You don’t …….. to do Exercise D for homework absence of necessity
9 You ………. have to work a lot harder if you want to future obligation
get a good report.
10 They …….. to arrive at about 8. probability
11 Sean ……. have got stuck in the traffic jam possibility
12 I………. have worried so much about Jan’s present. absence of necessity
She loved it! in the past
110
Exercise 138. Rewrite each sentence so that it contains can, could,
might, must, have to or should, need (including negative forms):
Example: I'm sure that Helen feels really lonely.
Helen must feel really lonely.
1. You're not allowed to park here.
2. It would be a good idea if Harry took a holiday.
3. I'm sure that Brenda isn't over thirty.
4. Do I need a different driving licence for a motorbike?
5. What would you advise me to do?
6. Mary knows how to stand on her head.
7. You needn't come with me if you don't want to.
8. It's possible for anyone to break into this house!
9. The dentist will see you soon. I don't think he'll be long.
10. I'm sure that David took your books by mistake.
11. It was a mistake to park outside the police station.
12. It was unnecessary for you to clean the floor.
13. I'm sure that Liz hasn't met Harry before.
14. Ann possibly hasn't left yet.
15. I'm sure they haven't eaten all the food. It's not possible!
16. Jack is supposed to have arrived half an hour ago.
17. Perhaps Pam and Tim decided not to come.
18. I think it was the cat that took the fish from the table!
19. It was a waste of time worrying, after all!
Exercise 139. Underline the correct word or phrase in each

sentence.
Example: There's someone at the door. It can/must be the postman.
1. Don't worry, you don't have to/mustn't pay now.
2. I think you had better/would better take a pullover with you.
3. Jones could/must be president if Smith has to resign.
4. Sorry, I can't stay any longer. I have to/might go.
5. It was 5 o'clock an hour ago. Your watch can't/mustn't be right.
6. It's a school rule, all the pupils have to/must wear a uniform.
7. I suppose that our team must/should win, but I'm not sure.
8. Let's tell Diana. She could/might not know.
9. In my opinion, the government might/should do something
about this.
111
Exercise 140. Supply should/ought to/must/need or have
to in the correct form. Put the infinitive into the appropriate
form.
1. We ... (to leave) at 11 o'clock last night because the last bus went at
11:20.
2. I don't think you ... (to offer) to help him. You've got enough work to do
yourself.
3. I don't think you ... (to offer) to help him. You had enough work to do
yourself.
4. They ... (not to pay) to stay in a hotel. They can stay with us.
5. You ... (to come round) for dinner one evening. We haven't had a good
talk for a long time.
6. We ... (to run) all the way to the station because we were late for the
train.
7. It's your own fault that you are so tired. You ... (not to go) to bed so
late.
8. Hurry up! You ... (not to have) a bath now. The taxi is coming in 20
minutes.
9.You ... (not to allow) David to walk home from school every day on his
own. He’s too young.
10. You ... (not to tell) him what happened. He would never forgive us.
11. You ... (to go) to that new French restaurant in town. It’s the best
restaurant I’ve ever been to.
12. Paul ... (not to get up) early in the morning but everyone else in the
house does.
13. If I fail any of my exams, I... (to take) all of them in November.
14. The wedding has been cancelled so I ... (not to buy) that new suit. It
was a waste of money.
15. I ... (to take) the children to school every morning before I go to the
university.
16. You (not to eat) in the lecture halls: it’s against the college
regulations.
17. The letter ... (to be hidden) where no one will ever find it.
18. Its contents ... (to remain) a secret for ever.
19. ... you (to wear) a uniform at work?
20. Please don’t say anymore. I already know the truth so you ... (not to
lie) to me.
21. We ... (not to get up) early this morning because we had no lectures.
22. Passengers ... (to fasten) their seat belts.
112
Exercise 141. Complete the sentences with can/could, may/might,
should/ought to, must and an infinitive in the appropriate form:
1. Kerry's rather late. He ... (to miss) the train.
2. Travellers’ cheques ... (to be exchanged) at most banks.
3. They're not answering the phone so they ... (to be) out.
4. I haven't seen Joan this week. I think she ... (to visit) her parents but
I'm not sure about it.
5. Her exam results are coming out soon. She worked very hard so she ...
(to do) well.
6. I don't know where she is. She ... (not still to play) tennis, it's been
dark for the last hour.
7. That woman has just fallen over. Let's go and see her. She ... (to be)
hurt.
8. The encyclopaedias ... (to be found) on the second floor of the library.
9. Jim's been very quiet since his girlfriend went away. He … (to miss)
her.
10. She was with a man I didn’t recognize. It ... (to be) her brother
because he looked a bit like her.
11. These glasses ... (to be) Tim’s: they look a bit like his.
12. It ... (not to rain): the ground’s completely dry.
13. I ... (to join) the sports club in the summer but I haven't decided yet.
14. I’ve got a stomach-ache this morning. I ... (to eat) too much last night
or I ... (to have) some sort of virus.
15. The roads are fairly quiet today so we ... (to have) a good journey.
16. I told her you were coming so she ... (to expect) you.
17. What a terrible thing to have happened. You ... (to be terrified).
18. You ... (to talk) on the phone for a long time last night: I phoned 4
times and it was engaged.
19. The train got in half an hour ago so they ... (to be) here soon.
Exercise 142. Paraphrase the following sentences so as to use

different modal verbs to denote obligation as required by the sense
of the sentence:
1. Last year it wasn't necessary for you to see too many historic buildings
and places when on holiday. And now you want a rest from sightseeing.
2. You seem to like crowds. So I advise you to meet and make friends with
as many people as possible.
3. It isn't necessary for you to prompt him; he never forgets the words.
His memory is striking.
113
4. It was arranged that on the very day of his arrival they would record
his speech, but they failed to do it, because something went wrong with the
tape-recorder.
5. The main thing with higher education is that it isn't necessary for some
students to pay for it. What is more, they get grants.
6. Your teacher advised you to make use of the tape-recording to review
the material. Why didn't you follow his advice?
7. Don't get excited over such trifles. It's not necessary for you to worry
about little things.
8. I see no reason why we should argue.
9. It was not necessary for her to carry the bags all by herself: there were
porters at the station.
10. Is it so very necessary that you should go there at all?
11. What's the use of reproaching yourself?
12. I don't think there is any need to bother them.
13. It was quite unnecessary for you to do the work instead of him.
14. There is no use worrying about her; she is quite able to take care of
herself.
Exercise 143. Complete the second sentence so that it has a

similar meaning to the first one, using the word given. Do not change
the key word. You must use between two and five words, including
the word in bold.
1. His lights are on, so I’m pretty sure Dan is at home.
Dan …………………………………… his lights are on. as
2. Susie’s car isn’t here, so she’s almost certainly taking Dobber to
the vet.
Susie ……………………Dobber to the vet since her car’s not here. be
3. There’s no way that boy’s Simon. He’s much taller!
That ……………………… Simon. He’s much taller! boy
4. I bet you were exhausted after such a long journey!
You ……………………… exhausted after such a long journey! have
5. The only explanation is that Evan was on the phone to someone in
Australia!
Evan………………….. on the phone to someone in Australia! talking
6. There’s no way Casey won the disco dancing competition!
Casey …………………………….. the disco dancing competition! have
7. It’s possible that Greg didn’t go to Swansea after all.
Greg ……………………… to Swansea after all. not
114
8. It would be a good idea to change your hairstyle.
You ……………………….. your hairstyle. better
9. Why didn’t anybody warn me about the bus strike?
Somebody ……………………………….. about the bus strike. have
10. It was foolish of you to be rude to your boss.
You ………………………… rude to your boss. been
VIII. SHALL
In affirmative and negative sentences shall is used only with the second and
third persons (you/ he/ she/ they shall…) and may have the following
meanings:
1) Obligation, but its use, as a rule, is restricted to formal (prevailing in
legal English) or even archaic style (e.g. commandments, manuscripts)
All the candidates shall remain in their seats until the end of the examination.
This book is sold subject to the condition that it shall not, by way of trade, be
lent, resold, hired out or otherwise disposed of without the publisher's consent.
2) The meaning of obligation, somewhat modified, is found in sentences
expressing promise, threat or warning.
You shall not kill your neighbour. – Не убий!
She shall meet her kin next month. = I promise; I’ll do my best to organize it.
You shall have a sweet = I promise you a sweet.
You shall do as I say! = Or you’ll have problems.
I shan't let him do that again.
“You shall stay just where you are!” his mother cried angrily.
In interrogative sentences shall is used with the first and third persons
(Shall I/we/ he/ she/ they…?):
- to ask for instructions:
Shall I get you some fresh coffee, Miss Fleur?
Shall she get down to work right now?
Who shall answer the telephone, Major?
Sentences of this kind are usually rendered in Russian with the help of
the infinitive: Принести вам еще кофе? Ей приступить к работе прямо
сейчас? Кому отвечать по телефону? etc.
3) to make suggestions:
115
Shall we try this new pizzeria?
Shall we invite the Johnsons to dinner?
Mind the use of shall in question tags after let's: Let's go, shall we?
4) to offer to do things for others (with the first person only):
Shall I carry this bag for you?
In interrogative sentences shall in the meanings mentioned above does
not sound formal and is widely used.
Exercise144. Complete the following sentences using shall:

1. I’ve promised Mr. Hardman that ...
2. If you choose to agree, ...
3. It’s very true, however, in a few days you ...
4. I give you a chance to escape. Sign this paper, and ...
5. I’m determined that something ...
6. I’ve made up my mind. He ...
7. If you leave this house without an umbrella, ...
8. He must be off now. He ...
9. Oh, don’t worry. Nothing ...
Exercise 145. Make suggestions to a friend for the following

situations. Begin each sentence with Shall we... ?
You feel like ... .
 having a snack in the nearest cafe.
 going out this evening.
 having a holiday in Brighton.
 going to a concert tonight.
 travelling first class.
 finishing the experiments sooner.
 visiting your friends in the country.
 having a ride to the country.
 visiting your friend to join you for a meal.
Exercise 146. Make offers for these situations. Begin your

sentences with Shall we...? or Shall I...?
1. The family are in the sitting-room. It’s very hot but the window is
closed. So you say ...
2. Your mother has written a letter which she wants to post at once. You
are going out. So you say ...
3. You and your friend want to go for a walk and suddenly it starts to
116
rain. So you say ...
4. You are going out. It’s possible it will rain. You aren’t sure whether to
take an umbrella. So you ask for some advice.
5. You meet your friend. You want to go somewhere. Make your
suggestions.
6. Your friend wants to know how to use a Xerox. Make your offer.
7. You and your friend are at a restaurant. It’s late. The restaurant is
closing. So you say ...
8. Your friend is too tired to walk home and he has no car. Make your
offer.
9. You and your friend are walking in the park. You feel you’d like to eat
something. So you suggest.
10. There’s a concert in the club tonight and you’d like to go there
with your friends.
Exercise 147. Change the following sentences so that each

sentence begins with the modal verb shall
1. We could go to the cinema tonight.
2. Let’s go to the country instead.
3. How about going across the fields and looking for wild flowers?
4. What about buying some of these flowers?
5. Why don’t we get here a pair of gloves?
6. Let’s buy two ice-creams.
7. We could stop spending so much money on cigarettes.
8. Let’s have tea.
9. Let’s ring them up.
10. Why don’t we go round and see him?

1. Приготовить вам кофе?
2. Поехать мне на юг?
3. Сходить нам в кино сегодня?
4. Тут душно. Мне открыть окно?
5. Мне пойти с вами на прогулку?
6. Мне навестить сегодня Петра?
7. Мне присоединиться к этой экскурсии?
8. Мне напомнить вам об этом завтра?
9. Мне подготовить доклад на эту тему?
10. Позвонить вам сегодня или позднее?
117
11. Вы сделаете так, как я скажу.
12. Вы ответите за свои поступки.
13. Не ешь так много мороженого. У тебя будет болеть горло.
14. Мне позвонить или ты сама зайдешь ко мне?
15. Отвечать сегодня или можно подождать несколько дней?
16. Вы останетесь здесь, иначе он будет вне себя от ярости.
17. Приготовить вам свежий чай?
18. Вы поступите так, как вам было сказано.
19. Не ходи без головного убору в такую холодную погоду. Ты
простудишься и заболеешь.
20. Зря она отказалась от поездки в Испанию. Она пожалеет об этом,
но будет поздно.
21. Открыть окна? По-моему, здесь очень душно.
22. Сколько мне заплатить носильщику?
23. «Вы отпустите меня домой?» — «Нет. Во вторник ты поедешь на
поезде в Сан-Франциско».
24. Сейчас ты выпьешь этот горячий чай.
25. Она пожалеет об этом, я уверена.
Exercise 149. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar

meaning to the first one, using the word given. Do not change the key
word. You must use between two and five words, including the word
in bold.
1. Shall we visit Mark and Jane?
Why ……………………………. visit Mark and Jane? do
2. Would you like me to cook the dinner?
…………………………….. the dinner? cook
3. How about going to the cinema tonight?
………………………… to the cinema tonight? shall
4. We could try to mend it ourselves.
………………………….. it ourselves? we
5. Shall we go for a ride?
……………………………… for a ride. us
118
IX. WILL (WOULD)
While shall and should are treated as two different verbs in modern English,
will and would are considered to be the forms of the same verb. Would is
used in two ways:
a) in past-time contexts to express an actual fact;
b) in present-time contexts to express unreality or as a milder and more
polite form of will.
- RECURRENT ACTIONS
Will and would as modal verbs are often used
to denote habitual or recurrent actions. Will is
used with reference to the present whereas would
is used with reference to the past:
Her children will break everything they touch.
Tim will just sit watching TV for hours.
During the war, people would eat all kinds of
things that we don't eat now. “I remember the time when you would
look for answers using your astute
Mind the way such sentences are translated powers of deduction.”
into Russian:
Each summer we would visit my cousins. —Летом мы бывало навещали /
обычно навещали / любили навещать моих двоюродных братьев.
In this meaning the modal verb would is synonymous with used to.
Each summer we would visit my cousins. = Each summer we used to
visit my cousins.
Note. Unlike used to, would is common for personal reminiscences,

diaries and memories of past permanent actions. In its turn, used to is
referred to general descriptions. Yet, in order to speak about past
permanent states, only used to is possible. Compare:
People used to ride horses before trains had been invented.
(general)
When a child, I would go to the river, picking flowers on the way
back. (personal)
But: I used to be a naughty child. (I would be a naughty child)- state
verb
119
Exercise 150. Complete the following sentences with would
or used to. Sometimes both forms are possible. Where there is a
word in brackets, put it in the correct position.
1. In the long summer holidays, we ... go out somewhere with a picnic
every day.
2. When they came to London, they ... never travel anywhere on the tube.
3. During my last year at university, I ... go to the library to start work
at 9 o’clock every morning.
4. When we shared a room together, we ... often stay up talking late into
the night.
5. When I was at school, I ... never do my weekend homework until
Sunday evening.
6. When I was a teenager, I ... often spend the whole evening listening to
music.
7. He ... go for a run every day.
8. They ... be happy together but they’re not now.
9. He ... have lots of free time before he started working there.
10. She ... have a lot of boyfriends when she was younger.
11. I... have lots of free time before I started working here.
12. In the long summer holidays, we ... go out somewhere with a picnic
every day.
13. When I was a newly-trained teacher I ... work till late every night
preparing lessons.
14. They ... be happy together but they're not now.
15. When they came to London, they ... (never) travel anywhere on the
tube.
16. When I had a car, I ... drive everywhere, but now I'm much fitter
because I always walk or cycle.
17. During my last year at university, I ... go to the library to start work
at 9 o'clock every morning.
18. When we shared a flat together, we ... (often) stay up talking late into
the night.
- INTENTION, REFUSAL AND CHARACTERISTIC
BEHAVIOUR
1) Will, intention or determination.

This meaning is found in affirmative and negative sentences, usually
with the first person. Will refers an action to the future, would is generally
used in reported speech and serves to refer an action to the future viewed
120
from a past moment.
As a rule, will / would in this meaning is rendered into Russian with
the help of «непременно», «обязательно», «охотно»:
I will write as soon as I can. —Я непременно напишу, как только смогу.
I said I would do anything for him. —Я сказал, что я охотно сделаю для
него все.
2) Refusal to perform an action:
The doctor knows I won't be operated on (reference to the present).
He was wet through, but he wouldn't change (reference to the past).
Will / would in this meaning is found in negative sentences and is
followed by the simple infinitive. In Russian it is usually rendered as «никак
не», «ни за что не (хочу, хотел)».
I won’t accept your order —Я ни за что не хочу принимать ваше
предложение.
The door won’t open. — Дверь никак не открывается.
He tried to persuade me, but I wouldn’t listen. — Он пытался убедить меня,
но я никак (ни за что) не хотел его слушать.
The engine wouldn’t start. —Мотор
никак не заводился.
3) Will (but not would) may also be
used in affirmative sentences in the
meaning of inevitability, characteristic
behaviour, or something naturally
expected.
Accidents will happen. —Несчастные
случаи неизбежны.
Mothers will be mothers. —Мамы есть “My car wouldn’t start this morning.”
мамы.
What will be will be. —Чему быть, того не миновать.
Truth will out. —Истины не утаишь.
4) Would (but not will) is sometimes used in affirmative and negative
sentences to express disapproval of something expected.
He refused to interfere. — He would.
They blamed me for everything. — They would.
Would in this meaning is usually rendered into Russian by means of
«этого и следовало ожидать», «на него это похоже», «это в его духе (стиле)».
Exercise 151. The first time Mr. and Mrs. Wilson went abroad,
they were on their honeymoon — lots of things went wrong. They still
121
laugh about it, though at the time it was not so funny! Complete Mr.
Wilson's story with won't or wouldn't in the meaning of refusal to
perform an action and the following verbs
accept / let / light / move / start / stay / stop
«We were going to leave at 6 a.m. on the day after our wedding to get the
9 o'clock ferry from Dover to France». Then the first thing went wrong — the
car wouldn «t start! Dad got quite angry, and kept shouting: «Why ...............it
...............?» In the end he had to call a garage, and the mechanic wanted £ 20.
We'd changed all our money into foreign currency, and in those days people
...............normally ............... cheques from someone they didn't know. «What
shall I do?» Dad cried. «He...............a cheque!» At last the mechanic agreed,
and we just got to Dover in time for the boat. «And why ...............the car
...............?» asked Stephen. «Your dad had forgotten to buy petrol», Mrs.
Wilson replied. «Anyway, we got a campsite in France and tried to put up our
tent, but it was so windy that it ...............up. We ended up sleeping in the car.
Next morning, we found that all our cooking things were wet. «The stove
............... !» your Dad kept saying. So, we had a cold breakfast! But the
funniest thing was a few days later, when we were in the mountains. There
was a flock of sheep in the road, and they...............us pass. «Sheep
...............unless you make a loud noise!» Dad said, and he pressed the horn.
But the horn got stuck, and it. ...............! It was terribly embarrassing, but at
least the sheep got out of our way!»
Exercise 152. a) Murphy’s law is the principle that if it is

possible for something to go wrong, it will go wrong. Match the
halves of the sentences about Murphy’s laws. Translate them into
Ukrainian paying special attention to the use of the modal verb
will in the meaning of inevitability, characteristic behaviour, or
something naturally expected
Example: 5. If anything can go wrong,… h. it will.
1. If you are a. fall jelly side down

interested in
someone,
2. A paint drip will b. will have the most complex
always find the transaction possible
hole in the
122
newspaper
3. Anything you try to c. in the last place you look
fix
4. Those who know d. it will work perfectly
the least
5. If anything can go e. a close friend will grab their
wrong, attention
6. Bread will always f. will always know it the loudest
7. You will never leave g. and land on the carpet underneath

a parking space (and will not be discovered until it
without someone in has dried)
an adjacent space
8. When a broken h. it will
appliance is
demonstrated for
the repairman,
9. The person ahead of i. leaving at the same time
you in the queue
10. You will always j. will take longer and cost you more
find something than you thought
11. Knowing Murphy's k. will never help
Law
b) Which of the Murphy’s laws did you like most? Why?
In their imperative meanings will and would are used to express:

1) A polite request or an offer.
Will you have some tea?
Will you help me?
Would implies greater degree of politeness than will:
Would you please lend me your pencil?
Note. The meaning of the polite request can be also expressed by means
of can and could, but will and would sound a bit more polite (especially
would).
Can you pass me the salt? (informal)
Could you pass me the salt?
123
Will you pass me the salt, please? (could and will are equally polite)
Would you pass me the salt? (the most polite form)
2) Will (but not would) can also be used to denote an order or command.
You will do exactly as I say. —Ты сделаешь именно так, как я тебе скажу.
Will you be quiet! — Да замолчишь ты наконец?
Shut the door, will you? —Да закрой же ты дверь!
“Would you please elaborate on «then

something had happened?”
In their suppositional meaning will and would denote supposition implying

strong probability and are equivalents of must (= «очевидно», «должно
быть», «по-видимому»).
This will be the school, I believe. —Это, по-видимому, и есть школа.
Jack will be at home by now. Let's go and see him.
He will be driving home now, I’m sure.
You will know that John and Sandra are engaged.
You will have heard the news, I'm sure.
In this meaning will and would are used only in affirmative sentences
with the second and third persons and are followed by simple (with reference
to the future), continuous (with reference to the present) or perfect infinitive
(with reference to the past).
In contrast to must, will and would are rarely used in this meaning,
mostly in fiction literature:
The reader will have already noticed that our hero….- Читатель,
наверное, уже заметил, что наш герой…
Note. Mind the following set phrases with will and would:
124
 Will not have (won't have) + sb + do smth. means «I'll see to it
that it does not happen.»
«I will not (won't) have you speak to me like that», her voice came sharply. - Я
не допущу, чтобы...
 Would... mind in interrogative and negative sentences means «to
object».
Would you mind my staying here for a while?
I wouldn't mind your telling them about Hardy.
Exercise 153. Complete the sentences using will / would in the

meaning of supposition implying strong probability and the items
from the box:
woken up yet for one of the children changed
your great grandmother the postman getting worried
Example: He hears a knock at the door:
Ah! That’ll be the postman.
1. The phone rings at midnight:
I'm not getting up! It _____________________________
2. Stephen's friend calls at 7am:
It's very early. He _____________________________
3. He and his wife are delayed in town:
The children ____________________
4. Stephen and Julie are looking through old photos with him:
That _____________________________
5. He is going to meet his old teacher, after 20 years:
6. I expect he ____________________
Exercise 154. Analyze the form of the modal verb. Say in which
meaning it is used. Translate the sentences into Russian:
1. She would sit there for hours waiting for the telephone to ring.
2. Now and again a dog would bark.
3. You will have heard that I'm leaving by the end of the month.
4. The animals would not stir. They were too tired to move.
5. I won't leave you. I promise.
6. Will you tell me why you are so certain?
7. I said, «Would you lend me your car?»
8. No mater what time of day I went to the store, I would find him sitting
there on the steps.
125
9. Will you do me a favour and meet her at the station?
10. Would you drop in two days? I'm sure we will have a good selection
of overcoats then.
11. «You will give me my bill?» I said to the clerk.
12. «He talked about his new car the whole evening.» «He would».
13. You will permit me to examine the papers.
14. Please, will you tell me the time?
15. That will have been someone she knows.
16. «You've got a letter from Canada». «It'll be from my aunt Freda».
17. Leave the meat in the oven. It won't be cooked yet.
18. «I wonder what Sarah's doing».
19. My mum said she wouldn't give me any money.
20. If anything can go wrong, it will.
Exercise 155. Complete each sentence with will/won’t,

would/wouldn't
1. I ... see her. Nothing ... induce me to see her.
2. I... go till you listen to me. I... stay here. Do you understand me?
3. I ... say that we are disillusioned, but I... say that we are distressed.
4. She … stand any nonsense.
5. I … say it again and again.
6. I do hate fuss. I … stand it.
7. All that I ... tell them was that Uncle Nick was ill.
8. «I want to have a talk with you. ... you sit down?» «No, I ... sit down,»
he answered aggressively.
9. I asked her several times to be careful but she ... listen to me. He ... sit
for hours reading, paying no attention to what was going on around him.
10. He was a nice boy but he ... talk about himself all the time.
11. I ... keep you any longer.
12. But we ... win, we have to win.
13. If you throw something away, you ... need it the next day.
14. On Sundays when we were kids, mother ... make us pancakes for
breakfast.
15. The car ... start.
Exercise 156. Translate the given parts of the sentences into

English and complete the sentences:
1. Я охотно сделаю эту работу, если ...
2. Я обязательно зайду ...
126
3. Мы с удовольствием пойдем ...
4. Не дадите ли вы мне ... ?
5. Не хотите ли прогуляться по ... ?
6. Я обязательно сообщу вам ...
7. Мы ни за что не остановимся здесь, поскольку ...
8. Тогда я сам скажу ...
9. Я попрошу вас ...
10. Не стану возражать, что ...

1. Я ни за что не буду ему звонить.
2. Я обязательно постараюсь сдерживать себя в разговоре с ним.
3. Не принесете ли вы мне стакан воды?
4. Я обязательно зайду к вам завтра.
5. Я с удовольствием пойду туда.
6. Он попробовал объяснить, но я не стал его слушать.
7. Хотя работа сложная, я охотно выполню ее.
8. Помогите мне открыть шкаф. Он не открывается.
9. Не хочешь ли сходить прогуляться и полюбоваться морем?
10. Вы этого не сделаете. Запомните это!
11. Вы ответите за ваши действия.
12. Дайте мне, пожалуйста, вашу ручку, моя не пишет.
13. Он выключил свет, но сон к нему не шел.
14. Двери не как не открывались.
15. Мы никому не скажем, что мы узнали. Не волнуйтесь.
16. Дэн обычно сидит и часами смотрит на море.
17. Сестра ни за что не хотела брать меня на пикник.
18. Обычно по вечерам он садился перед камином и выкуривал
сигарету.
19. Не понимаю, почему окно не открывается!
20. Я просил его бросить курить, но он не хотел.
21. Я сам извинюсь за тебя перед Анной.
22. Я никогда не напомню тебе о том несчастном случае.
23. Я предложил ей сходить к врачу, но она и слышать об этом не
хотела.
127
GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: WILL, WOULD
Exercise 158. Make up a short dialogue between two speakers. The

dialogue should contain a polite request with will/would/can/could
and a response to that request
Example: Janet doesn't have enough money to go to a movie tonight. She
wants to borrow some from Sara, who is her roommate and good friend.
Possible dialogue:
JANET: There's a movie I really want to see tonight, but I'm running a
little low on money right now. Will you lend me a few dollars? I'll pay you
back Friday.
SARA: Sure. No problem. How much do you need?
1. Mike is walking down the hall of his office building. He needs to know
what time it is. He asks Elena, a co-worker he's seen before but has never
met.
2. Larry is trying to study. His roommate, Matt, is playing a CD very
loudly, and this is bothering Larry, who is trying to be polite even though he
feels frustrated and a little angry.
3. Kate is phoning her friend Tom. Jason answers and tells her that Tom
is out. Kate wants to leave a message.
4. Ms. Jackson is in the middle of the city. She's lost. She's trying to find
the bus station. She stops someone on the street to ask for directions.
Paul just arrived at work and remembered that he left his stove on
back in his apartment. His neighbour Jack has a key to the front
door, and Paul knows that Jack hasn't left for work yet. Anxiously,
he telephones Jack for help
Exercise 159. Imagine you are in one of the following situations.

Communicate with each other in role-playing dialogues:
a) You are travelling on a train with another person. He is an elderly,
angry-looking man. It's very stuffy in the compartment and you feel
uncomfortable. You ask your neighbour if he objects to your opening the
window. He says that:
- he likes the windows in the compartment to be closed; he doesn't want
to catch his death of cold;
- he doesn't mind, you try to open the window but can't do it, something
has gone wrong with it.
Use the following patterns in your conversation:
- Would you mind ...; I won't let you ...;
128
- I won't open ...
b) You are doing some shopping. You want to get a blue pullover with a
V-neck, short sleeves and a pattern. But they haven't got such pullovers at
the moment. The salesman is trying to convince you that brown pullovers are
in fashion too and insists on your trying one on. But you don't want even to
listen to him.
Use the following patterns in your conversation:
- Would you show me ...;
- I won't try it on. This isn't what I want.
Exercise 160. What are some polite

requests you have heard or have said in
the following places? Create typical
dialogues
1. at a restaurant
2. in this classroom
3. at a service station
4. at a clothing store
5. at an airport
6. on the telephone
Exercise 161. Write a few paragraphs from the diary about your
childhood memories. Make use of would / used to and all the modals
covered so far.
Exercise 162. Memorize the following proverbs and use them in

situations of your own. Find their Russian equivalents.
1. The cat would eat fish and would not wet her feet.
2. None so blind as those who won't see.
3. A drowning man will catch at a straw.
4. He that would eat the fruit must climb the tree.
129
X. DARE
The verb dare may be used as a notional and

as a modal verb.
1) Dare as a modal verb has only 2 forms,
the present and the past: dare and dared. It
is followed by the infinitive without to.
I dare not protest. – Не смею возражать.
He dared not interfere. – Он не смел
How dare you interrupt me?
вмешиваться.
How dare you come here? –Как смеешь ты
приходить сюда?
2) Dare as a notional verb can have all the necessary forms and is
followed by the infinitive with “to”.
I don't dare to protest. – Я не осмеливаюсь протестовать.
He didn't dare to interfere. – Он не посмел вмешаться.
The regular dare means “to have the courage or impertinence to do
something” or “to challenge, to defy”. It is mainly found in questions and in
negative sentences.
I dare you to climb the tree! – А ну-ка, залезь на дерево!
Note. Pay attention to the colloquial set phrases:

I dare say - «очень возможно», «пожалуй», «полагаю», «осмелюсь
сказать».
I dare say he will come later.
I dare say you are right.
How dare smb do – expresses shock and surprise at someone being too
bold or rude to act in a particular way. - Как смеет кто-то делать что-либо?!
How dare he accuse me of lying! - Да как он смеет обвинять меня во лжи!
You dare! Don’t you dare! – these expressions are used to discourage
a person from doing things they shouldn’t do (especially said by mothers)
“Mum, can I paint a picture on the wall?” – “You dare!” (Только
попробуй!)
I’ll tell her our secret. –You don’t dare! (Не смей! = Даже и не думай!)
Exercise 163. Translate the following sentences into Russian. State

whether the verb dare is notional or modal in these sentences.
1. I wanted to ask for some time off, but I didn't dare.
130
2. I daren't ask for any more money.
3. He lost his job because he dared to speak out.
4. Don't you dare do anything like that in public again!
5. John never dares to stand up in public and say what he thinks.
6. I'm going to break the door down! — Just you dare!
7. He's the only person who'll dare to stand up to her!
8. How dare you speak to me like that?
9. You dare raise your voice!
Exercise 164. Supply dare, daren't, didn't dare (do) and translate
the sentences into Russian.
Example: I …daren’t/ don't dare to… tell them I've just broken their
favourite vase.
1. I hardly …………….. mention this, but you still haven't paid for those
tickets.
2. …………….. we ask for more money after what he has just said?
3. I knew I was right, but I …………….. say so at the time.
4. I'm going to tell your mother what you've just said! — Just you
……………..
5. She'd like to wear more unconventional clothes, but she……………..
6. We didn't like the meal they gave us, but we …………….. say so. It
would have been rude.
7. They offered me something strange to eat which I …………….. refuse.

1. Я не решился попросить его отложить свою поездку.
2. У него не хватало смелости взглянуть ей в лицо.
3. Он чувствовал, что не решится ответить.
4. Как ты смеешь разговаривать с взрослыми таким тоном?
5. И у тебя хватает наглости жаловаться на его отношение к тебе?
6. Как ты смеешь читать мой дневник?
7. Она не решилась признаться в своей ошибке даже самой себе.
8. Как ты смеешь расстраивать маму!
9. Она взяла фотографию и, не решаясь взглянуть еще раз, вытащила
ее из рамки и быстро порвала на кусочки.
10. Я подошла к комнате Джейсона и некоторое время не решалась
войти.
11. Бекки знала, что учитель ужасно рассержен и не решалась поднять
на него глаза.
131
12. Не смейте дразнить собаку!
13. Как вы смели открыть письмо, адресованное мне!
14. Почему Флоренс плачет? Кто посмел ее обидеть?
15. Как вы смеете так разговаривать со мной?!
16. Полагаю, он скоро придет.
17. Как она смеет появляться здесь в таком виде?
18. Он не решился подарить букет своей любимой актрисе.
19. Она не посмела посмотреть на него.
20. Мы не рискнули попросить у них в долг.
21. Как вы смеете просить денег?
22. Я не решилась предложить им переночевать в моей комнате.
23. Как вы смеете ругаться в присутствии дамы!
24. Мы не решались оспорить ваше решение.
REVISION: MODAL VERBS REFERRING TO THE PRESENT

OR FUTURE
Exercise 166. Complete each sentence with one of the phrases

from the box
couldn’t be / wouldn’t be / I might / don’t have to / couldn’t possibly

must be / must like / need to / may be / might as well
1. The heating comes on automatically. You don’t have to turn it on.

2. Of course I'll help! I ……….. let you do it on your own.
3. It's a lovely hotel. And the staff……….. more helpful.
4. George……….. it there if he has stayed there for so long.
5. You ……….. right, but I'm still not convinced.
6. We ……….. go in this museum. There's nothing else to do.
7. I love these trees. Without them the garden ……….. the same.
8. There's the phone call I was expecting. It ……….. George.
9. Thanks. And now you just ……….. sign on the dotted line.
10. Try as……….. , I simply couldn't open the lid.
Exercise 167. Think what to say using can/could, may/might,

shall, must, would, would you like, would you mind:
1. Ask someone to answer the phone for you.
2. Invite a friend to go for a swim this afternoon.
3. Offer to make someone a sandwich.
132
4. Offer to open the door for a stranger.
5. Give someone permission to use your phone.
6. Suggest going for a picnic this weekend.
7. Ask someone to wait here for you.
8. Give your sister permission to take your player but tell her to return
it soon.
9. You are on a train. Ask another passenger if you can open the window.
10. Ask a friend for a pen.
11. Suggest buying a take-away meal tonight.
12. Offer to answer the phone.
Exercise 168. Underline the most suitable word or phrase in

each sentence.
Example: We can't be lost. It isn't allowed/I don't believe it.
1. Jane is bound to be late. She always is / She must be.
2. Late-comers are to report to the main office. It's a good idea / It's the
rule.
3. You don't have to stay unless it's necessary / if you don't want to.
4. Astronauts must feel afraid sometimes. They're supposed to / It's only
natural.
5. You can't come in here. It isn't allowed / I don't believe it.
6. All motorcyclists have to wear crash helmets. It's a good idea /
It's the rule.
7. I ought not to tell Jack. It's not a good idea / It's the rule.
8. We should be there soon. I expect so / It's absolutely certain.
9. You'd better leave now. That's my advice / That's an order!
Exercise 169. Choose the sentence A or B that is closest in

meaning to the sentence given
Example: It's possible that we'll know the answers tomorrow. ...A....
A We may know the answers tomorrow.
B We should know the answers tomorrow.
1. I don't think you should ring him now. It's rather late.
A You might not ring him now. It's rather late.
B You'd better not ring him now. It's rather late.
2. You needn't come if you don't want to
A You won't come if you don't want to.
B You don't have to come if you don't want to.
3. I think it's wrong for you to work so hard
133
A You don't have to work so hard.
B You shouldn't work so hard.
4. Perhaps these are the keys
A These might be the keys.
B These must be the keys.
5. It would be wrong for us to lock the cat in the house for a week
A We'd better not lock the cat in the house for a week.
B We can't lock the cat in the house for a week.
6. It’s possible that the decision will be announced next week
A The decision might be announced next week.
B The decision will be announced next week.
Exercise 170. Translate into English using modals with

reference to the present or future:
1. Давайте подождем еще немного. Он, возможно, еще придет.
2. Вы играете на рояле? — К сожалению, нет, а Вы? — Я тоже не
умею, а хотелось бы научиться.
3. Он, возможно, ничего не знает о том, что мы собираемся пойти в
кино сразу после обеда.
4. Где мама? — Она, наверное, в кухне, загляни.
5. Ему стало лучше. Вы можете навестить его завтра.
6. Никого сюда не впускать! Понятно?
7. Не следует вам идти в поход в такую погоду, не стоит рисковать
своим здоровьем.
8. С какой стати я буду первым ему звонить?
9. Ты никуда не пойдешь, пока не сделаешь уроки.
10. Вам не о чем беспокоиться, они скоро приедут. Они никогда не
опаздывают.
11. Что со мной будет? Мне так страшно. Что мне делать?
12. Я должен оставаться здесь весь день?
13. Этот экзамен я должен буду сдавать через неделю.
14. Неужели она и сейчас думает обо мне?
15. Не смей шуметь! Братья делают уроки.
16. Когда должна начаться презентация? — В 7 часов.
17. Можно мне взять словарь? — Нет, к сожалению, он нужен мне
самому.
18. Видимо, этой осенью рано выпадет снег.
19. Вам теперь не нужно звонить Питу: я ему все рассказал.
20. Сегодня первый день каникул и не нужно идти в университет.
134
21. Мне не приходится готовить завтрак, так как я ем в столовой.
22. Вы не могли бы позвонить мне еще раз вечером?
23. А как щенки? Можно мне посмотреть на них?
24. Он должен попасть туда до 8 часов.
25. У вас слишком много ошибок. Нужно уделять больше внимания
грамматике.
REVISION: MODAL VERBS REFERRING TO THE PAST
Exercise 171. Rewrite the following sentences in such a way

so that they have a similar meaning to the first ones.
1. This hotel was almost certainly built before 1800.
This hotel must........................................................................................
2. It is possible that you left your umbrella on the bus.
You may.................................................................................................
3. Perhaps he didn't know that you were waiting for him.
He..........................................................................................................
4. It wasn't necessary for you to make all that noise when you came in.
You..............................................................................................................
5. Why didn't you let me know that you needed help?
You..............................................................................................................
6. You could have left some of these chocolates for me.
You...........................................................................all (he chocolates).
7. I used a calculator so it's impossible I made a mistake with the bill.
I....................................................................................................
8. I'm angry with Tom that he invited that terrible Paul. He spoilt our
party.
Tom................................................that terrible Paul who spoilt our party.
9. It's a shame we didn't apologize to Marion for all that mess.
We................................................................................................
10. You didn't have to pay at once. /But you did./
You .........................................................................................................
11. I'm absolutely sure they didn't forget to phone him.
They..........................................................................................
12. It was your duty to work all the time while I was out.
You..............................................................................................
13. I brought the salad to the garden party. It was unnecessary because
there was a lot of food.
I.....................................................................because there was a lot of food.
135
14. Perhaps she knew that you were working in that office.
She...............................................that you were working in that office.
15. I'm sure I didn't see Robert. He was on holiday that time.
I.....................................because he was on holiday that time.
16. Derek and Anna certainly stopped here for shopping. I can see their
car over there.
Derek and Anna..................................because there's their car over there.
17. It is highly possible that they reached the peak before us.
They.............................................................................................................
18. There are no biscuits left. I am sure the children ate them.
The children.........................................................................all the biscuits.
19. It's very bad of you! You gave him the wrong address deliberately.
You...............................................................................the wrong address.
20. I saw you at Brenda's party last Saturday.
I didn't go to Brenda's party so you.............................................me there.
21. The police are sure that Frank Smith didn't do it. He was in prison
when the crime was committed.
The police are sure Frank Smith..................................the crime because
he was in prison that time.
22. I ate too much cheese-cake. I feel sick.
I.................................................so much cheese-cake because I feel sick.
23. Why didn't you write the essay? The teacher said to bring it by
Friday.
The essay was.........................................................Why didn't you write it?
24. I'm surprised nobody told you the road was so dangerous.
Somebody..................................................that the road was so dangerous.
25. They lived in India for three years so they saw elephants for sure.
They.........................................because they lived in India for three years.
26. I was waiting for her for two hours but she didn't come. I only wasted
my time.
I ................................................................................................
27. It's your fault you were late! Why didn't you leave the house earlier?
You........................................the house earlier. Then you wouldn't be late.
28. Sara knows about our secret but we've told Ben only.
Ben ..............................................................................................................
29. Why didn't you tell me you wanted to come?
You..................................................................................................
30. Mary was told to finish the job but she didn't.
Mary was.....................................................................................................
136
31. Why didn’t you buy cheaper flowers? /It wasn’t necessary to buy
such expensive ones./
You needn’t....................................................................
32. The arrangement was for the building to be ready by now but it isn't.
The building was........................................................................................
33. It was your secretary's duty to remind you about it.
Your secretary...........................................................................................
Exercise 172. Complete each sentence using one of the

phrases from the box:
can’t have must have shouldn’t have may not have
may have shouldn’t have can’t have ought to have
didn’t need to shouldn’t have
Example: You and your big mouth! It was supposed to be a secret.

You shouldn’t have told her!
1. The plane is late. It ………… landed by now.
2. You………… met my brother. I haven't got one!
3. There is only one explanation. You………… left your keys on the bus.
4. You …………heard me right. I definitely said 204525.
5. The meat is a bit burnt. You …………cooked it for so long.
6. I'm sorry. I accept I………… been a little bit rude.
7. You really taken so much trouble over me.
8. Was it really necessary? You …………tell the police, you know.
9. Keep your fingers crossed! The traffic warden………… noticed the car's
parking ticket has run out!

similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not
change the word given.
Example: It wouldn't have been right to leave you to do all the work on
your own.
COULDN’T I ...couldn't have left you to do… all the work on your own.
1. Perhaps they didn't notice the tyre was flat.
MIGHT They ……………………………………….. the tyre was flat.
2. All that trouble I went to wasn't necessary in the end.
NEEDN'T I …………………………………………….. all that trouble.
3. Apparently someone has borrowed the cassette player.
HAVE Someone…………………………………….. the cassette player.
137
4. I'm disappointed that you didn't back me up!
MIGHT You …………………………………………………….. me up!
5. Our worrying so much was a waste of time.
NEEDN'T We ……………………………………………….. so much.
6. It's just not possible for the cat to have opened the fridge.
POSSIBLY The ………………………………………….. cat the fridge.
7. It would have been possible for Helen to take us in her car.
COULD Helen………………………………………………….. us a lift.
8. It's possible that the last person to leave didn't lock the door.
MIGHT The last person …………………………………….. the door
unlocked.
9. School uniform wasn't compulsory at my school.
WEAR We ……………………………….. school uniform at my school.
10. It wasn't necessary for me to go out after all.
HAVE I ………………………………………………………..after all.
11. There was a plan for Jack to become manager, but he left.
WAS Jack ………………………….…………. manager, but he left.
12. It was a mistake for you to buy that car.
BOUGHT You ……………………………………….………. that car.
13. I don't think that Sally enjoyed her holiday.
HAVE Sally ………………………………………. enjoyed her holiday.
14. It's possible that Bill saw me.
MAY Bill…………………………………………………………... me.
15. I'm sure that Karen was a beautiful baby.
BEEN Karen …………………………………………. a beautiful baby.
16. Perhaps Alan didn't mean what he said.
MEANT Alan …………………………………..…………. what he said.
17. It's possible that I left my wallet at home.
COULD I ……………………………………..……. my wallet at home.
18. I think you were wrong to sell your bike.
SHOULDN'T You …………………………………….…………. bike.
19. The only thing I could do was run away!
HAD I ……………………………………………….………. run away!
Exercise 174. Complete each sentence by writing one word in

each space. Contractions (can't) count as one word.
Example: I …could… have become a millionaire, but I decided not to.
1. You ……….. have been here when Helen told the boss not to be so lazy!
It was great!
138
2. Peter wasn't here then, so he ……….. have broken your vase.
3. I ……….. have bought that car, but I decided to look at a few others.
4. If you felt lonely, you ……….. have given me a ring.
5. Don't take a risk like that again! We ……….. have lost because of you.
6. It's been more than a week! You ……….. have had some news by now!
7. We were glad to help. We ……….. have just stood by and done nothing.
8. You really ……….. have gone to so much trouble!
9. I ……….. have thought that it was rather difficult.
Exercise 175. Translate into English using modals with

reference to the past:
1. Она сказала, в какое время мы должны были прийти и попросила
не опаздывать.
2. Они должны были встретиться на мосту Ватерлоо в 6:00 вечера.
3. Ты зря ходил за ключом. Двери были открыты.
4. Как мы договорились, я должна была зайти к ним по дороге в
университет. Нам не суждено было встретиться до его отъезда в Париж.
5. Я бежал так быстро, что смог догнать автобус.
6. Где мой паспорт? — возможно, ты забыл его дома.
7. Тебе же пришлось остаться там до конца?
8. Мне пришлось принять это приглашение, хотя я плохо себе
чувствовал. Я не хотел обидеть своих новых друзей.
9. Вчера тебе не нужно было есть столько мороженого.
10. Ты зря заказал номер в гостинице. У нас есть свободная комната.
11. Ему не было необходимо жить в Лондоне летом.
12. Тебе не нужно было звонить ей так поздно.
13. Не может быть, чтобы я не закрыла дверь, когда вошла. Я всегда
проверяю их.
14. Зря ты пришел. Собрание отменили.
15. Вот и ты, наконец-то! Гости собрались, мы, наверное, уже целый
час ждем тебя.
16. Тебе нужно было принять лекарства еще час назад.
17. Это должно было случиться. Никто не мог это предотвратить.
18. Я должна была там быть час назад. Они могут подумать, что со
мной что-то случилось.
19. Мальчик, возможно, вырвал картинку из книги, которую вы
оставили на столе.
20. Он чуть не разбил окно.
21. Вы, возможно, слышали его имя.
139
GENERAL REVISION
Exercise 176. Choose the most suitable response to each comment

or question
a) A: What did I do wrong?
B: 1) You shouldn't have connected these two wires.
2) You didn't have to connect these two wires.
b) A: Why is the dog barking?
B: 1) It should have heard something.
2) It must have heard something.
c) A: Why are you home so early?
B: 1) I needn't have worked this afternoon.
2) I didn't have to work this afternoon.
d) A: Why did you worry about me? I didn't take any risks.
B: 1) You must have been injured.
2) You could have been injured.
e) A: You forgot my birthday again!
B: 1) Sorry, I should have looked in my diary.
2) Sorry, I had to look in my diary.
f) A: We had a terrible crossing on the boat in a storm.
B: 1) That didn't have to be very pleasant!
2) That can't have been very pleasant!
g) A: Where were you yesterday? You didn't turn up!
B: 1) I had to go to London.
2) I must have gone to London.
h) A: What do you think about the election?
B: 1) The Freedom Party had to win.
2) The Freedom Party should have won.
i) A: There's a lot of food left over from the party, isn't there?
B: 1) Yes, you couldn't have made so many sandwiches.
2) Yes, you needn't have made so many sandwiches.
j) A: What do you think has happened to Tony?
B: 1) I don't know, he should have got lost.
2) I don't know, he might have got lost.
Exercise 177. Underline the correct word or phrase in each

sentence:
1. I asked them to leave but they might not/wouldn't go.
2. I don't think you could/should tell anyone yet.
140
3. I didn't refuse the cake, as it should have been/would have been rude.
4. I don't know who rang, but it could have been/must have been Jim.
5. I couldn't/shouldn't possibly leave without paying.
6. It's your own fault, you can't have/shouldn't have gone to bed so late.
7. That mustn't/can't be the hotel Jane told us about.
8. You must have given/might have given me a hand!
9. There are times when the traffic here can/could be really heavy.
10. We are enjoying our holiday, though the weather could/must be
better.
11. You couldn't/shouldn't really be sitting here.
12. I caught a later train because I had to see/must have seen a client.
13. You could/may be older than me, but that doesn't mean you're
cleverer,
14. You might/should like to look over these papers if you have time.
15. I suppose Bill should have lost/might have lost his way.
16. I'm afraid that nobody should/would help me in that kind of
situation.
17. It's a pity you didn't ask because I can't help/could have helped you.
18. No member of the association must/shall remove official documents
from these premises without written permission.
19. That can't have been/shouldn't have been Nick that you saw.
Exercise 178. Discuss the differences in meanings if any, in each

group of sentences:
1. a) May I use your phone?
b) Could I use your phone?
c) Can I use your phone?
2. a) You should take an English course.
b) You ought to take an English course.
c) You're supposed to take an English course.
d) You must take an English course.
3. a) You should see a doctor about that cut on your arm.
b) You had better see a doctor about that cut on your arm.
c) You have to see a doctor about that cut on your arm.
4. a) You must not use that door.
b) You don't have to use that door.
5. a) I will be at your house by six o'clock.
b) I should be at your house by six o'clock.
6. —There is a knock at the door. Who do you suppose it is?
141
a) It might be Sally.
b) It may be Sally.
c) It could be Sally.
d) It must be Sally.
7. —There's a knock at the door, I think it's Mike.
a) It may not be Mike.
b) It couldn't be Mike.
c) It can't be Mike.
8. —Where's Jack?
a) He might have gone home.
b) He must have gone home.
c) He had to go home.
9. a) Each student should have health insurance.
b) Each student must have health insurance.
10. a) If you're having a problem, you could talk to Mrs. Anderson,
b) If you're having a problem, you should talk to Mrs. Anderson.
11. a) I've got to go.
b) I have to go.
c) I should go.
d) I'm supposed to go.
e) I'd better go.
f) I'd rather go.
12. — I needed some help.
a) — You should have asked Tom.
b) — You could have asked Tom.
13. a) When I was living at home, I would go to the beach every
weekend with my friends.
b) When I was living at home, I used to go to the beach every weekend
with my friends.
Exercise 179. Use a modal or phrasal modal with each verb in

parentheses. More than one auxiliary may be possible. Use the one
that seems most appropriate to you and explain why you chose that
one rather than another.
1. It looks like rain. We (shut) …………… the windows.
2. Ann, (you, hand) ……………. me that dish? Thanks.
3. Spring break starts on the thirteenth. We (go, not) …………… to
classes again until the twenty-second.
4. The baby is only a year old, but she (say, already) …………… a few
142
words.
5. In the United States elementary education is compulsory. All
children (attend) ……………six years of elementary school.
6. There was a long line in front of the theater. We (wait) ……………
almost an hour to buy our tickets.
7. A: I'd like to go to a warm, sunny place next winter. Any suggestions?
B: You (go) …………….to Hawaii or Mexico. Or how about Indonesia?
8. I don't feel like going to the library to study this afternoon. I (go)
…………… to the shopping mall than to the library.
9. A: Mrs. Wilson got a traffic ticket. She didn't stop at a stop sign.
B: That's surprising. Usually she's a very cautious driver and obeys all
the traffic laws. She (see, not) ……………the sign.
10. Annie, you (clean) …………… this mess before Dad gets home. He'll
be mad if he sees all this stuff all over the living room floor.
11. A: This is Steve's laptop, isn't it?
B: It (be, not) …………… his. He doesn't have a laptop computer, at
least not that I know of. It (belong) …………… to Lucy or to Linda. They
sometimes bring their laptops to class.
12. In my country, a girl and boy (go, not) …………… out on a date
unless they are accompanied by a chaperone.
13. Jimmy was serious when he said he wanted to be a cowboy when
he grew up. We (laugh, not) ……………at him. We hurt his feelings.
14. A: (I, speak) …………… to Peggy?
B: She (come, not) …………… the phone right now. (I, take) …………
message?
15. A: How are you planning to get to the airport?
B: By taxi.
A: You (take) ……………a shuttle bus instead. It's cheaper than a taxi.
You (get) …………… one in front of the hotel. It picks up passengers there
on a regular schedule.
16. A: Why didn't you come to the party last night?
B: I (study) ……………
A: You (come) …………… . We had a good time.
17. A: The phone's ringing again. Let's not answer it. Just let it ring.
B: No, we (answer) ……………it. It (be) ……………important. We (get)
…………… an answering machine.
18. It's not like Tony to be late. He (be) …………… I hope nothing bad
has happened.
19. A: This is a great open-air market. Look at all this wonderful fresh
143
fish! What kind of fish is this?
B: I'm not sure. It (be) …………… ocean perch. Let's ask.
20. The teacher called on Sam in class yesterday, but he kept looking
out the window and didn't respond. He (daydream) ……………
Exercise 180. Fill in the blanks with the modal verbs making
necessary changes (you may have several variants)
1. He is in the garden. He___(read) a newspaper in the summerhouse.
2. Her son ___ (get) into trouble yesterday. I've seen him today and he
looked quite happy and gay.
3. I don't remember him well but it seems to me he___(be) in charge of
the Finance department last year.
4. He___already (get) used to driving on the left. He has been living in
London for a year.
5. He___(receive) an emergency call, that's why he is out.
6. They___(not take up) this problem. It has been already solved.
7. Where is Mr. Black? — He___(receive) a foreign delegation. They
___(come) at two o'clock.
8. Why haven't the Smiths arrived yet? — They ____ (lose) their way.
They don't know the road well.
9. You___(introduce) me to your wife long ago.
10. He ___ (buy) a new car. He is deeply in debt.
11. He ___ (buy) a new car, but I am not sure.
12. They___already (arrive). Look, the windows are open.
13. Where is John? — He___(smoke) in the corridor.
14. I think for your children's sake you___ (do) it.
15. You___(buy) this book for me. You know I have wanted to have it.
16. A wife___(obey) her husband, the Bible says.
17. You ___(wait) for me, I knew the road well and found my way myself.
18. Judging by his papers on the writing table he___(work) for several
hours.
19___ it (be) Nick? He has changed a lot.
20. They___ (not know) of the plane's delay, otherwise they would not
have come at 2 o'clock.
Exercise 181. Find and correct the mistakes if any:

1. I must not wear my best. When I came, everybody was wearing jeans
and T-shirts.
2. He must have known that she needed his help.
144
3. He had to have an accident in the thick fog.
4. You should phone her long ago. I am sure she is looking forward to your
call.
5. With your knowledge of the language you may read the article.
6. I may not imagine Mary teaching students. She used to be so impatient.
— You know time changes people. She is able to become quite different.
7. I am sure you might have done it much better. You did not try.
8. I was so angry, that I must have thrown my boot at him.
9. May you do me a favour, please?
10. May I ask you to do me a favour, please?

1. «They___an excellent vacancy last week. You ___an opportunity of
getting it,» he reproached me.
a) had, mustn't miss
b) have had, might not have missed it
c) had, shouldn't have missed
d) were having, couldn't miss
2. He had to earn___living at___an early age,___?
a) ___, such, hadn't he
b) his, such, didn't he
c) himself, so, hadn't he
d) to, so, didn't he
3. We___a camera because we never___a chance to use it.
a) might not have taken, had
b) should not have taken, have had
c) needn't have taken, had
d) mustn't have taken, had had
4. The line is busy; somebody___on the telephone now.
a) should be speaking
b) should have been speaking
c) must be speaking
d) can't be speaking
5. You___this! See how___she is.
a) ought not to say, distressing
b) ought not to have said, distressed
c) won't be able to say, distressing
d) cannot have said, distressed
6. He says that nothing___, because it is too___. But I don't believe a
145
single word___; they___us.
a) should do, lately, of him, mustn't have failed
b) can't be done, late, of his, oughtn't fail
c) mustn't be done, lately, of him, shouldn't have failed
d) can be done, late, of his, can't have failed
7. I managed to come here at half past six. But I___. They___.
a) needn't have hurried, had already left
b) needn't hurry, have already left
c) mustn't have hurried, had already left
d) shouldn't hurry, have already left
8. If she doesn't take care of___, she___have a nervous breakdown
and___to hospital.
a) hers, may, should go
b) her, can, need to go
c) herself, may, may have to go
d) herself, must, must go
9. He___his wallet himself, it___.
a) might lose, couldn't be stolen
b) may have lost, can't have been stolen
c) could have lost, must not have been stolen
d) ought to lose, shouldn't be stolen
10. You___a message at least! We___for two hours.
a) should send, waited
b) must have sent, were waiting
c) could send, have been waiting
d) might have sent, had been waiting
11. The only trouble is that I___my exams in spring and___them now.
a) couldn't have taken, must have
b) couldn't take, must have
c) mustn't have taken, must have had
d) can't take, must have had
12. The plane___at 5 a.m. and in this hurry-scurry she___the tickets on
the table.
a) had to take off, can leave
b) was to take off, must have left
c) was to take off, needn't leave
d) must have taken off, shouldn't leave
13. Why___he take the scandal on himself? It is not ___
a) must, fairly
146
b) may, fair
c) should, fair
d) could, fairly
14. You___to him. His information is___.
a) shouldn't listen, misled
b) needn't have listened, misleading
c) can't have listened, misled
d) mustn't have listened, misleading
15. It is not worth___ to___bed if he___at five.
a) to go,___, have to get up
b) going, the, must have got up
c) to have gone, the, is to get up
d) going,___, doesn't have to get up
16. They have made me___that I___selfish about it.
a) think, may have been
b) to think, must be
c) thinking, might have been
d) thought, should have been
17. It___late when I___home; there were no people in the street.
a) must have been, was going back
b) must be, am going
c) can't have been, was going
d) could not have been, went
18. You___worry, you___always rely on me in this matter.
a) must not, need
b) need not, may
c) can, need not
d) should, must
19. You___this device. It___dangerous.
a) couldn't have touched, may be
b) must not touch, may be
c) shouldn't have touched, ought to be
d) needn't touch, must have been
20. I___my job. I___you before.
a) needn't have put off, should ask
b) shouldn't have put off, need to ask
c) needn't have put off, should have asked
d) shouldn't put off, should ask
147
1. Когда отправляется поезд? – Откуда я знаю? Спроси Алекса, он
покупал билеты – уж он-то знает.
2. Не может быть, чтобы Ирэн опоздала на самолет! Она ведь вышла за 3
часа до вылета! – Этого и следовало ожидать. В этом вся Ирэн!
3. Как уже заметил читатель, нашему герою суждено было вернуться в
эти края, чтобы стать свидетелем развернувшихся событий… Впрочем,
почему бы ему и не вернуться, коль он здесь родился?
4. Вы непременно найдете все подробности их путешествия на страницах
этой книги.
5. Темнело. Чарльза нигде не было видно. Стоит ли мне говорить, как все
всполошились? Он должен был прийти к ужину, но все никак не
появлялся.
6. Вы, должно быть, заметили, какой Джон подтянутый. А почему ему,
собственно, и не быть? Они с отцом, бывало, делали пробежку на
рассвете по окрестностям.
7. Зря ты мне не поверила – ты еще узнаешь его истинную сущность.
8. Категорически запрещается покидать закрытую зону после 9ч вечера.
Неужели Вы не слышали об этом? – Возможно, мне и говорили об этом,
но я все равно не запомнила.
9. Мне не пришлось вмешиваться – они быстро помирились.
10. Зря ты ругала сына. Мальчишки есть мальчишки, и они всегда
будут пачкаться во время игры.
11. Ни в коем случае не открывай дверь незнакомым людям!
12. Было понятно, что он не посмел остаться с ней наедине.
13. Вы непременно должны поехать с нами! Раньше вы проводили с
нами больше времени!
14. Она сказала, что нам не нужно волноваться, так как ничего
неожиданного не может произойти.
15. Неужели тебе было так трудно предупредить нас заранее? Теперь
нам придется делать все заново.
16. Нет причины, почему бы им не пожениться. Они могли бы стать
замечательной парой.
17. Не может быть, чтобы они не успели на поезд! Они должны были
приехать на вокзал в половину первого.
18. Было объявлено, что собрание должно состояться в понедельник.
19. Вы, наверное, не встречали такого забавного малыша, как наш
Тим.
148
20. Почему бы вам не спросить у нее, сможет ли она вам помочь?
Откуда я знаю, кто должен был поговорить с ней и почему он этого не
сделал?
21. Она права: нам надо было бы заказать обратные билеты заранее,
их невозможно было купить в день отъезда.
22. Зачем мне делать то, что мне не нравится? — Не имеет значения,
нравится тебе это или нет. Это необходимо сделать, и ты знаешь это.
23. Когда детям приходить? Вы не могли бы сказать точное время?
24. Мне придется попросить их не вмешиваться. Чему быть, того не
миновать!
25. Замок никак не открывается. Тебе следовало давно его починить.
26. Ни к чему было пытаться убедить ее поступить в университет, она
все равно не прислушалась к твоему совету.
27. Она пожалеют, если обидят моих друзей! Неужели это непонятно?
28. Такси никак не приезжает. Что мне теперь делать? Я могу
опоздать на важные переговоры!
29. Он, наверное, не знает ее адреса. Может она позвонит ему и
расскажет, как добраться до нее.
30. Ей ничего другого не оставалось, как уволить его.
TRANSLATION SECTION
Exercise 184. Translate into Russian paying special attention

to the way of rendering modal verbs:
1. When father gave me the money and tried to talk me out of the thought
of marriage, I would not listen.
2. She offended people right and left, made silly mistakes and wouldn't
let herself be told.
3. “What's happened to sister Agatha?” I asked my nurse when she came
in. — “Can't say” — “Won't say”, I said. No answer.
4. “We can as well stay here for the night.” — “We could.”
5. “You are so careless. You might have broken the cup.”
6. When Mini unleashed her frustration in a rage, demanding an
explanation for the way she was being treated, the woman paid no heed, and
might well have been deaf and mute.
7. She must not expect to do two jobs well, to be a good mother and a
good novelist.
8. It was to be expected that something would happen to Sir George. But
who could have guessed what?
149
9. I do not claim I can tell a story as it ought to be told. I only claim I
know how a story ought to be told, for I have been almost daily in the
company of the most expert story-tellers for many years.
10. “Why do you live in the woods if you belong to the squadron?” the
chaplain inquired curiously. “I have to live in the woods”, the captain replied
crabbily, as though the chaplain ought to know.
11. “It's my fault — it's my fault!” Doris suddenly sobbed out. “I
shouldn't have loved you; I oughtn't to have let you love me.”
12. Lyn Siddon's case should — and must — increase the gathering
momentum for reform.
13. His early years are but little known to biographers. Yet, he must
have started studying music at a much earlier age than is generally
presupposed. (Biography)
14. You must have read about many acts of violence directed against
the negro communists of South Africa. Yet there may and, indeed, there
must have been others which have never reached the columns of the press.
15. The Algerians could never have committed the atrocities the
bourgeois press alleges they have done. (“DW”)
16. The Costa-Rica Government may have incurred heavier debts
than those officially started. (“The Economist”)
17. War preparations in Germany must have started earlier than was
announced in the newspapers.
18. Development in India is to proceed at a faster rate than hitherto, the
Indian Times announced yesterday
19. We are just to start immediately! Please none of your “Just another
minute please”. The steamer is leaving and we can't afford to miss it.
(S. Brown)
20. The relaxation of international tension may yet prove to be a more
potent factor than many continue to think.
21. “Chris is a business woman”, said Roy Drover and Roy would know.
(S. Lewis)
22. He wondered what had become of the boys who were his companions;
they were nearly thirty now; some would be dead but others were married
and had children. (W.S. Таugham)
23. As World War II also underscored, the Latin American countries
control much of the mineral and other natural resources that the U.S. needs
to supplement its own. That would appear a guarantee of instability of the
Western Hemisphere. (“The New York Times”)
24. Some of your remarks about hay fever in your topics of Aug. 6 would
150
indicate that your knowledge is based upon American experience only.
Exercise 185. State whether the verbs will and would are
stative or auxiliary and translate the sentences into Russian.
1. The regiment will attack at dawn.
2. Don't phone them now — they'll be having dinner.
3. “Can anybody help me?”— “I will.”
4. I will stop smoking.
5. I’ll break your neck!
6. Will you have some more wine?
7. Won't you come in?
8. She won't open the door.
9. The car won't start.
10. When nobody's looking, she'll go into the kitchen and steal biscuits.
11. He'll often say something and then forget what it was he said.
12. He would never let anybody know what he was doing.
13. You will keep forgetting things.
14. If you put a match to it, real amber won't melt, but imitation will.
15. Will you come this way, please?
16. He's strange — he'll sit for hours without saying anything.
When I was in concentration camp, I resolved that, if I was to live through
the horrors of that experience, I would never again shed one tear of regret for
whatever Fate gave me.
Translate the stories into English:

Новое платье луны
Молодой луне пришла в голову прекрасная мысль: «Почему бы мне не
сшить себе новое платье? Я могла бы в нем гулять по небу», - и она
отправилась к портному.
«Не могли бы вы сшить мне новое платье? – спросила она. – Но оно
должно хорошо сидеть».
«Можете не беспокоиться, - ответил портной. – Оно будет прекрасно
сидеть. Вы такая молодая, такая тоненькая. Позвольте мне снять
мерку».
Когда он снял мерку, луна спросила: «Когда мне приходить на
примерку?» И он велел ей прийти на примерку через неделю.
Однако платье оказалось слишком узким. «Должно быть, я плохо
снял мерку, – думал огорченный портной. – Теперь придется все
делать сначала».
151
Он опять снял мерку и велел луне прийти через 10 дней.
Платье снова оказалось узким, да луна и выглядела теперь совсем
иначе. «Неужели я опять ошибся? Или, может быть, она так
потолстела? – огорчался портной, снимая мерку в третий раз. – Ну,
теперь все должно быть в порядке».
Когда луна пришла опять, это была уже полная луна. «Это безобразие!
– завопил портной. – Надо было предупредить меня, что у вас такая
неустойчивая фигура. Не стану я для вас работать!»
Так луне пришлось обойтись без нового платья.
Лис-вегетарианец
Стало известно, что некий лис, бандит и разбойник, стал
вегетарианцем и начал питаться только капустой и морковью, словно он
был зайцем.
«Неужели это правда? – удивились звери. – Неужели он
действительно начал новую жизнь?»
«Лисам нельзя верить», - говорили одни.
««Всякое может случиться», - говорили другие. – Он мог раскаяться».
Общее мнение было, что дело надо расследовать.
Комиссия легко нашла лисий дом. Он стоял на солнечной полянке, и
вокруг него были грядки с морковью и капустой.
Хозяин лежал на солнышке, и, казалось, только что хорошо пообедал.
«Не скажете ли вы нам, - обратились к нему звери, - хороший ли у
вас урожай в этом году?»
«Вы могли и не спрашивать, - ответил лис. – Вы ведь видите грядки.
Все очень хорошо. Вот только зайцы каждую ночь обязательно лезут в
огород за морковью. Поверите ли, каждую ночь ловлю по две-три штуки,
но они ни за что не перестают».
152
PART II
THE OBLIQUE MOOD
153
The Oblique Mood. The Basics
Mood is a grammatical category which indicates the attitude of the speaker

towards the action expressed by the verb from the point of view of its reality.
In Modern English we distinguish three moods:
 The Indicative Mood
 The Imperative Mood
 The Oblique Mood
The Indicative Mood shows that the action or state expressed by the
verb is presented as a fact.
She went to college in the morning. The text was translated yesterday.
The Imperative Mood expresses a command or a request.
Please put the papers on the table.
Don't litter, please.
The Oblique Mood shows that the action or state expressed by the verb
is presented as non-facts, unreal or hypothetical actions or states. A
hypothetical action or state may be viewed upon as desired, necessary,
possible, supposed, imaginary, or contradicting reality.
Fact: I work in a restaurant, but I don't earn much. If I find a better job,
I'll take it.
Non-fact: I wish I had a lot of money. If I had a lot of money, I would
open my own restaurant.
In Modern English there are the following forms of the Oblique
Mood:
 Subjunctive I: the plain verb stem (I, he, she, it, we, you, they be, have,
speak, etc.)
God save the Queen! It is important that Helen be present when we sign the
papers.
 Subjunctive II: Unreal past tenses, i. e. the forms of past tenses

(Past Simple, Past Continuous, Past Perfect, Past Perfect Continuous) that
are used to express unreal actions:
If only she knew the truth!
The verb to be has only one form –were (I, he / she / it, we, you, they were).
If it were true!
 Conditional: the auxilliary would (or modals could, might) + the infinitive
I wouldn’t be surprised to hear that he has won the contest.
I could have told you earlier, but I didn’t want to hurt you.
154
 Suppositional: the auxiliary should + the infinitive.
If you should run into him, let me know.
It is natural that she should have been upset about missing the train.
The forms of the Oblique Mood with examples are presented in the
following table:
Form Pattern Example

1. Subjunctive I plain verb stem God bless you!
(be, go, see, etc.)
2. Subjunctive were If it were true!
II
Unreal past a) the forms of I wish I knew the truth. If I were
tenses Past Simple, Past sunbathing on the beach now, I
Continuous would be the happiest man on
earth.
b) The forms of If I had seen him yesterday, I
Past Perfect, Past would have invited him. I wish I
Perfect had not been following your
Continuous advice all those years..
3. Conditional a) would+ Ind. She would make a good manager.
Inf. (Cont. Inf.)
b) would+ Perf. A pity she didn’t take up
Inf. (Perf. Cont. management. She would have
Inf.) made a good manager.
could/might + a) could, might+ If only I could help you!
Inf Ind. Inf. (Cont.
Inf.)
b) could, might+ But for your help I could not have
Perf. Inf. (Perf. finished it in time.
Cont. Inf.)
4. Suppositional a) should+ Ind. It is important that you should
Inf. (Cont. Inf.) remember all the facts.
b) should+ Perf. It is strange that they should have
Inf. (Perf. Cont. quarrelled.
Inf.)
155
Note 1. We use the forms of (a) to show that the action is imagined, but
still possible, it is referred to the present or future.
We use the forms of (b) to show that the action is imagined and no longer
possible, it is referred to the past.
All these forms denoting unreality may be subdivided into two groups
according to their meaning. Some of them are used to represent an action as
hypothetical, i.e. the speaker does not know whether the action will take
place or not, the realization of the action is doubtful or questionable.
Most of them insisted that the proposal be discussed without delay.
They suggested that Meg should stay with them for another week.
Other forms express actions contradicting reality, i.e. actions which cannot
be realized.
I wish I had seen the procession.
If I were a writer, I would write detective stories.
There are two cases distinguished in order to use the Oblique moods:
 the free use – the mood form is used for its meaning;
 the obligatory use – the structure of the sentence demands the use of the
particular form because of the conjunction, type of clause or certain
words.
If I could sing… - free use – characterizes the condition as unreal
It is necessary that you should arrive on time. – obligatory use – It is
necessary… requires Suppositional mood.
It’s high time we took urgent measures. –obligatory use – It’s high time…
calls for Subjunctive II.
Note 2. The use of the Conditional mood is always free.

The use of the Suppositional, Subjunctive I and II may be either free
or obligatory.
156
I. THE FREE USE OF THE OBLIQUE MOODS
1.1 Subjunctive II
The forms of Subjunctive II denote advice, preference, regret or wish in the

following patterns:
a) advice
Smb had better do Лучше бы…

not do
You had better take up sports. – Лучше бы

ты занялся спортом.
He’d better not interfere. – Лучше бы ему не вмешиваться.
Had better may also imply a threat or warning, recommendation if you
don't do it, there will be a problem or a danger:
You’d better stay away from the cliff, or you may fall down. – Ты лучше
держись подальше от скалы, иначе упадешь.
Note. Unlike the modal verb should which expresses advice or
somebody's opinion in general, had better is used for a particular situation
and refers to the immediate future.
Should just means it's a good thing to do something, whereas had
better implies the idea of warning or threat.
The book is interesting. You should read it. (I just advise you to read it but
there is no problem if you don't read it.)
but The train starts at 7. You'd better take a taxi. (You're going to be late. If
you don't take a taxi, you'll miss the train. There is a risk of missing it.)
Exercise 1. Make a choice between had better and should:

1. I've got a terrible cold. — You ….. not go to work then.
2. There is a speed limit. You ….. not drive so fast.
3. Thank you for coming to see us. You ….. come more often.
4. She'll be offended if we don't invite her. You ….. invite her too.
5. Drivers ….. wear seat belts.
6. The road is dangerous. You ….. wear your seat belts.
7. You ….. not eat this salad. It's not fresh.
8. You … eat more vegetables if you want to be young.
9. You ….. buy these vegetables. They look fresh.
157
Exercise 2. Paraphrase the following sentences using had better:
1. I don't advise you to give up the idea of getting in touch with him.
2. I shouldn't advise you to make a fuss about such a little thing.
3. Tell her that it would be more sensible if she doesn't put off what she
has to do now.
4. I think it'll do you a lot of good if you read the book in the original, not
in translation.
5. Take my advice and don't go into details.
6. Don't sign any documents until you have read it.
7. I think you should turn to him to find the best solution to that problem.

1. Вам лучше извиниться за свое опоздание.
2. Ей лучше обратиться за помощью к матери вместо того, чтобы
ломать голову над этой проблемой.
3. Вам лучше взяться за дело немедленно, чтобы закончить ремонт до
ее приезда.
4. Вам лучше не настаивать на своем предложении, никто не примет
его.
5. Ей лучше прислушаться к твоему совету. На мой взгляд, у тебя
достаточно разумный подход к решению этой проблемы.
6. Вам лучше ехать до центра на метро.
7. Лучше не пытайтесь закончить проект сегодня.
8. Лучше заполните форму сначала карандашом, иначе могут быть
помарки.
9. Детям лучше не купаться в море в день приезда, иначе они могут
простудиться.
10. Лучше запишите его адрес, иначе можете заблудиться.
158
b) preference
Smb would rather do smth
sooner not do smth
I’d rather stay at home. — Я пожалуй

останусь дома.
I'd sooner go to the theatre than to the
cinema. — Я скорее пойду в театр,
чем в кино.
This construction may occur in
questions as well.
Would you rather go to the movies now?
Would you sooner not drive there at this late hour?
When the subject of would rather is different from the subject of the
following verb, the following construction is used:
Smb would rather smb did smth Уж лучше бы кто-

sooner smb had done то…
smth Я бы предпочел,
чтобы кто-то..
I'd rather he had done the shopping yesterday. — Уж лучше бы он сделал

покупки вчера.
I’d rather you left now. — Я бы предпочел, чтобы ты ушел сейчас.
She’d much rather you had stayed then. — Она бы предпочла, чтобы ты
тогда остался.
Note 1. Bear in mind that the structures had better and would rather are
NOT synonymic, so they are not interchangeable in sentences. Compare:
I’d better go. – Мне лучше уйти. (=advice)
I’d rather go. – Я, пожалуй, пойду. (= choice, preference)
Note 2. Would rather can be substituted by the following patterns:
 Prefer smth (or doing) to smth (or doing): We prefer jogging to aerobics.
 Prefer to do rather than do (general preference): I prefer to read rather
than watch TV.
 Would prefer to do rather than do (specific preference): My friends
would prefer to play football today rather than stay home in such lovely
weather.
159
Exercise 4. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form:
1. I'd rather you ………. (not/leave) your books on the table every time
you finish your homework.
2. Did you enjoy the performance? — Not really. I'd rather it ……….
(not/be) so long and boring.
3. Shall we go anywhere today? — I'd rather ………. (stay in).
4. I've got terrible headache. I'd rather you ………. (not listen) to the
radio.
5. They would rather………. (spend) this summer at the seaside.
6. Shall I tell her the truth? — I'd rather she ………. (not/know).
7. I’d rather you ………………….. (not wear) my red dress to the dance
tonight.
8. I’d rather you …………….. (say) that you didn’t want to come!
9. I’d rather …………… (go) by plane but I couldn’t afford the air fare.
10.I’d rather you ………….. (not use) such bad language! It upsets people.
11.We prefer ……………… (watch) films to ……… (watch) political
programmes.
12.I’d rather you ……………. (not tell) them the news yet.
13. I prefer ……………. (cook) dinner rather than ………… (eat) in that
restaurant.
14.We’d prefer …………. (call) our child David, rather than ……… (call)
him Steve.
15.We would rather …… (recycle) our rubbish than …....(use) the bin for
everything.
Exercise 5. Fill in the blanks with would rather or had better

according to the sense:
1. You ……….. study hard this weekend for the exam on Monday.
2. Would you like to play a game of chess? — I …………. not. I ………….
lie down to have a little rest.
3. Where ……………. you put up — at a hotel or your friend's?
4. The climate disagrees with him. He …………….. move to another
place.
5. Since the reporter isn't ready yet we ………………. put off the meeting.

1. Я бы предпочел ответить первым, если никто не возражает.
2. Вы считали, лучше бы сказать правду самим?
3. Я бы охотно осталась дома в такую погоду, но мне придется зайти
160
за ним.
4. Я бы предпочел, чтобы вы не вдавались в подробности.
5. Что бы вы хотели на обед?
6. Если не хотите обидеть его, вам бы лучше принять его
приглашение.
7. Тебе помочь? — Лучше не нужно. Я бы предпочел все сделать сам.
8. Она бы предпочла пойти в ресторан, чем готовить дома.
9. Он бы предпочел умереть, чем отказаться от этой идеи.
10. Чем тебе больше хочется заняться?
11. Я бы предпочла, чтобы ты не задавал так много вопросов.
12. Конечно, мы бы предпочли, чтобы вы остановились у нас.
13. Сейчас она предпочла бы, чтобы он не поступал в этот институт.
14. Лучше бы вы никогда не ссорились.
15. Пожалуй, поднимем этот вопрос завтра на совещании.
16. Лучше приходите к 7 часам.
17. Куда ты больше хочешь пойти?
18. Не ходите туда, если Вам не хочется.
19. Он предпочел бы не оставаться там ни на день.
20. Моя мама предпочла бы, чтобы я нашла другую работу.
c) wish and regret
smb did smth Oh, if he knew it for

could do sure. — Ах, если бы
if only
might do он знал наверняка!
oh, if
smb had done If only I had known
oh,
smth about it yesterday.
that
could have done — Ах, если бы
might have done только я знала об
этом вчера!
Note. If only followed by a clause with would may express our wish for
a change in the situation or someone's behaviour, because we are annoyed by
it.
If only you would stop insulting people. (wish for a change in somebody's
behaviour = Do stop insulting people!) — Да прекрати же ты оскорблять
людей!
161
Exercise 7. Use the correct form of the infinitives in brackets:
1. If only they ………. (not to bother) him now!
2. If only he ………. (not to fall) into their trap then! If only he ……….
(not to be) so silly!
3. Oh, if he ………. (to help) her! But how could he, if she wouldn’t accept
his support?
4. If only she ………. (not to write) so much to her old pattern! The book
could be more enjoyable then.
5. If only the play ………. (to come off) more quickly!
6. Oh, if you ………. (to stop) complaining!
7. If only she ………. (not to be) such a friendless failure when a child!
8. Oh, if we ………. (to get rid of) that house long ago!
9. If there ………. (to be) the slightest chance of her ever seeing my point
of view!
10. If only he ………. (to stop) sobbing his heart out! It’s most depressing.
11. If only we ………. (to spot) the trouble then! We could have avoided
much grief.
12. If only someone ………. (to understand) how he was suffering!
13. Oh, ………. (to be) he less strict with his children!
14. Oh, that he ………. (to stop) himself in time!
15. Oh, that he ………. (not to ask) that silly question!
16. If only he ………. (to give) some rest!
Exercise 8. Complete the following sentences:

1. If only my parents ...
2. If only the travellers ...
3. Oh, that the driver ...
4. If only my teachers at school...
5. If only the surgeon ...
6. If only the actors ...
7. If only the authorities ...
8. Oh, that the police ...
9. Oh, that the nurse ...
10. If only her face ...
Exercise 9. Express unreal wish or regret about the following:

Example: He never admits his mistake.
If only he admitted his mistake.
1. I was too tired to understand what it was all about.
162
2. There was no one to show him the way.
3. It's snowing again!
4. The child keeps crying all the time!
5. She didn’t realize the full significance of the action.
6. You are always interfering into my affairs.
7. They took a shortcut across the field.
8. You are absent-minded.
9. He made several spelling mistakes and that spoiled his mark.
10. You didn't take all the facts into account.

1. Ах, если бы вы заранее предупредили меня! Теперь уже слишком
поздно.
2. Вот, если бы он пришел помочь мне! Я не смогу все сделать сам.
3. Если бы только я послушал прогноз погоды!
4. И почему я не приняла их приглашение?!
5. Мне надоели его жалобы. Когда он уже прекратит?
6. Вот бы этот день длился вечно!
7. Ах, если бы он не совершил эту ошибку в молодости!
8. Если бы Вы только знали… Если бы Вы могли понять, как плохо
мне было без Вас!
9. Если бы только мы встретились раньше!
10. Если бы он не был таким зазнайкой! Только поэтому у него так
мало друзей.
11. Ах, если бы вы объяснили мне все раньше!
12. Если бы только Алан не поругался со своим начальником!
13. Видели бы вы его игру! Он – хороший актер, но в этом спектакле
он был просто безупречен.
14. Ах, если бы только я мог доказать, что прав!
15. Если бы только он тогда – один-единственный раз – пришел
вовремя! Но он, как всегда, опоздал.
Exercise 11. Make a choice using means of expressing preference,

advice, wish.
1. Your friend has been wearing the same clothes for years. You think
she needs some new clothes. You say…..
2. Jack always leaves the door open. This annoys you. You say…
3. Your friend drives very fast. You don't like it. You say…..
4. It's very noisy. You are irritated. You say…..
163
5. Your husband smokes a lot. You don't want him to smoke. You say…
6. You are looking for a job. So far without success. You say…..
7. Whenever you see your friend, he complains. It makes you nervous.
You say…..
8. It's raining cats and dogs. You can't leave the house. You say…
9. Your daughter always makes mistakes in the test, as she is careless.
You say…
10. He didn't visit his friend while he was in hospital. You say…..
11. The children are running all about the house. You can't bear it.
You say…
12. Your parents are away on holiday. You miss them greatly. You
say…
1.2 The Conditional Mood
The Conditional Mood is used to represent the action as contradicting reality,

the one which is dependent on some implied unreal condition (i.e. an unreal
condition which is not expressed by an if-clause but understood from the
sentence or the context).
He committed the crime, otherwise he wouldn't have been arrested. (=If he
hadn't committed the crime, he wouldn't have been arrested.)
I would have stayed longer, but he didn't ask me to. (=I would have stayed
longer if he had asked me to.)
— What would you do if you had money?
— Oh, I would do many things! (= If I had money, I would do many things.)
I would (could, might) -present / future context - Я бы сделал (мог бы

do сделать…)
I would (could, might) -past context – Я бы сделал (мог бы сделать..)
have done в прошлом
Exercise 12. Analyse the form of the verb in the following

sentences. Translate the sentences into Russian:
1. I would like to go to the disco tonight, but my Mom won’t let me.
2. I would have joined you long ago, but they held me up typing some
stupid letters.
3. I’m not in the mood to quarrel, but I could say a lot.
4. I was reluctant to quarrel, or I could have said a lot. I could have been
164
talking for hours.
5. Joseph thought he would have left the party long ago — should have
left, actually. But he was supposed to wait for Martha.
6. I’d have told you everything without your pressing me. But you never
bothered to explain the true reason.
7. Just a year ago I’d have given anything for that house — but now I’m
not interested any more.
8. The story might have been more catching, actually. He omitted most
details, that’s why everyone was so bored.
9. He would have made friends anywhere. He knew how to influence
people, to carry them away.
10. She had been educated very expensively. Some of it would have stuck
— but she had not been a very diligent student.
11. «Look at that picture. Where would you place that man?» «I'd say he’s
a scholar... or maybe a composer.» «You would?» «Of course. Why? Wouldn't
you?»
12. I would never have recognized him. He has changed a lot.
13. I didn’t want to interfere, but otherwise he would still be talking, so
I had to.
14. «I must go, or they’ll find out I’ve been talking to you.»
«That would be the end of the world.»
«That would be the end of me.»
15. «Would you be unbearably surprised to hear that the Larkins broke
up?» — «No, I wouldn’t.»
16. «Are you coming?» The question was not the one which would accept
any answer but yes.

1. I would (have brought/bring) the book, but you did not tell me you
needed it.
2. It would (be/have been) wise of you to consult a dentist twice a year.
3. I think nobody would (object/have objected) to having a party
tomorrow.
4. I did not know that it was so important for you. I would (do/have done)
it long ago.
5. In your place I wouldn't (argue/have argued) with her yesterday. She
is your boss.
6. Last year he wouldn't (say/have said) so of John.
165
7. I wouldn't (worry/have worried) about it now. Everything will clear up
soon.
8. We would (stay/have stayed) for an hour, but it is rather late.
9. We did not know that we would come to the lake. We would (take/ have
taken) our rods.
10. I would (go/have gone) to sea, but my father wanted me to be a
lawyer.

Example: Why didn't you tell me? I (close) the window long ago. — I would
have closed the window long ago.
1. In your shoes I ………. (arrange) everything yesterday.
2. At that time, he ………. (take) the necessary steps.
3. Why did you wash up? I ………. (do) it myself.
4. She ………. (buy) the dress, but she had no money.
5. He ………. (advise) them what to do, but he couldn't get in touch with
them.
6. We ………. (go) to the country rain or shine, but he was busy last
weekend.
7. I ………. (come) to see him last week, but I got ill and had to stay in
bed.
8. It………. (be) important then but not now.
9. They ………. (take) a taxi, but there was none.
10. Why didn't you ask them to discuss your problem then? They ……….
(not postpone) it.
Exercise 15. Answer the questions using the prompts in the

brackets:
1.Why didn’t you ask him to help you? – (to refuse). 2. Will you take your
younger child along? – No, (may get tired). 3. Did you tell her about it? – No,
(to be upset). 4. Why didn’t you copy the poem? – (to take too long).5. Will you
take a taxi? – No, (to be expensive). 6. Why didn’t you take her to the theatre?
– (not to like). 7. Why don’t you wash the dress yourself instead of sending it
to the cleaner’s? – (to shrink). 8. Why don’t you tell him he’s not doing it right?
– (to resent). 9. Why didn’t you let him have an ice-cream? – (may hurt smb’s
throat). 10. Did you tell her how to do it? – No, (not to take smb’s advice). 11.
Why didn’t he stop to talk to you? – (to miss one’s train). 12. Will you come
and see me one of these days? – (to be glad to). 13. Could you come over and
have dinner with us tomorrow? – (to be delighted). 14. Why didn’t you come
166
to see your boy act in the play? – (may be nervous). 15. Why didn’t she ask
him any question? – (to get confused).

1. Было бы невежливо не ответить на его письмо. Он будет ждать
ответ.
2. Было бы лучше сразу все объяснить ей. Теперь уже поздно.
3. Почему вы считаете, что сделали бы все намного лучше?
4. Я знаю, что вы никогда не оказывались в подобной ситуации. Но
вы бы поступили точно так же, не так ли?
5. Хорошо, что Роберт не послушал вас. Все могло бы обернуться
намного хуже и для него, и для вас.
6. В вашей ситуации было бы лучше перевести детей в другую школу.
7. Представьте себе, что вам подарили подобный подарок. Как бы вы
поступили?
8. Он бы все равно ничего не заметил. Не стоило так стараться.
9. Дэвид был рад, что ушел, не дождавшись Кэрри. Что бы он ей
сказал?
10. «Что она делает?» — «Плачет». — «Зря». — «Не думаю. Я бы
тоже плакала».
11. Я бы приехал раньше, но не смог.
12. Мне пришлось все рассказать Кети. Она все равно бы узнала
об этом – от меня или кого-то другого.
13. Я отдала журнал моды Анне. Ты все равно не стал бы его
читать.
14. Я не знала, что ты был в нашем городе. Я могла бы передать
посылку для своих родителей.
15. Это была интересная работа. Любой из нас охотно согласился
бы тогда на это предложение.
16. Это вещи, которые ребенку было бы трудно понять.
17. «Видишь ли, мне было любопытно.» - «Мне тоже было бы
любопытно.»
18. Я бы никогда не подумал, что ты так быстро научишься водить
машину.
19. «Я не хочу туда идти.» -«Почему? Я бы ни за что не пропустил
этот матч.»
20. Посмотри на эту сцену! Где еще в мире ты увидел бы подобное?
167
SENTENCE PATTERNS WITH AN IMPLIED CONDITION
a) BUT FOR…
but for smth / smb would (could/might) do smth

except for smb would (could/might) have
smth done smth
(если бы не)
But for his temper he would be pleasant to work with. — Если бы не его
вспыльчивый характер, с ней было бы приятно работать.
But for him we would never have found the way. — Если бы не он, мы бы
никогда не нашли дорогу.
Note. The same idea may be expressed by “If it weren’t for…” (present-
future-time context) or “If it hadn’t been for…” (past-time context):
If it weren’t for his temper, he would be pleasant to work with.
If it hadn’t been for him, we would never have found the way.

1. But for his will power we would never have got so far with our
plan.
2. But for the climate the place would be quite charming.
3. But for his sad smile one might have though he was content.
4. Except for her breathing one would have thought she passed away.
5. But for him we would never have found our way back home.

1. But for the headache I ………. (to go) to see you yesterday.
2. But for the headache I ………. (to go) to see them right now.
3. But for the weather he ………. (to ski) in the park now.
4. But for the weather we ………. (to go skiing) in the park yesterday.
5. But for his slight accent one ………. (may take) him for an
Englishman.
6. But for the picture no one …………. (make) head or tail of the story.
7. But for her nagging theirs ………(be) a good marriage. But she
wouldn’t stop – that was her nature.
8. But for the file it …………..(not occur) to you that he is a criminal.
9. I ………. (to understand) that book better but for the French
168
expressions the author seemed to have been fond of.
10.But for his laziness he (to make) a good student.

1. But for the price ...
2. But for the late hour ...
3. But for his/her total lack of courage ...
4. But for his/her lack of ambition ...
5. But for their bad luck ...
6. But for the dentist I had to see that day…
7. But for her blushing we …
8. But for the driver’s skill you …
9. But for the coming storm…
10. But for this accident …
Exercise 20. Paraphrase the following sentences using the

construction but for ...
1. If it hadn’t been for Damien’s help, I would never be where I am.
2. If it were not for your inefficiency, you wouldn’t be losing one job after
another.
3. “Another masterpiece, I’m sure.” — “If it hadn’t been for your support,
I wouldn’t have managed,” he replied bitterly.
4. If it hadn’t been for her talent for intrigue, she wouldn’t have outwitted
her rivals.
5. If it were not for your impatience, you’d find the task less
exasperating.
6. He has the makings of the good teacher but he has a slight defect of
speech.
7. He had an experienced guide so he managed to climb the summit.
8. He didn’t die. The operation saved him.
9. He couldn’t see the play as he had some urgent work to carry out.
10. It was only because the ice was so fine that she was able to set a
new record.

construction “If it weren’t for… If / it hadn’t been for ...”
1. But for his help we would still be working on this problem.
2. But for his help we would have been working on that problem for
hours.
169
3. But for the wall-paper the room would look quite nice.
4. That was all we could do. We wouldn’t have been able to do even that
but for you.
5. Except for minor misakes, the test would have been perfect.

1. Если бы не иллюстрации, книгу невозможно было бы читать: они
слишком скучная.
2. Если бы не ее отчет, мы бы так и не узнали всей правды.
3. Джоан думала, что, если бы не помощь и поддержка Лилиан, она
бы вряд ли пережила эти тяжелые дни.
4. Если бы не его странное поведение, мы бы не заметили, что он
заболел.
5. Если бы не его четкие указания, мы бы уже давно заблудились, не
так ли?
6. Я уверен, что, если бы не шпаргалки, он ни за что не смог бы
написать эту контрольную как следует, не говоря уже об отличной оценке.
7. Если бы не ваша предвзятость, нам всем было бы намного проще
работать.
8. Если бы не перечисленные выше недостатки, работа была бы
просто замечательной.
9. Если бы не терпение и понимание всей семьи, Джеральд никогда
бы не стал знаменитым писателем.
10. Если бы не ее семья, они бы уже давно поженились.
b) …OTHERWISE
otherwise smb would (could/might) do Иначе …

or А то …
or else smb would (could/might) В противном
have done случае …
She was angry with you, otherwise she wouldn’t have spoken to you like this
at the party. — Она была зла на тебя, иначе она бы не разговаривала так
с тобой.
170
He must have heard of it, or she wouldn’t be so gloomy. — Очевидно она уже
слышала об этом, иначе она не была бы такой расстроенной.
Exercise 23. Paraphrase the sentences using otherwise.

Example:
1. He ignored me and I was deeply hurt. – He ignored me. Otherwise I
would not been deeply hurt.
2. She had read the fearful reports about the events. That was why she
was so worried.
3. The doctor saved many lives and the number of victims in the accident
was not great.
4. He had warned everybody about the danger and nobody got injured.
5. He was shy and didn't dare to say what he really felt about the matter.

1. She is really fond of children. Otherwise …..
2. I'm sure he didn't get the job. Otherwise …..
3. She was a talented actress. Otherwise …..
4. She never intended to go, otherwise she …
5. He memorized his speech, otherwise …
6. I use only fresh butter, or my cakes …
7. Probably they are out, otherwise someone …
8. She must have heard of it, or she …
9. She had an unpleasant habit of running people down, otherwise she ...
10. We had to make certain concessions, or they …

1. Она не знала, что Джон едва сводил концы с концами, иначе бы не
согласилась выйти за него замуж.
2. Больному стало лучше, иначе он бы не спал так спокойно.
3. Его доказательства были убедительными, иначе я бы не приняла
его предложение.
4. Он, наверное, забыл о своем обещании, иначе он бы давно пришел.
5. Я рада, что работа закончена, иначе я не смогла бы прийти.
6. Он первый понял значения слов Анны, иначе он не прервал бы ее
и не вышел.
7. Он обещал никому не говорить о моем решении, иначе я бы не
рассказала ему все.
171
8. Он, возможно, знал о моем прибытие, иначе он удивился бы, увидев
меня на этом вечере.
9. Я его хорошо знаю, иначе я бы не рекомендовала его вам.
10. Ты не читала этой статьи, иначе смогла бы ответить на такие
простые вопросы.
11. У нее морская болезнь, иначе она тоже поплыла бы с нами.
12. Он не пригласил меня, а то я тоже пошла бы с тобой к нему на
день рождения.
13. Мне повезло, что я нашел такого специалиста, в противном
случае мою машину не отремонтировали бы в такие короткие сроки.
14. Врач об этом не знал, иначе он запретил бы ей вставать.
15. Наверное, поезд опоздал, иначе они бы приехали еще 15 минут
назад.
16. Я знаю все обстоятельства дела, иначе я бы так не говорила.
с) TO DO / TO HAVE DONE…
to do smth … would do smth Сделать что-л

to have done smth would have done означало бы …
… smth
To help him now would be a waste of time. — Помогать ему сейчас

означало бы тратить время.
То have warned him a week ago would have been the best thing to do. —
Было бы лучше предупредить его еще неделю назад.
Exercise 26. Translate the sentences:

1. To tell them the whole story would make them possible to join in the
discussion.
2. To accomplish this work would be the best thing he could do for us.
3. To put the matter in another way would confuse everything.
4. To choose the right way wouldn't be an easy task.
5. Now that she was quite alone she was a little afraid she would be unable
to overcome all the difficulties facing her. To have turned to him for help then
would have been more sensible. Now that she was quite alone she was a little
afraid she would be unable to overcome all the difficulties facing her. To have
turned to him for help then would have been more sensible.
6. To have introduced those radical methods would have improved the
172
situation in the country.
7. They moved a little to make room for the lady but she told them not to
bother as she would rather stand. To have accepted their offer would have
made her feel obliged to them.
8. The first business of grammar, as of every other science, is to observe
the facts and phenomena with which it has to deal. To ignore this would lead
to misunderstanding of the importance of grammar.

1. The first problem in reviewing the world's languages is to decide what
to count a language. To find out the answer ………. (to do) a lot of good.
2. Without language there is no understanding among people, and
without understanding there is no chance of their being able to work together.
To ignore this fact ………. (to bring forth) great confusion.
3. To come to an agreement right now ………. (to put an end to) our
useless debate.
4. To work in a town so fantastically rich in antiquities and prehistoric
culture ………. (to be splendid) for an archaeologist.
5. To define those forces and to indicate the directions in which they
operate ………. (to require) an exhaustive comparison between religious and
social structures.
6. To save a woman's life ………. (to be) an honour for every gentleman.
So don't thank me, please.
7. To live in the country together ………. (to be) more economical, but to
go there right now ………. (to be) difficult.
8. To have told the whole truth ………. (to disappoint) him greatly.
9. To have given him a hand ………… (to cost) you very little.
10.To have landed on that field ……... (to be) certain death.
11.To have settled the case out of court ………..(to save) endless
litigations.
12. To have refused …………. (to hurt) old people.
13.To tell her the truth ………… (can help) her.
14.To have seen an old friend ……… (to do) good to him.
15.To have heard the news ………. (to delight) everybody.

1. He was the first to pay attention to that peculiarity. To ignore it...
2. Did human beings always possess the power of speech? If not, when
and how did they acquire it? To answer these questions …
173
3. To have overburdened the book with so many details …
4. To our surprise the seats for the first concert were sold in advance. To
have booked the tickets beforehand …
5. The business of which he was a director was about to crash. To have
used new technology …
6. He examined the problem and decided that the only solution was for
him to return to the order of his old life. To do so …
7. When shown to the experts the manuscript aroused great interest. To
investigate the origin of it…
8. He had all his things stolen in the South of France one year and had
to leave. To have stayed there any longer…

1. Было бы всем удобно пойти туда после завтрака.
2. Было бы намного лучше прочитать оригинал этого документа.
3. Оставаться здесь в такую погоду было бы небезопасно.
4. Обсуждение этого вопроса всеми помогло бы быстрее принять
правильное решение.
5. Пригласив его мы бы решили все его проблемы.
6. Было бы жаль огорчать его.
7. Считать, что они не понимают всей сложности ситуации, было бы
ошибкой.
8. Я знаю, что убедить вас было бы трудно, поэтому я даже и не
пытался.
9. Вы – такой милый человек! Не познакомиться с Вами было бы
непростительно.
10. Начать строительство дороги в этом районе означало бы
потребность в дополнительных инвестициях.
REVISION: SENTENCES OF IMPLIED CONDITION

1. Если бы не этот веселый и интересный мужчина, мы бы
чувствовали себя неловко среди незнакомых людей.
2. Было бы ошибкой думать, что языком можно овладеть, не работая
систематически.
3. Было бы лучше сказать ей правду тогда же.
4. Почему вы не позвонили мне? Я бы пришел и помог вам.
5. Мы бы все время работали точно по плану, если бы не эта
174
маленькая задержка.
6. Я уверен, что они слишком торопились, иначе бы они нашли более
удачное решение.
7. Заказ не очень сложный. За какой срок вы бы смогли его
выполнить?
8. Очень сожалеем, но мы бы вряд ли смогли предупредить вас об
этом намного раньше.
9. Я бы присоединился к вашей компании, если бы не неожиданное
прибытие моего знакомого.
10. Почему вы не написали ей об этом сразу? Я уверен, она бы все
поняла и приехала.
11. Хорошо, что он сам отказался ехать. А то сейчас бы ворчал и
всех раздражал.
12. Мы бы так и не узнали, что он за человек, если бы не этот
случай.
13. Если бы не твоя скромность, тебе бы дали эту роль.
14. Не расстраивайся! Купить ту квартиру означало бы потратить
все деньги и еще пришлось бы занимать у друзей. А так ты еще
можешь найти вариант получше.
15. Никогда бы не подумала, что они такие подлые. Лучше бы мы
с ними больше не работали.
16. Если бы не ее заикание, она могла бы стать замечательным
переводчиком.
17. Не надо делать мне замечания! Лучше следи за собой!
18. Если бы не мой непредвиденный вылет в Париж, я бы не
отменил столь важную встречу.
19. Давать сейчас советы было бы неуместно.
20. Эта работа не представляла для него никакого интереса. Иначе
он бы давно ее выполнил.
GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: SUBJUNCTIVE II, CONDITIONAL

MOOD IN SENTENCES OF IMPLIED CONDITION
Exercise 31. Answer the questions choosing one option in each.

Comment on your preference and how you / people would benefit
from it.
1) Your degree requires that you should choose a history course. Which
of the following courses would you prefer? (1) Art history (2)
Twentieth-century world history (3) Science history
175
2) You will need to accomplish an assignment for a presentation. Which
one will you choose? (1) Act out a scene from a play (with a partner)
(2) Explain your review of a novel you have recently read (3) Read a
selection of poems.
3) If you are going to choose a roommate, which of the following
qualities is the most important to you: (1) Cleanness (2) Friendliness
(3) Quietness.
4) Which of the following functions of smart phones would be most
beneficial to students? (1) taking photos (2) listening to the music (3)
recording lectures
5) The university decides to renovate the dormitory and extend it.
Which space do you recommend to add to your dormitory? (1) Café (2)
Study room (3) Game room.
6) The university wants to provide students with more types of
entertainment. Which do you prefer and why. (1) A theatre
performance by the student actors (2) A concert provided by
professional musicians (3) A lecture from a professor.
7) There is going to be a TV show that is related to students. Which
show would you like to watch? (1) Interview school leaders (2)
Students’ debate on political and social topics (3) Comedy about
school life.
Exercise 32. Explain what you would do in these situations. Work

in pairs, in groups, or as a class. Give an extended answer.
Example: Suppose the student sitting next to you drops her pen. What
would you do? I would pick it up for her.
1. Suppose there is a fire in your room or apartment or house. You have time
to save only one thing. What would you save?
2. Suppose you go to the bank to cash a check for twenty dollars. The bank
teller cashes your check and you leave, but when you count the money, you
find she gave you thirty dollars instead of twenty. What would you do?
3. John was cheating during an examination. Suppose you were the teacher
and you saw him. What would you have done?
4. Late at night you're driving your car down a deserted street. You're all
alone. In an attempt to avoid a dog in the road, you swerve and hit a parked
car. You know that no one saw you. What would you do?
5. My friend borrowed ten dollars from me and told me he would repay it in a
couple of days, but it's been three weeks. I think he has forgotten about it. I
really need the money, but I don't want to ask him for it. Give me some advice.
176
6. Suppose you are walking down the street at night all by yourself. A man
suddenly appears in front of you. He has a gun. He says, “Give me your
money!” Would you try to take his gun away?
7. Suppose you go to Chicago to visit a friend. You have never been there
before. Your friend said he would meet you at the airport, but he's not there.
You wait a long time, but he never shows up. You try to call him, but nobody
answers the phone. Now what?
Exercise 33. Discuss and/or write about one or more of the topics:
1. If, beginning tomorrow, you had a two-week holiday
and unlimited funds, what would you do? Why?
2. If you had to teach your language to a person who
knew nothing at all about your language, how would you
begin? What would you do so that this person could learn
your language as quickly and easily as possible?
3. If you were Philosopher-King of the world, how would you govern?
What would you do? What changes would you make? (A “Philosopher-King”
may be defined as a person who has ideal wisdom and unlimited power to
shape the world as s/he wishes.)
4. Suppose you had only one year to live. What would you do?
Exercise 34. Read the dialogue between Jane and Patricia.

Express your opinion about the ladies, comment on their
preferences, on the events, give advice, ponder over the possible
reasons why they might behave that way, say what you would do in
their shoes.
Patricia Jane
Jane: I think I might’ve fallen out with my sister.

Patricia: Really? Why?
Jane: Well, I wrote off her car last week. We’d already had a row earlier
in the day, and then I asked if I could borrow her car to pick up the kids from
school. Unfortunately, I crashed into the front wall of her house. It was the
final straw.
Patricia: Surely not? It’ll all blow over in time, you’ll see. Why don’t you
177
come out with us tonight? By staying at home you could be missing out on a
great opportunity to meet new blokes. You only go out once in a blue moon.
Jane: Well as far as meeting a new man is concerned, at forty-three, I think
I’ve missed the boat, and I must say, as the nights are drawing in, I can’t
really be bothered to go out. Sorry.
1.3 Conditional sentences
a) the Second Conditional

In sentences of unreal condition with reference to the present or future we
find the following forms expressing unreality: Subjunctive II (=Past Simple,
Past Continuous forms) in the subordinate if-clause and the Conditional Mood
(would, could, might + Indefinite Infinitive) in the main clause.
If Ann had money, she would buy a new car (but she doesn’t have enough
money — unreal action). –Если бы у Анны были деньги, она бы купила
машину.
Note. The verb to be usually takes the form were for all persons in these
sentences, though was is used in everyday speech.
If I were you, I would see a doctor. (advice) – Если бы я был на Вашем месте,
я бы обратился к врачу.
Exercise 35. Complete the sentences:

1. If I were an angel…………………….
2. If I were a cat……………………….
3. If I were Brad Pitt…………………………….
4. If I were a magician……………………………
5. If I were Bill Gates……………………………..
6. If I were Santa Claus……………………..
7. If I were six months old…………………………
8. If I were younger…………………………………
9. If I could choose a foreign language to learn …………………………
10. If I were working abroad …………………………
11.If I could choose a country/a city to visit…………………………
12. If I wasn’t studying now …………………………
13. If I could choose any pet I liked …………………………
14. If my keys were stolen …………………………
15. If people cared more about each other …………………………
178
11. If he didn’t call people names …………………………
Exercise 36. Think of questions using if which might produce

the following answers:
Example: — What would you do if you had a yacht?
— I would go on a round-the-world trip.
1. I’d tell nobody about it.
2. I’d examine the case before giving my opinion.
3. I’d share it with my family and friends.
4. I’d call the fire brigade.
5. I’d avoid seeing him/her.
6. They would be happy to see me.
7. I’d try not to think of it at all.
8. She might start crying.
9. I’d try not to look scandalised.
10. I’d communicate that information to someone else/to as many people
as I’d be able to.

1. If I…………………………………….., I would do it, but I don't know how.
2. It wouldn't be a problem if……………, but I don't even know who to
borrow it from.
3. If I were never late, I…………..., but as I frequently come late to work,
they want to dismiss me.
4. If I .............. , I would lend it to you, but I haven't got one.
5. If I .............. , I would give it to you, but I haven't got any.
6. If ............... , I wouldn't be getting such good marks. Luckily he is quite
lenient.
7. If I saw Chris here, I ........ . But I'm afraid his family has migrated to
Australia.
8. I would be happier if ....... , unfortunately it isn't possible.
9. Mrs Lenkins ..................... if her TV were working, but it's out of order and
she hasn't got money to have it repaired.
Exercise 38. Chain game. Complete the story according to the pattern:
If it were summer now, I would go to the seaside. If I went to the seaside, I would
be lying on the beach. If I were lying on the beach, etc.
179
Use the following beginnings:
 If I won a thousand dollars ...;
 If I had a house/flat of my own ...;
 If I had a yacht...;
 If I were a journalist...;
 If I knew many languages ...;
 If I met a magician and were given three wishes …

1. If I ......... (to be) a true romantic, I ......... (to work) as a clerk? I .........
(to sit) here with you?
2. If their employees ......... (to pay) better, they ......... (not to ask) for a
pay-rise.
3. People ......... (not to repeat) this story if at least some of it ......... (not
to be) true. There is no smoke without fire.
4. If I ......... (not to know) him so well, I ......... (to be) surprised. But that’s
quite like him.
5. «Is the boy manageable?» — «He ......... (to be) so if he ......... (not to be)
used to having his own way with everyone. His parents have spoiled him.»
6. If the Larsons still ......... (to live) here, they ......... (can show) you that
house. They were the last to remember.
7. I ......... (to stay) away from this whole business if I ......... (to be) you.
There’s something fishy here.
8. Where we all ......... (to be) if every mistake ......... (to take) into
account?
9. If I ......... (to feel) something was wrong, I ......... (to tell) you. But I feel
nothing.
10. You ......... (to allow) to take a leave if you suddenly......... (to need)
it?
11. If Danny ......... (not to like) that little cafe, he ......... (not to
frequent) the place.
12. If you ......... (to know) her better, you ......... (not to think) the world
of her.
13. I don’t have a minute to spare. If I ......... (to be) less busy, I .........
(to help) you.
14. She ......... (not to draw) parallels unless she ......... (to see) so much
in common between the two cases.
15. The children at school ......... (not to tease) him so much if he .........
(not to be) so touchy and if he ......... (not to take offence) so easily.
180
16. It ......... (not to be) better if all your moves ......... (to plan).
17. If I ......... (to know) the man, I ......... (to thank) him.
Exercise 40. Complete the text with a suitable form of the verb in
brackets:
THE EARTH AFTER HUMANS
If all the people on Earth (disappear) disappeared tomorrow, nature
(begin) …….. to reclaim the planet. For a start, if people no longer (pollute)
…….. the atmosphere, the air (soon become) ……..clean again. If there (be)
…….. no people to maintain buildings, they (soon begin) …….. to decay, but
more solid parts (take) …….. thousands of years to disappear. In general, if
the 6.5 billion humans no longer (compete) …….. with other species on Earth,
most species (benefit) …….. . For example, if
humans no longer (catch) …….. fish, the
numbers of fish worldwide (eventually
increase) …….. . However, if humans (vanish)
…….. from the Earth, endangered species of
animals (not necessarily recover) …….. as some
are already too few in number. Some
endangered species (have) …….. greater difficulty surviving if no humans
(take) …….. the trouble to protect them from other species. Even if we no
longer (poison) …….. the planet, several decades (go by) …….. before all
dangerous chemicals (disappear) …….. . And even if the burning of fossil fuels
(cease) …….. tomorrow, the oceans (not absorb) …….. all the CO2 in the
atmosphere for thousands of years. In the end, though, if alien visitors (land)
…….. on the Earth in 100,000 years time, they (find) …….. no signs that an
advanced civilization had ever lived here.

1. Если бы Тони мог бы сам справляться со своими проблемами, он бы
не обращался к вам за советами.
2. На твоем месте я бы не спорил со старшими.
3. Если бы все легко получалось, жить было бы неинтересно.
4. Если бы эта книга не была такой интересной, я бы не перечитывал
ее снова и снова.
5. Я знаю много студентов, которые учились бы на «отлично», если бы
не были ленивыми.
6. Вы бы взялись за эту работу, если бы я пообещал помочь вам?
181
7. Брайан мог бы найти информацию об этом, если бы у него был
доступ в интернет.
8. Если бы вы знали, сколько ей на самом деле лет, вы бы очень
удивились.
9. Я бы не настаивал на принятии экстренных мер, если бы не был
уверен в своей правоте.
10. Если бы он работал, ему бы не приходилось все время просить
деньги у матери.
11. Я знаю, что Дик не вел бы себя подобным образом, если бы не был
очень расстроен. На Вашем месте, я бы поговорил с ним.
12. На вашем месте я бы вызвал врача.
13. Что бы вы сказали, если бы я обратился к вам за советом?
14. Если бы вы были более внимательны, вы бы не делали столько
ошибок.
15. Если бы вы покрасили окна, в комнате стало бы светлее.
b) the Third Conditional
In sentences of unreal condition with reference to the past we find the

following forms expressing unreality: Subjunctive II (=Past Perfect, Past
Perfect Continuous forms) in the subordinate if-clause and the Conditional
Mood (would, could, might + Perfect Infinitive) in the main clause.
If you had studied harder, you would have passed the exam. (you hadn't
studied, so you didn't pass) – Если бы ты учился усерднее, ты бы сдал
экзамен. (но ты не учился и поэтому не сдал.)
Note 1. Mind the way different types of Conditional sentences are translated
into Russian:
First Cond.: If I have time, I’ll help you. — Если у меня будет время, я
тебе помогу.
Second Cond.: If I had time, I would help you. (But I’m afraid I don’t
have enough time.) — Если бы у меня было свободное время, я бы тебе
помог.
Third Cond.: If I had had time, I would have helped you. (But I was
really busy.) — Если бы у меня было свободное время, я бы тебе помог.
As you see from the above mentioned examples, the Second and Third
Conditionals are translated into Russian in the same way. While translating
182
such sentences from Russian into English, you have to rely on the context:
 if the action is referred to the present or future and is still possible
though unlikely, use the Second Conditional;
 if the action is referred to the past and is no more possible, use the
Third Conditional.
Note 2. If can be omitted in if-clauses. In this case were and had come before
the subject. In Russian such sentences are also rendered as inverted.
If I were in your shoes, I would help her. ------- Were I in your shoes, I would
help her. (Будь я на твоем месте…)
If you had told me earlier, I would have helped you. ------- Had you told me
earlier, I would have helped you. (Скажи ты мне об этом ранее, и я бы
помог.)
When the verb to be inverted is negative, we put NOT after the subject; no
contraction hadn’t can be used. Otherwise the sentence will bear the idea of
Past Perfect Indicative expressing surprise with negation. Compare:
Had he not come in time…- Не приди он вовремя… (hypothetical condition in
the past)
Hadn’t he come in time… – Разве он не пришел вовремя...? (surprise at
someone’s not completing an action)

1. If the noise hadn’t bothered him ...
2. Had you followed my advice …
3. If he hadn’t been grumbling so much ...
4. If they hadn’t left without warning ...
5. Had the story been less unlikely ...
6. Unless she had bothered to look more attentively ...
7. If he had been more successful ...
8. If the computer hadn’t been broken into ...
9. Had he given me clearer instructions …
10. If they had not been so confused ...
11. If they had been in town then ...
12. Had he made up his mind sooner ...
13. If you had booked the hotel well in advance …
14. If you hadn’t overfed the cat …
15. Had I known how late I was going to be …
183
1. If George ......... (to be) less patient, he ......... (to fire) you long ago. And
that’s exactly what he should have done. Poor George, he was always too
tolerant!
2. If she ......... (not to provide) them with the information, they .........
(may kill) her.
3. If he ......... (to know) it, what a fantastic idea it ......... (to seem) to him!
But of course he couldn’t even imagine anything like that.
4. Unless the rescue party ......... (to arrive), they ......... (to starve) to
death.
5. If the warden ......... (to go on) reading, he ......... (not to notice)
anything.
6. If Cecile ......... (to be able) to go home once in a while, she ......... (to be)
less homesick. But that was out of the question.
7. Betty ......... (to look) for the proof for a long time unless she ......... (to
find) that manuscript.
8. If John ......... (to have) better backing, his expectations ......... (not to
come) to nothing.
9. I ......... (not to sign) that contract if there ......... (to be) any
information... any rumours about his going bankrupt.
10. If she ......... (to be aware) of our problems at the time, nothing .........
(to prevent) her from interfering.
11. Larry ......... (to ask) that question long ago unless he ......... (to get)
shy so suddenly.
12. If the detective ......... (to go) through the case-histories first, he .........
(to find) the robbers sooner.
13. If the boy ......... (not to grin) constantly, he ......... (not to reprimand).
14. He (to notice) the fallen chair and ......... (not to fall over) unless the
room lights ......... (to put out).
15. Who ......... (to help) him if I ......... (not to happen) to be there?
16. You ......... (to be) surprised if I ......... (to tell) you everything there
and then?
17. If he ......... (to get) that appointment, it ......... (to confirm) his self-
image.
18. If he ......... (to be) much against it, he ......... (to give) me a hint. But
he didn’t say a word.
19. If the world’s problems ……….. (to be tackled) sooner, the quality of
life ………… (to improve) long ago.
20. He ……………. (not to go) if he ………….. (to know) she would behave
184
so irresponsibly.
Exercise 44. Put the verb in brackets in a suitable form, using the
negative where necessary.
THE EXTINCTION OF THE DINOSAURS
The dinosaurs probably became extinct after a giant asteroid hit the
Earth about 65 million years ago. But what (happen) would have happened if
this asteroid (miss)? Scientists believe that in
this case, dinosaurs (continue) …….. to
dominate the Earth, and that modern animals
(probably exist) …….. . Instead of elephants
and lions and so on, there (be) …….. different
types of dinosaurs, because the animals we
have now simply (be able) …….. to evolve.
Some scientists have even suggested that dinosaurs (develop) …….. along the
same lines as human beings, but this is a minority view.
The general view is that perhaps dinosaur brains (grow) …….. larger, but
if they (exist) …….. today, dinosaurs (change) …….. very much in general,
and (look) …….. much the same. The prospects for human beings would not
be so good, however. If the asteroid (collide) …….. with the Earth, there
(probably be) …….. any humans alive today. When the asteroid disaster
wiped out the dinosaurs, it gave mammals the advantage. Without that space
collision, mammals (stand) …….. much chance against the dominant
dinosaur species.

1. Если бы он знал обо всем заранее, он ни за что не стал бы так
рисковать.
2. Если бы нас вовремя не предупредили, мы бы поверили всему, что
он нам рассказал.
3. Если бы вчера не было холодно, мы бы могли съездить за город.
4. Если бы вы не слушали советы людей, которые не разбираются в
этом вопросе, вы бы не совершили столько ошибок.
5. Я бы остался дома, если бы у меня была возможность выбирать. Но
у меня просто не было возможности выбора.
6. Если бы поезд прибыл вовремя, нам бы не пришлось ждать так
долго.
7. Мы не стали бы с ним ругаться, если бы выяснилось, что он все
время обманывал нас.
185
8. Если бы я не забыл твой адрес, я бы зашел к тебе.
9. Интересно, встретились ли бы они, если бы она не опоздала на
поезд и ей бы не пришлось ждать следующего?
10. Если бы я знал все подробности, я бы не стал вмешиваться. Но
сейчас уже поздно, ничего не изменишь.
11. Если бы ты пришел вовремя, мы бы не опоздали на поезд и нам
бы не пришлось тратить столько денег на новые билеты.
12. Если бы вам повысили зарплату, вы бы не уволились, не так ли?
13. Если бы он не съел столько мороженого, он бы не заболел.
14. Никто бы не заподозрил его, если бы он сам себя не выдал.
15. Если бы мы не забыли карту, мы бы не заблудились в лесу.
Exercise 46. a) Read the text and order the paragraphs of the story
SUNITA’S MORNING!
… The police detained her for three hours and she missed her flight
again. Sunita went home and decided never to fly again!
… When she got to the airport she realised she had forgotten her
passport. So she jumped in a taxi and returned home. She grabbed
her passport from her bedroom, got in a taxi and went back to the
airport.
… One mile from the airport the taxi broke down. She tried to catch
another, but they were all taken and so she ran the rest of the
way.
1. Sunita had to be at the airport for her flight at 9am, but her alarm
didn't go off and she overslept. She got dressed very quickly, threw
everything into her suitcase and ran out of the house.
… When she arrived at the airport, she saw that she had missed her
flight. She had to pay 2,000 rupees for another ticket for the next
flight.
… While she was waiting, she went to buy a book. She was so
preoccupied with her difficult morning that she walked out of the
186
shop without paying and was arrested by the police.
b) Make up sentences about Sunita’s morning using the Third

Conditional
Example: If her alarm had gone off, she wouldn't have overslept.
Exercise 47. Paraphrase the following sentences according to the

pattern. Use either the Second or Third Conditional.
Pattern: She pushed her brother. He fell over.
If she hadn't pushed her brother, he wouldn't have fallen over.
I don’t know him well. I can’t remember his phone number.
If I knew him well, I would remember his phone number.
1. He is a straightforward person. He loathes mysteries and always
insists on being told the truth.
2. Archie made a mystery of the whole matter. No one could understand
anything.
3. Dennis knows a lot about history. He can help you with your project.
4. Bertha is quite popular. She gets invited to many parties.
5. I don’t have much time for newspapers. I never read past the third line
of any report.
6. Dave was unwell yesterday. He didn’t go to the country with us. He
stayed at home.
7. He didn’t know they had been planning a birthday party for him. It
was a complete surprise.
8. He thinks he was wrong. He is overcome with remorse.
9. He thought the case was unimportant... So he was indifferent. Totally
uncaring, I should say.
10. I can’t see his face clearly. I can’t say whether I know him or not.
11. I didn’t know the way. I had to ask for help.
12. He paused to wonder at the oddity of the situation. He wasted so
much time!
13. I don’t know what happened. But I’m afraid he teased that dog. It
was furious.
14. I like that actor. I might go and see the play.
15. He never feels self-doubt. He is so difficult to deal with.
16. I think the test is going to be very complicated. I’m revising again
tonight.
17. Mr. Gale is busy. He is entertaining his guests. He can’t see you now.
18. There was no need to say anything, so I went away.
187
19. The information is classified. You’ll have to get a permit.
20. I’m afraid I really hurt her. I didn’t know it was a sore point.
21. It was his first picture. But we didn’t know it and sounded too critical.
22. Mark enjoys gardening. He spends nearly all his time in his garden.
23. She did not understand the last few lines of the poem, so she had to
go back and read them again.
24. The play seems to be going on and on forever. The audience is bored.
25. She is so garrulous. Everybody is avoiding her.
26. They did not know how to deal with the problem, so they had to call
a specialist.
27. Mrs. Tinker wasn’t an eyewitness at all. All she said was just
hearsay. The burglar, whoever he was, was in a hurry to get away. He didn’t
have time to do everything expertly.
28. The cover and the fly-leaf are both missing. We’ll have to guess who
the author is.
29. The lecture is quite boring. The students aren’t listening.
30. Those two applicants were not qualified for the job. They were turned
down.
Exercise 48. Supply the correct verb form:

1. If we (have) ……………. enough money, we would go to the concert.
2. If he (receive) ……………. an invitation, he would have joined us.
3. If I had known about the party, I (come) …………….
4. You would speak better English if you (read) ……………. more in
English.
5. We (be) ……………. on the beach if we were in Mexico.
6. You'd get more work done if you (plan) ……………. your day better.
7. I wouldn't have met up with Tom if I (stay) ……………. at home.
8. He (not) be so self-confident if he (know) ……………. the truth. I think
somebody should tell him.
9. If it (rain) ……………. yesterday, …... you (stay) ……………. at home?
10. I (buy) ……………. the bigger model if I (be able to afford) …………….
it. But then I was really short of money.
11. I (help) ……………. you if you (tell) ……………. me there was a
problem.
12. I (sing) ……………. you a song if I (have) ……………. my guitar now.
13. I (not be) ……………. so keen on employing him if I (not think)
……………. he was the best person for the job. He really is.
14. I (not lose) ……………. my job if I (not be) ……………. late for work.
188
That was my fault.
15. I wouldn't have met up with Tom if I (stay) ……………. at home.
16. If I (come) ……………. into a fortune, I (give up) ……………. working.
17. I haven’t had a meal since yesterday. If I (not be) ……………. so
hungry, I (share) ……………. my sandwich with you.
18. Why are you trembling? — I’m terribly cold. If I (have) ……………. a
better sleeping bag, I (not feel) ……………. so cold.
19. If she (feel) ……………. better, she (go) to work. But she had a bad
cold.
20. If Tara (be) ……………. free yesterday, I (invite) ……………. her to
the cinema.
21. If the customer (not call) ……………. to complain, we (never, find)
……………. out about this problem.
22. If the wind (be) ……………. so strong, the bridge (not collapse)
…………….
23. If we (go) ……………. on a trip last Sunday, we (get) ……………. wet.
24. If you (listen) ……………. to me, you (not marry) ……………. him. I
told you he was a nerd.
25. What ……………. (you, do) ……………. if you (hear) ……………. that
someone you work with has an alcohol problem?
Exercise 49. Put each verb in brackets into a suitable form:

Example: Why didn't you phone? If I (know) ..had known… you were
coming, I (pick up) …would have picked you up from the airport.
1. It's a pity you missed the party. If you (come) ………., you (meet)
………. my friends from Hungary.
2. If we (have) ………. some tools, we (be able) ………. to repair the car,
but we haven't got any with us.
3. Thank you for your help. If you (not help) ………. me, I (not pass)
………. the examination.
4. It's a beautiful house, and I (buy) ………. it if I (have) ………. the
money, but I can't afford it.
5. I can't imagine what I (do) ………. with the money if I (win) ………. the
football pools or a lottery.
6. Mark isn't a serious athlete. If he (train) ………. harder, he (be) ……….
quite a good runner.
7. If Claire (listen) ……….to her mother, she (not marry) ………. David
in the first place.
8. It rained every day on our holiday. If we (not take) ………. the
189
television with us, we (not have) ………. anything to do.
9. Jim is so untidy! If he (buy) ………. some new clothes, he (not look)
………. so bad!
10. If I (have)……….. the power, I (ban) ………… all cars from city centres.
Exercise 50. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar

meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change
the word given.
1) He didn’t get the job because he was late for the interview.
would If he hadn’t been late for the interview, he …………………… job.
2) I only learnt to drive because you taught me.
never I ………………………………………. drive if you hadn’t taught me.
3) You’d better see a doctor.
were If ……………………………………………… see a doctor.
4) She didn’t take an umbrella so she got completely soaked.
have If she had taken an umbrella, she ………………….. soaked.
5) She broke her leg so she couldn’t go skiing.
broken If ……………………………… leg, she could have gone skiing.
6) I didn’t see the TV programme because I didn’t know it was on.
known If ……………. the TV programme was on, I would have seen it.
7) She couldn’t tell you because she didn’t know.
would Had ………………………………………………… told you.
8) You’d better cut down on sugar.
were If I …………………………………… cut down on sugar.
9) Tom got lost because we didn’t give him clear directions.
have Tom ……………………….. if we had given him clear directions.
10) Mark didn’t tell her it was a secret so she told Pam.
have If Mark had told her it was a secret, ……………………… Pam.
c) Mixed Conditionals
Mixed conditional sentences are the sentences in which the actions in the
main clause and the if-clause have different time-reference:
a) The unreal condition may refer to the past and the consequence — to
the present or future.
If smb had done smth, smb would do smth

would be doing smth.
190
If you hadn't caught a cold, you wouldn't be coughing now. –Если бы ты не
простудился, ты бы сейчас не кашлял.
If your parents hadn't met, you wouldn't be sitting here now.
If I had eaten breakfast several hours ago, I would not be hungry now.
b) The condition may refer to no particular time, and the consequence
may refer to the past. This type of condition refers to states that are
characteristic of people or objects on a permanent basis (e.g. traits of
character, geographical features), thus, it is less common than the previous
one.
If smb were/did smth, smb would have done smth.
She wouldn’t have told me her story if she disliked me. –Она бы не рассказала
мне свою историю, если бы я ей не нравилась.
John wouldn’t have lost his keys if he weren’t so absent-minded.
If we were rich, we would have offered to help those poor people who were
suffering.

1. If I hadn't returned home yesterday, today …
2. If Joe hadn't entered the army, today …
3. If Indians hadn't been killed or driven to reservations, today …
4. If Germany had won World War II, today …
5. If I hadn't eaten that hamburger yesterday, today …
6. If I had been born a member of the opposite sex, today …
7. If World War III had broken out in the 1980s, today …
8. If I hadn't bought a dog, today …
9. If Alexander Flemming hadn't discovered penicillin, today …
10 . If I had been born into an English family, today …
Exercise 52. Change the statements into conditional sentences.

Example: I'm hungry now because I didn't eat dinner. But....
But if I'd eaten dinner, I wouldn't be hungry now.
1. The room is full of flies because you left the door open. But....
2. You are tired this morning because you didn't go to bed at a reasonable
hour last night. But ....
3. I didn't finish my report yesterday, so I can't begin a new project today.
But....
191
4. Anita is sick because she didn't follow the doctor's orders. But ....
5. I'm not you, so I didn't tell him the truth. But....
6. I don't know anything about plumbing, so I didn't fix the leak in the
sink myself. But....
7. I received a good job offer from the oil company, so I won't seriously
consider taking the job with the electronics firm. But....
8. He is tired. He’s been working too much. But....
9. Tina looks so sleepy. Obviously she had been studying too much. But....
10. Brian is always spending too much. Yesterday he got a letter from
the bank again. But....
11. They are quite astonished. They never anticipated anything like
that. But....
12. Mark was too rude and he realises it, of course. No doubt he feels
sorry. But....
13. As a child, he was conditioned to obey his elders. He still behaves
that way, though he is not young. But....
14. Last year too many young people achieved promotion. This year the
company is restricting job movement. But....
15. That new secretary of yours is too impertinent. She dared to talk like
that to me! But....
16. Stella is very pessimistic. Only yesterday she told me again that she
didn’t like the look of the future. She never does! But....
17. George has been ignoring his doctor’s advice completely. He is much
worse than when I last saw him. But....
18. All his life he has been a success. He is still having difficulty in
assimilating the idea of failure. The habits of success are hard to break. But....
19. Tony’s immediate superiors didn’t know he was going to quit. No
small wonder they’re angry. But....
20. Vivian is used to her husband thinking of his problems only. It is not
surprising she looked suspicious of his altruism when he offered his help.
But....
21. She is so practical. It is the attitude her mother encouraged through
childhood. But....
22. He’s a computer wizard. He coped with that problem no one else
could solve. But....
23. He’s been drinking too much. He feels lightheaded. But....
192
Exercise 53. Re-write the letter using if-clauses, structures of advice,
preference and wish (regret):
Dear Christine,
I just had to drop you a line to let you know what a terrible day I’ve had today.
Well, first of all, I thought I would let the canaries out of their
cage to fly around for a while. What a mistake! They flew
straight out of the open window and I haven’t seen them since!
Then I decided to surprise my husband by putting up some
new bookshelves in the lounge. Oh dear! I drilled a hole
straight into the wiring in the wall and cut off the whole street’s electricity
supply. What a disaster! The neighbours are furious with me.
On top of that, when my husband came home from work he tripped over the
bucket I had left in the middle of the floor. Unfortunately, he hurt
his ankle and he was angry with me. I shouldn’t have left the
bucket there.
Anyway, hopefully tomorrow he will be better than today.
With love,
Elise

1. Если бы вы послушали меня и обратились к доктору, вам бы не
было так плохо.
2. Он бы давно принял ваше предложение, если бы он не был таким
упрямым.
3. «Если бы ответ на мой запрос был положительный, сейчас я бы уже
была занята выяснением подробностей», — думала Элла.
4. Если бы он был умнее, он не стал бы впутываться в эту историю.
Его же не раз предупреждали.
5. Как сложилась бы наша жизнь, если бы мы не расстались?
6. Если бы вы не поддерживали меня все это время, мой нынешний
успех был бы невозможен.
7. Если бы эта команда больше тренировалась на протяжении года,
сейчас они бы играли намного лучше.
8. На вашем месте я бы оформил загранпаспорт еще год назад.
9. Если бы мы успели на автобус, мы бы уже были дома.
10. Если бы Джеральду все рассказали еще вчера, он не вел бы себя
таким образом.
11. Если бы ваше присутствие было действительно необходимо, я бы
давно написал вам и попросил приехать.
193
12. Терри не стал бы беспокоить вас так поздно, если бы был хоть
немного вежливее.
13. Если бы Джиллиан все еще нужна была помощь, она бы давно
позвонила нам.
14. Если бы он был внимательнее к ней, он бы заметил, что она очень
расстроена.
15. Если бы он был в состоянии дать хоть какой-нибудь ответ, он бы
давно это сделал.
REVISION: THE SECOND, THIRD AND MIXED CONDITIONALS
Exercise 55. Open the brackets and put the verbs into the correct
form. Pay attention to the adverbial modifiers of time.
1. If he ………. (book) tickets yesterday, he ………. (lie) on the beach now.
2. She ………. (not forgive) him if she ………. (not be) his mother.
3. If you ………. (drink) less last night, you ………. (not feel) so bad today.
4. If he ………. (be) cleverer, he ………. (not behave) so foolishly
yesterday.
5. If I ………. (know) English well, I ………. (translate) the article long
ago.
6. I ………. (take) part in the last competition if I ………. (be) younger.
7. If he ………. (do) work yesterday, he ………. (be) free today.
8. If you ………. (take) into account his behaviour then, you ………. (not
have) so much trouble now.
9. You ………. (may be) a star now if you ………. (be offered) the part in
the film then.
10. If she ………. (not decide) to change a job last year, she ………. (go)
to China next month.
11. He ………. (not go) to sleep over that book if it ………. (not be) so dull.
12. If he ………. (be) a good musician, he………. (take part) in
yesterday's concert.
Exercise 56. Underline the correct word or phrase. Translate the

sentences into Russian.
1) If we hadn’t taken a wrong turning back there, we wouldn’t be / have
been in this mess now.
2) Had they not / Hadn’t they warned people in time, a lot more lives
could have been lost.
3) If you worked / had worked last weekend when the boss asked you,
194
then you wouldn’t have to work this weekend.
4) Were all the members of staff to attend the conference, would the hotel
have / have had enough rooms for everyone?
5) Had the government acted sooner, the general public wouldn’t be
worrying / have worried so much about the current situation.
6) Tom Cruise wouldn’t be the star he is today had he not / would he not
have made a good impression in his early films.
7) Weren’t we / Were we not to build more roads, the traffic system would
collapse by 2025.
8) It would be hard enough to pass the exam tomorrow even if you went
/had gone to all the lectures this year.
9) I would have asked the person for ID before I let him in, if I were / have
been you.
10) If the hotel hadn’t been / weren’t booked in advance, we would
be sleeping in tents now.
Exercise 57. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that

the meaning remains unchanged:
1. I was late for the train so I will probably be late for my brother's
wedding too.
If I ……………………………………………………………….. .
2. “I can easily beat Martin!” “But he sometimes plays unfair!”
If Martin………………………………………………………………..
3. Julian saw a horror film on TV in the evening. Now he cannot sleep.
If Julia ………………………………………………………. .
4. We aren't in England, so Marjorie must drive on the right side of the
road.
If we ……………………………………………………………. .
5. The picnic is quite nice. Mosquitoes are the only problem.
If it ……………………………………………………………..
6. Hugh didn't know how much work there was, so he agreed to do it.
If…………………… how much work there was…………………..
7. No one has as yet found any gold in Warsaw dungeons, just because
there isn't any.
If there ………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 58. Correct the mistakes in some sentences:

1. If cats hadn't eaten mice, people wouldn't have domesticated them.
2. I might have been attacked by that shark if I went swimming with you
195
in the ocean.
3. If you had let the cat in, Freddie, it wouldn't have been mewing outside
the main door now!
4. What! Did you really start writing your exam from the most difficult
question? If I were you, I would have tried doing the easier exercises first.
5. Sharon Stone would be playing in the film George Lucas is shooting now
if she didn't break her leg while rock-climbing.
6. If you lose an important match, you will feel as bad as when you lose an
unimportant one.
7. If Albert Einsein were a good student at school, he would never become
so interested in physics and would never become a famous physicist.
8. If I had the computer games I can get now, when I was in my primary
school, I would never have graduated it.

1. Why didn't you tell me? If you told/had told me, I had/would have
helped you.
2. If Bill didn't steal/hadn't stolen the car, he wasn't/wouldn't be/hadn't
been in prison now.
3. If Ann wasn't driving/didn't drive/hadn't driven so fast, her car didn't
crash/wouldn't crash /wouldn't have crashed into a tree.
4. Let me give you some advice. If you smoked/would smoke/had smoked
less, you didn't feel/wouldn't feel /wouldn't have felt so tired.
5. What bad luck! If Alan didn't fall/hadn't fallen/wouldn't fall over,
he won/would win/would have won the race.
6. If you invited/had invited me last week, I was able/had been
able/would have been able to come.
7. I'm sure your letter hasn't arrived yet. If it came/had come I'm sure
I noticed/had noticed/would have noticed it.
8. We have a suggestion to make. How do you feel/would you feel if we
offered/would offer/had offered you the job of assistant manager?
9. If you lent/had lent us the money, we paid/would pay /had paid you
back next week.
10. Terry never catches anything when he goes fishing. And if he
catches/caught/had caught a fish, he throws/would throw it back!

1. Если у него сейчас занятия, нам придется долго его ждать.
2. Если бы у него сейчас были занятия, нам пришлось бы долго его
196
ждать.
3. Если я увижу ее в ближайшее время, я, конечно, расскажу ей об
этом.
4. Если бы я увидел ее в ближайшее время, я бы, конечно, рассказал
ей об этом.
5. Если он не был болен в это время, он посещал тренировки.
6. Если бы он не был болен в это время, он бы посещал тренировки.
7. Если она cмогла выбрать время, она пересмотрела ваши
замечания.
8. Если бы она смогла выбрать время, она бы пересмотрела ваши
замечания.
9. Если вы там бывали, вы знаете, как выглядят эти места.
10. Если бы вы там побывали, вы бы знали, как выглядят эти места.
11. Если бы ты взял словарь раньше, ты бы уже перевел эту статью.
12. Если бы они встретились раньше, я уверена, что они бы были
сейчас вместе.
13. Если бы они были вместе, они бы были счастливы.
14. Если бы не было любви, жизнь была бы серой.
15. Если бы машина не ехала на такой скорости, авария бы не
произошла.
16. Если бы ты вовремя обратился к доктору, ты бы уже поправился.
17. Если бы он сразу извинился, его бы уже давно простили.
18. Все были бы рады, если бы ты пришел к нам еще раз до своего
отъезда.
19. Если бы дорога не была закрыта, мы бы не потратили столько
времени на объезд.
20. Если бы он нашел работу, я бы была на седьмом небе от счастья.
21. Если бы эта девушка не была такой легкомысленной, она бы ему
понравилась.
22. Если бы я знал, что ты был в затруднительном положении, я бы
обязательно тебе помог.
23. Они бы не отклонили мое предложение, если бы рассмотрели его
как следует.
24. Если бы я не знал его так хорошо, я бы никогда не поверил в то,
что он нам только что рассказал.
25. Никто не виноват в том, что тебе не выдали визу. Если бы ты сдал
все документы вовремя, ты бы ее получил.
197
1.3 The Suppositional Mood
The Suppositional Mood is used in the if-clause to denote a problematic future

action (an action which is unlikely to take place). Future Simple or the
Imperative Mood can be found in the main clause.
If smb should do smth, smb will do smth.

do smth.
The problematic character of the action in the if-clause is rendered

into Russian by «если случится так, что; если вдруг, если все таки,
если доведется».
If you should be late, don't worry. — Если ты вдруг опоздаешь / Если
случится так, что ты опоздаешь, не волнуйся.
If you should win the game, I'll be the first to congratulate you. — Если ты
все таки выиграешь, я первым тебя поздравлю.
 The verb to happen can be used in the same meaning as should:
If you happen to be late, don't worry.
 The form were to makes an event seem even more hypothetical and
is usually used with the form would do in the main clause.
If I were to ask you to marry me, what would you say? — Если бы я вдруг
предложил тебе выйти за меня, что бы ты сказала?
 Inversion is also possible, i.e. when the first verb in the if-clause is
should, we can leave out if and put the verb at the start of the clause.
Should any of this cost you anything, send me the bill. (= If any of this should
cost...)
Exercise 65. Translate the sentences into Russian, placing

emphasis on the highly problematic condition:
1) If I should be out, leave a message with the secretary.
2) Should the book be sold out, I can always get you a copy at our library.
3) Should it be true, other will be ever so pleased.
4) If he should object, I’ll try to show him how important it is.
5) Don’t wait for me if I should be late.
6) Should there be no one to meet you, take a taxi.
7) If the article should prove to be difficult, don’t try to translate it without
my help.
8) If you should meet him, ask him to tell you how it happened.
9) Should he get an excellent mark, he will be more astonished than
198
pleased.
10) If it should be so, I’ll be the first to congratulate you.
Exercise 66. Paraphrase the following sentences making them less

probable. Translate them into Russian.
Example: If I see him, I'll tell you.
If I should see him, I’ll tell you.
1. If the missing money is found, you’ll be the first to know.
2. If there are any changes in the schedule, you’ll be told about it.
3. If Rob can’t make a decision, we’ll have to do it ourselves.
4. If you are invited to attend the conference, will you agree?
5. If he insists on it, he’ll be given all the necessary information.
6. If Sheila doesn’t phone, we’ll have to go and find her.
7. If he is asked to leave, he won’t obey.
8. If Diana manages to increase productivity in the department, that will
be a point in her favour.
9. If you arrive on time, I’ll meet you.
10. If she comes to stay here, I’ll go.
11. If I never see him again, I'll be glad.
12. If you are outmaneuvered, come to see me and we’ll think what to do
about it.
13. If you bring your resume, it may prove useful.
14. If you have any problems with the new administrator, ask the
assistant manager to help you.
15. If she makes a speedy recovery, she’ll still be able to go on holiday
with us.
16. If you keep quiet about it, no one will know.
17. If Emma is trusted with the car, she’ll feel quite confident about it.
18. If I have a headache, I’ll just take an aspirin and go to bed.
19. Is she nervous? — Of course she is nervous. If someone touched her
on the shoulder, she would probably spring right out of her seat.
20. If I happen to be out when you arrive, ask the neighbor for the key.

1. Если вы неожиданно задержитесь, позвоните мне.
2. Если вам снова придется встретиться, вы бы узнали его?
3. Если бы я вдруг увидел эту книгу, я бы ее купил.
4. Если я вдруг увижу эту книгу, я ее куплю.
5. Если вы вдруг увидите эту книгу, непременно купите ее.
199
6. Будь я снова в этом месте, я бы непременно посетил эту галерею.
7. Дайте нам знать, если вы вдруг получите новую информацию.
8. Если бы вам пришлось принимать решение в ближайшее время,
как бы вы поступили?
9. Если бы мне снова пришлось писать эту книгу, я бы не поменял ни
одной строчки.
10. Что бы она сделала, если бы ей пришлось выбирать между семьей
и работой?
11. Если вас вдруг остановят, покажите пропуск.
12. Если ему вдруг повезет, и он выиграет главный приз, что он будет
сним делать?
13. Если случится так, что ты попадёшь в беду, я помогу тебе,
несмотря ни на что.
14. Если случится так, что мы больше никогда не встретимся, я всегда
буду помнить нашу дружбу.
15. Если случится так, что пирожные будут не свежими, я больше
никогда не буду покупать у вас сладости.
REVISION: CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
Exercise 68. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form:
Example: If he hadn't read the notice in the newspaper, George ....would
have never applied .. (never/apply) for the job.
1. If I were you, I ……………….. (accept) the invitation.
2. If Alan ……………….. (not/wake up) late, he would have arrived at
work on time.
3. If Karen ……………….. (not/have to) finish an essay tonight, she would
come to the cinema.
4. If you ……………….. (wear) your raincoat, you wouldn't have got wet.
5. Unless the weather ……………….. (improve) , we ……….. (not/go)
camping this weekend .
6. Now we're lost! If you (write down) ………………… Mary's directions,
this (not happen)………………….
7. Why don't we emigrate? If we (live) …….….in Australia, at least the
weather (be) …………………better!
8. Thanks to Dr Jones, I'm still alive! If it (not be) ………… for her, I
(be) ……………….dead for certain!
9. I'm sorry I can't lend you any money. You know that if I (have)
………… it, I (lend) …………………it to you.
200
10. It's always the same! If I (decide) ………………to leave the office
early, my boss (call)…….. ………..me after I've left!

the meaning remains unchanged.
Example: I didn't have an umbrella with me and so I got wet.
I wouldn't have got wet if I had had an umbrella with me.
1. If he had studied harder, he would have passed the test.
Had ………………………………………………….
2. Without Jack's help, I wouldn't have been able to move the table.
If …………………………………………………………………….........
3. If the plane leaves on time, I'll arrive in Paris at noon.
Should ………………………………………………….
4. If you had left earlier, you wouldn't have missed the bus.
Had ………………………………………………….
5. If you hadn't told me about Sue's hair, I wouldn't have noticed.
Unless ……………………………………………………………….........
6. If you see Peter, tell him he should be here at 8.00.
If you should …………………………………………………………….
7. I wouldn't accept if you asked me to marry you!
If you were ………………………………………………………….........
8. Provided your voice is audible, the audience will get the point of this
scene.
As long as the audience…………………………………………….........
9. If I were you, I wouldn't tell anyone about it.
Were ………………………………………………….
10. Without your help, I wouldn't have found the house.
If you…………………………………………………………………….
11. If you see Paul, tell him I want to see him.
Should …………………………………………………..

1. Nick! The dog ……..you if you ……..teasing it.
a) bites / will not stop
b) will bite / don't stop
c) will bite / won't stop
d) bites / don't stop
2. Why didn't you tell me? If I ...... ……...earlier, I……..gone there!
a) knew / would have never
201
b) had known / would have never
c) had known / would never have
d) would have known / had never
3. If you……..to earn far more money as you say, we ……..to buy a house.
a) begin / will be able
b) begin / will can
c) began / would could
d) began / would be able
4. There are plenty of dry sticks in the forest. Now, if you……..some,
we……..a nice warm fire.
a) fetch / build
b) fetch / build
c) fetched/ 'd build
d) are fetching / will build
5. If I……..you, I……...it before the season started. Now they are very
expensive.
a) were / would have bought
b) had been / would buy
c) had been / would have bought
d) am / would buy
6. If we……..our little invention before Sony did it, we……..rich now.
a) patented / would be
b) patented / would have been
c) had patented / would be
d) patented / were
7. If Julia……..into Frank's eyes, she……..making those cruel remarks
about his large ears. The poor boy was nearly crying!
a) looked / would stop
b) would have looked / would have stopped
c) looks / will stop
d) had looked / would have stopped
8. Here she's sitting opposite me and I can't remember her name! I ……...
more comfortable if ……..it.
a) 'd have felt / had remembered
b) 'd feel / had remembered
c) 'd fell / remembered
d) 'd feel / could remember
9. If……..wood wet, it……...
a) you keep / warps
202
b) you keep / 'll warp
c) you keep / is warping
d) kept / would warp
10.If you……..this sentence, you……..understand some English.
a) can read / will
b) will be able to read / will
c) can read / are able to
d) can read / 0
Exercise 71. Translate the sentences into English:

1. Будь я на вашем месте, я бы вышел раньше, чтобы застать его.
2. Если бы я был художником, я бы обязательно нарисовал портрет
этого человека.
3. Что бы вы сказали, если бы я обратился к вам за советом?
4. Вы были бы недовольны, если бы я вдруг не пришел?
5. Если бы он поступил в институт четыре года назад, в следующем
году он бы уже закончил его.
6. Если бы мне сказали раньше, я бы не оставил это дело без
внимания.
7. Знай мы, что вам нужна эта книга, мы бы захватили ее с собой.
8. Вы бы сходили куда-нибудь вечером, если бы я пригласил вас?
9. Если бы вы не были таким не внимательным, вы бы не совершили
так много орфографических ошибок.
10. Если бы поезд выехал вовремя, он прибыл бы в конечный пункт
завтра рано утром.
11. Ты бы расстроился, если бы я не пришел?
12. Будь он поосторожнее, он бы не упал.
13. Если бы он не приехал на машине встретить нас, нам бы самим
пришлось нести свои вещи.
14. Ты бы сходила куда-нибудь вечером, если бы он вдруг тебя
пригласил?
15. Мы бы поехали сегодня в бассейн, если бы вы позвонили вчера
вечером.
16. Если бы он мог дать положительный ответ, он бы давно это сделал.
17. Я бы на твоем месте не стал бы поднимать такой шум.
18. Если бы ты принял его предложение, ты бы давно работал в
престижной компании.
19. Если бы ты не тратил столько денег на одежду и рестораны, ты мог
бы позволить себе попутешествовать.
203
20. Если бы наша армия была контрактной, туда пошли бы служить с
удовольствием.
21. Будь я на вашем месте, я бы пошел раньше, чтобы застать его.
22. Если бы он вел машину аккуратнее, никакой аварии бы не
произошло.
23. Не сломай он ногу, об выиграл турнир.
24. Никто бы не обвинил тебя, если бы ты вел себя по-другому.
25. Что бы ты сделала, если бы он пригласил тебя? Я знаю, что вы
терпеть друг друга не можете.
26. Если бы у меня было достаточно денег, я бы отправился в
кругосветное путешествие.
27. Если он вдруг забудет о своем обещании, я ему напомню. Я не
оставлю его в покое, пока не узнаю всю правду об этом инциденте.
28. Если бы я был на вашем месте, я бы больше времени проводил с
детьми. Они нуждаются в вашем внимании.
29. Если бы ты не кричала на ребенка, она бы была спокойнее.
30. Если бы Ван Гог продал свои картины, он бы приобрел признание
при жизни и не умер бы в нищете.
GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: SUBJUNCTIVE II, CONDITIONALS

(2nd, 3d, mixed)
Exercise 61. If a line is correct, put a tick next to the number. If

there is an extra word in a line, write it next to the number.
BEING AN ONLY CHILD
1………….I’m an only child. People often say to me: ‘Wouldn’t you be a lot
2……happier if you have had brothers or sisters?’ But I don’t see it like that.
3...It’s true that if I had had a brother or sister, I would have someone closer
4…..To my own age to talk to and play with at home, but I don’t think that’s
5………very important provided for you have close friends, which I do. If my
6...parents would had more children, they wouldn’t be able to spend so much
7……..time with me. And we have great fun together! Also, except if I had a
8...brother or sister, I’d have it to share a bedroom with them. That might be
9..fun, but what would happen if I wanted to play my CDs and he or she had
10..to study? No – O don’t want a brother or sister, unless it will happens, of
course. In that case, I’ll think it’s the best thing in the world!
204
Say to what extent you support the author’s arguments, express your
vision of what it would be like living with (without) siblings. Use
active structures of wishes and unreal condition.
Exercise 62. Dwell on the following topics either orally or in

writing. Make sure you activate all types of condition.
 If you could be invisible for one day, what would you do?
 If you could go back in time, what year would you visit?
 If you had the opportunity to travel into space, would you do it?
 If you could be any celebrity, who would you want to become?
 If you could change one thing about your personality, how would you be
different?
 If you could look into the future to find out one thing, what would you
be interested to know?
 If you could have invented one thing, what would it have been?
 If you could read everyone’s mind for one week only, would you tell
anyone or keep it a secret?
 If you could live forever on earth, would you choose to do so?
 If you could re-write history, what one thing would you change?
 If you could own a restaurant, what would it be like?
 If you could re-decorate your home at no cost, what would you wish to
do?
Exercise 63. Look at the pictures and imagine what people might
be thinking about, wishing or regretting:
205
Exercise 64. Discuss the situations. Use the given information to
make conditional sentences
Example:
Jan is working for a law firm, but she has been trying to find a different
job for a long time. She doesn't like her job at the law firm. Recently she was
offered a job with a computer company closer to her home. She wanted to
accept it, but the salary was too low.
 If Jan liked her job at the law firm, she wouldn't be trying to find a
different job.
 Jan would have accepted the job at the computer company if the
salary hadn't been too law.
 Etc.
a) Tommy had a pet mouse. He took it to school. His friend Jimmy put
the mouse in the teacher's desk drawer. When the teacher found the mouse,
she jumped in surprise and tried to kill it with a book. Tommy ran to the front
of the room and saved his pet mouse. Tommy and Jimmy got into a lot of
trouble with their teacher.
b) Ivan's axe was broken, and he wanted to borrow his neighbour Dan's
axe so that he could chop some wood. Then Ivan remembered that he had
already borrowed Dan's saw and had never returned it. He has since lost the
saw, and he's too embarrassed to tell Dan. Because of that, Ivan decided not
to ask Dan for his axe
206
II. THE OBLIGATORY USE OF THE OBLIQUE MOODS
2.1 Subjunctive II: sentence patterns
Apart from the Second and Third Conditional sentences, Subjunctive II

and the unreal past tenses are also used in certain sentence patterns to
express criticism, regret or wish and comparison.
It is/was time Пора бы уже…
high time smb did smth Самое время сделать…
about time
a) criticism (advice)
The expression «It is (high/about) time + smb did smth» is used to

complain about or criticise something or someone:
It is time that the government took some actions. — Пора
правительству принять меры.
The word high makes the criticism even stronger.
It is high time the government took some actions. — Давно пора
правительству принять меры.
Note. It is also possible to express the same idea by means of the
for-to-infinitive construction:
It is time for the government to take some actions.
Exercise 65. Match the parts of the sentences and translate them
into Russian.
1. It's time the child a. given another chance.
2. It's high time someone b. on your project?
stepped in
3. Isn’t it high time you took c. breakfast, isn't it?
4. «It's time someone gave me d. and stopped this
a hand!» meaningless quarrel.
5. It's about time he were e. on a silver platter?
6. Don't you think it's time f. a place to settle in.
you were working
7. Michael was about five g. were in bed.
8. Can't the child behave? h. that idea?
9. Isn't it high time she gave i. some action against them?
up
10. It's time you were looking j. The remark went
for unnoticed.
207
11. Isn't it time that you k. It's high time someone told
stopped waiting for an him that won't do.
opportunity to be offered you
12. It's time he were having l. when his father thought it
was time he should study
music.
Exercise 66. Use the infinitives in brackets in the correct form:

1. It’s high time you ………. (to do) something about that dripping tap!
2. It’s time the problem ………. (to deal with).
3. Don’t you find it’s time that someone……… (to tell) our supervisor that
the experiment is going wrong?
4. Isn’t it time he ………. (to be) at home?
5. It’s about time we ………. (to talk) about your plans.
6. Are you still reading? It’s time you ………. (to work) again.
7. Late again? It’s time you ………. (to look) for another job!
8. It’s time someone else ………. (to ask) to attend this boring conference
— just for a change.
9. It’s high time you ………. (to stop) daydreaming.
10. It’s time he ………. (to consult) his colleagues, isn’t it?
11. It’s time some changes ………. (to made) in the Department. They are
long overdue.
12. It’s time it ………. (to become) clear to you how total the failure is.
13. It’s high time something ………. (to do) about this case — and
quickly.
14. It’s time that someone else (to chair) the meeting.
15. It’s high time you ………. (to consider) your position instead of being
so sure of yourself.
16. The same story? It’s time you ………. (to think) of something more
credible.
17. Isn’t it high time you ………. (to be) on first-name terms with Doris?
Exercise 67. Paraphrase the following sentences using the pattern

“It is (high/about) time + smb did smth”:
1. They’ve been parted for a long time. It’s time for him to forget about
her.
2. It’s time for us to be given a definite answer.
3. Angela has known me for ages. It’s time for her to get used to my ways.
4. It’s time for you to know the meaning of the proverb “It never rains
208
but it pours.”
5. If you want anything done properly, you should start doing it yourself.
6. The scheme is outdated. It’s time for some improvement.
7. I’ve just had bad luck. It’s about time for something good to happen.
8. Isn’t it necessary to put an end to her nagging?
9. Why don’t you ever speak up?
10. You’ve been learning English for some time. Why can’t you spell this
word yet?
11. It’s time to be going home, I think.
12. It's high time for my fortune to take the turn for the better.
13. Isn’t it time for all of us to put some pressure on him? Otherwise he
might never listen to our demands.
14. Why don’t you tell them anything about your decision?
15. Why don’t they tell you anything about their decision?
16. They had put the company together on a wing and a prayer. But now
it was time for everyone to take them into account.
17. It’s no use reasoning with him. Why don’t you stop?

1. Пора вам объяснить нам, что вы собираетесь делать.
2. Тебе не кажется, что нам уже пора собирать вещи?
3. Ему уже пора подумать о своей личной жизни.
4. Его уже давно пора проучить. Он меня раздражает.
5. Пора уже прекратить этот бессмысленный спор.
6. Ему давно уже пора зарабатывать на жизнь. Ведь он не ребенок.
7. Пора уже отказаться от мысли встречаться с ним. Он не тот
человек, с которым можно иметь дело.
8. Мне уже давно пора положить конец его страданиям. Я должна
рассказать всю правду.
9. Уже двенадцать. Пора уже выключать телевизор и ложиться спать.
10. Вы уже давно работаете здесь. Пора уже научиться
придерживаться наших правил.
11. Вам не кажется, что детям давно уже пора быть дома?
12. Вы поссорились из-за чепухи. Пора бы уже и помириться.
13. Пора бы вам уже прекратить жаловаться и начать действовать.
14. Мне кажется, тебе пора уже бросить курить… Пора, по крайней
мере, попытаться.
15. Нас слишком долго держат в неведении. Пора бы уже хоть что-
нибудь прояснить.
209
16. «Я уже так долго лежу в больнице, — думал Дик. — Когда же эта
нога уже срастется?»
17. Мы долго откладывали. Пора уже принимать решение.
18. Не пора ли выяснить, что случилось на самом деле?
a) wish and regret
The subordinate
The main
(object) clause Explanation Example
clause
Smb wish a) smb did wish/ regret I wish I knew his

wished were/was about the address.
will wish doing present; the I wish you could drive
could do action of the a car.
might do subordinate I wish he was coming
clause is with us.
simultaneous He wished he knew the
with that of the address.
main clause She’ll wish she were
more polite with
people
b) smb had regret that I wish I could have
done something attended the seminar
had been doing happened or last Monday.
could have didn’t happen She'll wish she had
done in the past; the taken this
might have action of the opportunity!
done subordinate I wished I hadn't
clause precedes spent so much money.
that of the main You'll wish you hadn't
clause taken his advice
c) smb could / wish about the I wish I could drop the
might do future; the whole matter.
action of the I wished you might
object clause stay with us a little
follows that of longer
the main clause
As all these forms express an unrealizable wish, they serve as expressions
210
of regret rather than wish. That is why they may be rendered in Russian into
two ways. Thus, the sentence I wish I knew it, where the actions in both
clauses are simultaneous (a), may be translated as «Как бы мне хотелось
знать это» or «Жаль, что я этого не знаю».
When the action of the subordinate clause precedes that of the main
clause (b), there is only one way of rendering such sentences into Russian,
namely «Жаль, что...». For example, the sentence I wish I had told him
about it is translated as «Жаль, что я обо всем ему не рассказал». Thus,
where the verb in the object clause is affirmative in English, it is negative in
Russian, and vice versa.
When the action of the subordinate clause follows that of the main clause
(c), it is not necessary to translate the modal verbs into Russian; the usual
way of rendering such sentences is «Как бы мне хотелось ...».
I wish I could (might) go round the world. — Как бы мне хотелось
объездить весь мир.
The way of translating wish-sentences into Russian are summarized in
the following table:
a) if the actions in both clauses are simultaneous:
English Russian
I wish I knew the answer. (+) 1. Как бы я хотел знать ответ. (+)
2. Жаль, что я не знаю ответа. (-)
I wish he were not ill. (-) 1. Как бы я хотел, чтобы он не болел. (-)
2. Жаль, что он болеет (+)
b) if the action of the subordinate clause precedes that of the main

clause:
English Russian
I wish he had come to the Жаль, что он не пришел на эту
party. (+) вечеринку (-)
I wish he hadn’t come to Жаль, что он пришел на эту вечеринку

the party. (-) (+)
Exercise 69. Analyze the form of the verb in the following
211
sentences. Translate the sentences into Russian. Give two variants
where possible.
1. I wish it weren't true.
2. I wish it was\were summer.
3. He wished he could run away.
4. Don't you wish he were given a chance?
5. If he learns about it, you'll wish you'd never been born!
6. It's all guesswork. I wish you really knew something.
7. I almost wished I were back in my old house.
8. I wish I were working in an office instead of here.
9. I wish I had my children with me. It's such a lovely place!
10. I wish he might have stayed here.
11. I wish everything had been done more efficiently.
12. Talking through an interpreter wasn't too convenient. I
wished I could speak better Japanese.
13. “Are you working here now?” “I wish I were.”
Exercise 70. Read the sentence and choose the option which best
expresses a past regret:
1. I shouted at my little sister this morning. I feel bad about it now.
a. I wish I had shouted at my little sister.
b. I wish I hadn't shouted at my little sister.
2. I didn't go to the library yesterday. It's closed today.
a. I wish I had gone to the library.
b. I wish I hadn't gone to the library.
3. I took no notice of the teacher, and I did really badly in the test.
a. I wish I had taken more notice.
b. I wish I hadn't taken more notice.
4. They stayed up really late, and they are very tired, so the boss is most
displeased.
a. The boss wishes they had stayed up.
b. The boss wishes they hadn't stayed up.
5. Jack didn't tell his wife he was going to be late, and she got really angry
with him.
a. Jack wishes he had told his wife.
b. Jack wishes he hadn't told his wife.
6. Mary told her brother she was going to be late, so he didn't wait for
her.
a. Mary wishes she had told her brother.
212
b. Mary wishes she hadn't told her brother.
Exercise 71. Express unreal wish or regret using the following

statements:
a) Jane is a film star. She says there are some things she finds annoying
and she wishes …..
1. Reporters never give her any
privacy, write stories about her private life,
take photos of her all the time.
2. People stare at her everywhere she
goes.
3. The fans make her sign
autographs.
4. She has no time to spend with her
family or just relax and concentrate on her work.
b) I've moved into a new flat but can't say I'm pleased with it. I wish …..
1. My flat is a long way from my office.
2. I have to wake up much earlier.
3. It is on the ground floor and very noisy.
4. I don't know anybody in the neighbourhood and I am all alone.
5. I can't visit my friends as they are so far away.

1. Хорошо бы устроиться здесь. Мне очень нравится этот город.
2. Как бы мне хотелось воспользоваться вашим советом, но это
невозможно.
3. Они сожалели, что не смогли присоединиться к нам.
4. Жаль, что она такая суетливая.
5. Хоть бы она смогла пережить все неудачи как можно
быстрее.
6. Жаль, что вы обиделись. Не думаю, что он сказал это
умышленно.
7. Хотя бы вы обратились ко мне раньше. Я бы смогла помочь
вам.
8. Жаль, что вы не пошли смотреть эту выставку домашних
животных, я уверена, она бы вам понравилась.
9. Жаль, что ребенок еще такой маленький, мы бы взяли его с
собой.
10. Жаль, что эти данные оказались непроверенными.
213
11. Жаль, что ты тратишь время на всякие глупости.
12. Жаль, что он оказался таким недальновидным человеком.
13. Жаль, что пришлось это делать вопреки желанию.
14. Жаль, что мы не доиграли партию в шахматы.
15. Жаль, что ты не довел начатое дело до конца.
16. Жаль, что тебе не до шуток - я знаю несколько анекдотов.
17. Жаль, что мне придется согласиться с твоими доказательствами.
18. Я бы хотела, чтобы ты серьезно относилась к своим обязанностям.
Ты же не хочешь потерять эту работу?
19. Жаль, что свеча догорает. Нам придется сидеть в полной темноте.
20. Жаль, что наша многолетняя дружба прекратилась так
неожиданно.
21. Жаль, что дипломатические отношения между этими странами
стали такими напряженными.
THE USE OF WOULD AFTER I WISH
The
subordinate
The main
(object) Explanation Example
clause
clause
a) wish for a I wish he would drive

future change more carefully (But I don’t
unlikely to think he will. — wish for
smb would
happen; a future change unlikely
do smth
to happen)
b) wish to express I wish children would be
Smb Note. Wish
dissatisfaction, more cooperative. (The
wish and would
annoyance, children have refused to
wished should have
insistence; cooperate —
will wish different
dissatisfaction)
subjects, we
c) polite request I wish you would be more
never say I
implying patient with Jim (Please
wish I would.
dissatisfaction or be more patient with him!
lack of hope — request implying lack
of hope)
In Russian it is rendered with the help of extra lexical units in order to retain
the emotional aspect of the sentence, e.g. «Да когда же ты замолчишь
214
наконец! », «Ну будь же терпеливее! » and others.
Exercise 73. What would you say? Use I wish ... would/wouldn't to
give an appropriate sentence for each situation:
Example: Your brother plays very loud music while you are doing your
homework. - You say, “I wish you wouldn't play loud music while I'm doing
my homework”.
1. You are on a long walk. Your sister is walking very slowly.
2. A friend has got you into trouble by talking to you in class again.
3. One of the students in your class always speaks softly when he
answers a question and you can't hear the answer.
4. Your brother always borrows your favourite jeans when you want
to wear them.
5. Your neighbour in the hostel is not tidy.
6. Your son is not interested in his schoolwork.
7. You are staying at the hotel and the cleaners haven’t put any soap in
the bathroom.
8. Your partner is not romantic at all.
Exercise 74. Read the following situations:

a) Mrs. Wilson sometimes feels that the children don't help enough.
Today, for example:
Stephen left his wet towel on the bed. Julie didn't make her bed. Stephen
didn't turn off his light. Stephen left his muddy shoes on the carpet. Somebody
had spilt coffee on the tablecloth. Nobody had offered to wash up.
Write what she said about each annoying thing, using would or
wouldn't:
1. I wish Stephen wouldn’t leave his wet towel on the bed!
2. I wish Julie _________________________________!
3. I wish Stephen ___________________________________!
4. I wish Stephen ___________________________________!
5. I wish people ___________________________________!
6. I wish somebody ___________________________________!
b) Bernie and Martin share a room at college.

Read what they say about each other, then write sentences beginning
“I wish he would/wouldn't...”
215
MARTIN: It's dreadful having to share a room with
Bernie. He's so untidy! His books are all over the place, he
never washes his coffee cup, he leaves dirty clothes around
the room — it's such a mess I can't work. And he comes in
late in the evening when I'm trying to sleep and lies in bed
watching television. I can't stand it!
BERNIE: The trouble with Martin is that he never

relaxes. He's always working and he's always bad-tempered,
he doesn't tell me what's wrong, he just sulks. And he
interferes with my possessions. He moves my books around
so I can't find them.
Exercise 75. Imagine that you are the people in these situations
and make sentences with I wish + simple past or I wish + would for
each of these situations:
1. Tom is miserable because his sister has new sneakers but he hasn't.
2. Alison read in the papers that they are still killing whales. She wants
them to stop.
3. John is unhappy. He hates his job.
4. Ann wants a job in a hotel but they want someone who speaks
German. She can't.
5. Andrew is a painter but he wants to be a famous singer.
6. Jack is a farmer. The weather is hot and dry and it hasn't rained in
months.
7. Tom wants to be able to play the guitar.
8. Ann smokes thirty cigarettes a day. She wants to give up.
Exercise 76. Give situations in which you can use the following
wishes:
1. I wish you could speak to me.
2. I wish you would speak to me.
3. I wish you would buy me a walkman.
4. I wish you had bought me a walkman.
5. I wish you would get your hair cut.
6. I wish you had shorter hair.
216
Exercise 77. Complete the sentences with an appropriate auxiliary
verb:
Example: I'm not at home, but I wish I were
1. I don't know her, but I wish I _______
2. I can't sing well, but I wish I _______
3. I didn't go, but I wish I _______
4. He won't talk about it, but I wish he _______
5. I didn't read that book, but I wish I _______
6. I want to go, but I can't. I wish I _______
7. I don't have a bicycle, but I wish I _______
8. He didn't buy a ticket to the game, but he wishes he _______
9. She can't speak English, but she wishes she_______
10. It probably won't happen, but I wish it _______
11. He isn't old enough to drive a car, but he wishes he _______
12. They didn't go to the movie, but they wish they _______
13. I don't have a driver's license, but I wish I _______
14. I'm not living in an apartment, but I wish I _______

pattern:
Pattern: I’d like your work to be flawless.
I wish your work were flawless.
I'm sorry you didn't see the fireworks.
I wish you had seen the fireworks.
I'd like you to stop teasing your sister!
I wish you would stop teasing your sister!
1. I’m sorry you can't go with us.
2. I’d like this horrible day to be over.
3. I'm sorry you aren't enjoying the film.
4. I'd like him to stop smoking. (But I have no real hope he will.)
5. It's a pity we can't be as businesslike about it.
6. I'm sorry you couldn't come to the yesterday's party.
7. It's a pity Joan was asked to leave.
8. I'm sorry you didn't pass the exam.
9. It's a pity he doesn't have a job like yours.
10. I'm sorry I can't go to the disco tonight. I've got too much work to
do.
11. I'd like them to make it up. (But I have no real hope they will.)
12. I'm sorry you had to wait.
217
13. It's a pity you have been waiting so long.
14. I'm sorry you didn't find that key.
15. It's a pity you missed the exhibition.
16. It's a pity you weren't following his story.
17. I'd like him to realise the truth. (But I have no real hope he will)
18. It's a pity he knows nothing yet.
19. I'd like him to know nothing about this case.
20. It's a pity my family aren't here.
21. I'm sorry my family are here.
22. I'm sorry I took my children with me.
23. I'm sorry I didn't take my children with me.
24. It's a pity she isn't adequately paid.
25. It's a pity he is being sо touchy today.
26. It's a pity you haven't bought that cottage.
27. It's a pity you couldn’t adjust to the climate.
28. It's a pity she is leaving so soon.
29. It's a pity she has to leave so soon.
30. He is sorry to have taken this to heart.
Exercise 79. Choose the right option and translate the sentences:
1. She wished at that moment she (had not sent/did not send) for him.
2. “I wish I (had been/were) there with you,” he said with deep regret.
3. She says she wishes I (had been/were) a thousand miles away.
4. I wish she (had not looked/did not look) so sad.
5. The professor wishes I (had studied/studied) harder.
6. We wished he (had not come/did not come) so late yesterday.
7. I wish you (had seen/saw) the play. It was a great success.
8. I wish they (had introduced/introduced) their friends to me at the
party.
9. She wishes her father (hadn't known/ didn't know) it.
10.He wished they (hadn't noticed/didn't notice) his embarrassment.
11. I wish it (stopped / would stop) raining.
12. I wish (I knew / I'd know) the answer to your question.
13. I wish you (wouldn't be / aren't) so rude.
14. I wish (they visited / they'd visited) us when they were in town.
15. I wish (I'd speak /I spoke) better French.
16. I wish they (hadn't been / wouldn't have been) so unfriendly.
17. I wish (I've refused / I'd refused) when you suggested the idea.
18. I wish (I had / would have) more time to do this job.
218
19. I wish she (would / had) come to work on time in future.
Exercise 80. Use the infinitives in brackets in the correct form and
translate the sentences:
1. “Are you happy with your job?” “I wish I ………. (to be).”
2. I wish I ………. (to know) him before.
3. I wish he never ………. (to invite) here!
4. I'm afraid she is over-conscientious. I wish she………. (to pay) less
attention to her work.
5. Timmy wishes he ………. (can go) to the summer camp with the rest
of the children.
6. I wish you ………. (not to look) so unbearably surprised. You have
known everything all along, haven't you?
7. “Do you regret you've said it?” “I don't regret anything, no. I only wish
I ………. (to express) myself more clearly.”
8. “I'm sure he now wishes he ………. (not to show) me that picture”
9. “A little too late, isn't it?”
10. I’m not upset, I tell you. I only wish everybody ………. (to stop) being
so sympathetic.
11. Jillian wished she ………. (can allow) to see the patient, though no
one had been.
12. I wish you………. (not to show) so much curiosity. It wasn't proper.
13. I wish Bill ………. (not to disappear) so quickly. I wanted to ask him
something.
14. She almost wished he ………. (to be) home again, wished they ……….
(not to part) …
15. “Is there any other way?” “I wish there ………. (to be).”
16. I wish you ………. (to reckon) with the possibility of an inquest before
you stole that money.
17. It was a bad ten days. Jeremy nearly wished he ………. (not to refuse)
Tony's offer and now ………. (to stay) at his place: he wouldn't be sо lonely
there.
18. You couldn't escape that topic for long. It was always there that
season, hanging in the air, drifting under doors, perched on shoulders like an
albatross... Carol wished she ………. (not to hear) the word every time she
entered someone's house. She wished the story ………. (to forget). She wished
the journalists, the public in general and her neighbours in particular ……….
(can tell) that she and her husband were in Europe. She wished they ……….
(to be) in Europe.
219
1. I wish Peter doesn't live/hadn't lived/wouldn't live so far away from the
town centre. We'll have to take a taxi.
2. I feel rather cold. I wish I brought/had brought my pullover with me.
3. What a pity. I wish we don't have to/didn't have to/wouldn't have to
leave. I've just started to enjoy myself.
4. I wish you tell/told/had told me about the test. I haven't done any
revision.
5. I wish the people next door hadn't made/wouldn't make/couldn't make
so much noise. I can't hear myself think!
6. Darling I love you so much! I wish we are/had been/would be/could be
together always!
7. I'm sorry I missed your birthday party. I really wish I come/came/had
come/would come.
8. I like my new boss but I wish she gave/would give/could give me some
more responsibility.
9. Having a lovely time in Brighton. I wish you are/were/had been here.
Love, Sheila.
10. This car was a complete waste of money. I wish I didn't buy
it/hadn't bought it.

Example: This train journey seems endless! I wish we (go) were going by
car.
1. I wish I (have) ……….. the money to buy some new clothes, but I can't
afford it at the moment.
2. I wish the government (do) ……….. something about the pollution in
this city.
3. I'm getting really soaked! I wish I (not forget) ……….. my umbrella.
4. I wish you (not do) ……….. that! It's a really annoying habit.
5. That was a lovely meal, but I wish I (not eat) ……….. so much.
6. I wish I (study) ……….. harder for my exams. I don't think I’m going
to pass.
7. I wish you (not leave) ……….. your dirty shoes in your bedroom!
8. I'm afraid I have no idea where Diana has gone. I wish I (know)
………..
9. I really enjoyed our trip to the theatre. I wish we (go) ……….. more
often.
220
1. Жаль, что вы не прислушиваетесь к моим советам.
2. Жаль, что вы не послушались его совета.
3. Жаль, что вы послушались его совета.
4. Мне бы хотелось, чтобы вы наконец прислушались к моей
просьбе.
5. К сожалению, его не пригласили на собеседование.
6. К сожалению, его уже пригласили на собеседование.
7. Зря вы поручили ему эту работу: ему с ней не справиться.
8. Зря вы не поручили ему эту работу: он бы отлично с ней
справился.
9. Зря вы рассказали им об этом.
10. Зря вы не рассказали им об этом.
11. Сейчас я жалею, что отклонил ваше предложение.
12. Теперь я жалею, что не принял ваше предложение.
13. Лучше бы ты оставил нас в покое!
14. Я бы хотел, чтобы вы прислушались к моим словам.
15. Хотелось бы верить, что ее рассказ соответствует
действительности.
16. Жаль, что он плохо знает язык: во всем остальном он подходит
для этой работы.
17. Жаль, что вы не понимаете, насколько это серьезно.
18. Ларри жалел, что не взял с собой фотоаппарат: снимки
получились бы замечательными.
19. Кэти почувствовала, что дальнейшие объяснения
бессмысленны. «Жаль, что я пришла сюда,» — подумала она.
20. Дэвид подумал, что зря начал этот разговор.
21. Как жаль, что он пришел так поздно.
22. Мы не успели поговорить о наших проблемах.
23. Как жаль, что он не разработал этот проект.
24. Как жаль, что нам придется так скоро уехать.
25. Досадно, что вы не дождались его прихода.
26. Досадно, что вас не поняли.
27. Жаль, что вы упустили такую возможность.
28. Обидно, что ей придется отказаться от такого предложения.
29. Как жаль, что он работает допоздна.
30. Он пожалел, что пришел и привел с собой друга.
31. Я бы очень хотела быть сейчас в Лондоне!
32. Как бы мне хотелось говорить по-китайски так же хорошо, как он.
221
33. Жаль, что вы ведете с нами двойную игру.
34. Как бы мне хотелось, чтобы соседи не включали музыку так
громко. Но ничего не поделаешь, они никогда не думают об окружающих.
35. Жаль, что ты такой беспечный, с тебя как с гуся вода.
36. Жаль, что в Вашей дипломной работе отсутствуют ссылки на
работы этого автора.
37. Жаль, что ты не можешь пойти со мной по магазинам – сейчас
сезон распродаж.
38. Жаль, что этот фильм не дублирован.
39. Мне бы хотелось, чтобы ты наконец перестал меня постоянно
спрашивать, где твои вещи.
40. Жаль, что ты не видел египетские пирамиды.
41. Жаль, что они развелись. Они были такой прекрасной парой.
42. Жаль, что на десерт не подали мороженое.
43. Жаль, что ты все-таки остаешься в стороне от наших дел!
a) Comparison (as if… as though…)
DANCE
as if no one was watching you
LOVE
as if you had never been hurt before
SING
as if no one could hear you
LIVE
as if heaven was on earth.
Subjunctive II or the unreal past tenses can be used after as if/as though
to indicate unreality or improbability or doubt through the structure of
comparison.
The
The
subordinate
main Explanation Example
clause
clause
to be as if smb did the action of the He behaves as if he

to feel as though subordinate clause owned the place.
to look (were doing) is simultaneous It sounds as though
to with the action of they were fighting
sound the main clause upstairs
222
to seem as if smb had shows that the He talks about Rome as
to do, done action of the
though he had been
etc. as though subordinate clause
there himself.
(had been precedes the action
Her eyes were red as if
doing) of the main clause
she had been crying all
night
as if smb the action of the She looked up at me
would do subordinate defiantly as if she
as though clause follows the would turn on me that
action of the main very moment.
clause She spoke as if she
wouldn't be here
Note 1. It is possible to use present tenses after as if / as though if they

denote true facts.
Compare:
It looks as if it is going to rain (It is REALLY going to rain — true fact).
When she came in from the rainstorm, she looked as if she had taken a shower
with her clothes on (She didn’t take a shower with her clothes on — untrue
fact).
Note 2. Special attention should be paid to sentence patterns with the link
verb to be in the negative form.
It's not as if he knew you.
Sentences of this kind are rendered into Russian by means of «Ведь … не
…»
It's not as if he knew you. —Ведь он же не знает тебя.
It's not as if I had interfered. —Ведь я же не вмешивалась.
It won't be as if you were offended. —Ведь ты же не обидишься?
Exercise 84. Comment on the use of Subjunctive II and unreal past

tenses and translate the sentences into Russian:
1. Daniel looks quite exhausted as if he had been working in the yard
since morning.
2. Don't get offended. It's not as if I could do anything for you.
3. Don't reproach me as if somebody could have done more.
4. He was wearing a three-piece suit as if it were some formal occasion.
5. Her stillness and her strange words made me feel as if I were still
dreaming.
223
6. It seemed as if she had made her decision and nothing in the world
could make her change it.
7. It seems as if he knew what to do but pretended to be unaware of
everything.
8. Maurice looks quite exhausted as if he had run ten miles.
9. She sounded as if she were unwilling to accept the invitation.
10. She started as if she had been addressed by a stranger.
11.She was listening and wincing as though she were having a grinding
headache.
12. She will look at you and talk to you as though you were в nobody and
as though nothing you did could change that.
13. There he is again, sitting as if he had a right to come.
14. When he finally broke the silence his voice sounded as though he had
been shouting inside himself.
15. Why does he always speak as if he knew everything better than
anyone else?
Exercise 85. Using the given idea, complete each sentence with as
if / as though:
Example: I wasn't run over by a ten-ton truck.
I feel terrible. I feel as if I had been run over by a ten-ton truck.
1. English is not her native tongue.
She speaks English _____________________________________
2. You didn't see a ghost.
What's the matter? You look _________________________________
3. His animals aren’t people.
I know a farmer who talks to his animals ________________________
4. I didn’t climb Mt. Everest.
When I reached the fourth floor, I was winded. I felt ________________
instead of just three flights of stairs.
5. His father is not a general in the army.
Sometimes his father gives orders _______________________________
6. He does have a brain in his head.
Sometimes he acts __________________________________________
7. We haven't known each other all of our lives.
We became good friends almost immediately. After talking to each other
for only a short time, we felt ____________________________ .
8. A giant bulldozer didn't drive down Main Street.
After the tornado, the town looked _____________________________
224
9. I don't have wings and can't fly.
I was so happy that I felt _____________________________________
10. The child won't burst.
The child was so excited that he looked ________________________
Note. The following sentiments were expressed by Helen Keller, a woman who
was both blind and deaf but who learned to speak and to read using Braille
system.
Use your eyes as if tomorrow you ________ become blind. Hear the music
of voices, the song of a bird, as if you __________ become deaf tomorrow. Touch
each object as if tomorrow you ________ never be able to feel anything
again. Smell the perfume of the flowers and taste with true enjoyment each
bite of food as if tomorrow you __________ never be able to smell and taste
again.
Exercise 86. Open the brackets using the necessary form after as
if / as though:
1. He looked as if he ………. (to step) from the pages of a magazine.
2. It looks as though they ………. (not to expect) us.
3. Her mother knew the young man very well but it seemed as if she
………. (not to want) to admit it.
4. She was at a loss. She felt as if she ………. (to lose) something.
5. It was as if she ………. (to receive) a physical blow and ………. (to rock)
on her feet.
6. Whenever I saw them it looked as though they ………. (to be) on
friendly terms.
7. She looked very pale as if she ………. (not to sleep) much lately.
8. Though we had known each other for a long time she looked as if
she………. (not to believe) me.
9. Don't blame yourself. It's not as if you ………. (to do) it on purpose.
10. Her eyes were sparkling as though she………. (to laugh) at us.
11. He went into the house by the back door as though he ………. (to be
afraid) of being seen.
12. After that incident their lives went on as if nothing ………. (to
happen).
13. The old man's face was red and swollen as if he ………. (to choke).
14. She speaks of the book as if she ………. (to read) it.
15. My words made him turn back and he looked at me as if I ………. (to
go mad).
16. He didn't say a word as though he ………. (not to hear) my question.
225
17. He fixed the knife on the chain as if he ………. (to be afraid) of losing
it.
18. He scarcely replied as if he ………. (not to hear) I was calling.
19. He scarcely replied as if he ………. (not to hear) what I had said.
20. Why do you go on as though you ………. (not to mind) what he's
saying about you?
21. He expected us to listen to him as if what he was saying ………. (to
be) the most reasonable thing in life — which it wasn't.
22. He felt a sort of relief as if he ………. (to reach) a decision which could
change his life completely.
23. He kept asking me to change my mind while there was still time as
if I ………. (to make) a grave mistake.
24. Stop contrasting your life with his as though you ………. (to achieve)
nothing.
25. The chairman offered to make amends as though it ………. (can
change) anything.
26. The boy knows the story by heart as if he ………. (to hear) it many
times.
27. The house looked as though it ………. (not to use) for years.
28. It's not аs if he ………. (to want) to hurt you or something. It was just
a joke, you know.
29. They all felt as if the boy ………. (to conceal) something, but they
couldn't find out what.
30. The room smelt as if someone ………. (to smoke) there.
31. He always looks as if he ………. (to be) a little dumb, but believe me
he's no fool.
32. It looks as if he still ………. (may write) that book he so desperately
wants to publish.
Exercise 87. Translate the sentences with «It is / was not as if …»

into English:
1. Ведь тебе же не двадцать лет!
2. Это была ошибка. Ведь я же не хотел его обидеть.
3. Ведь я же ничего не обещал.
4. Ведь вы же его не знаете.
5. Ведь вы же не разговаривали с ним.
6. Ведь он и сам не знает, чего он хочет.
7. Но ведь вы и не были уставшими.
8. Но вы же не враги!
226
9. По-моему, так будет хорошо. Ведь вы не собираетесь вмешиваться.
10.Останьтесь, ведь еще не слишком поздно!
Exercise 88. Paraphrase the following sentences using

Subjunctive II or unreal past tenses after as if/as though:
1. Danny stopped as if having just realised what she was saying.
2. “What's the matter?” he asked as if not knowing the reason.
3. He left so quickly one might think someone was pursuing him.
4. Eon was asking one question after another as if in a hurry to get all
the information he could.
5. She passed by as if not recognising him.
6. She clasped her hands as though having received a death blow.
7. On seeing her note he stood as if struck.
8. “Why are you staring at me? Have I grown a third eye?”
9. Johnny paused as if searching for words.
10. On hearing the news, he stood as if shocked.
11. “What's wrong with you?” she asked as if not knowing the reason.
12. He stood motionless as if struck.
13. He paid no attention to my words as if having heard the news several
days before.

1. Don't pout. It's not аs if ...
2. Stay back! It's not as if ...
3. The cake tastes as if ...
4. Your words sound as though ...
5. She was desperate. She felt as though ...
6. He looks suicidal. It is as if ...
7. He beamed at me. It was as if ...
8. He was on the verge of tears. He sounded as if ...
9. How can you speak like this? It's not as if…
10. Why are you in a hurry? It's not as if…
11. You are wet through. It looks as if…
12. Don't treat him as if he …
13. Will you stop discussing me as if I….. ?
14. It won't be as if…
15. Jane hid the book she was reading as if ...
16. He lay motionlessly as though ...
17. He is standing speechless as if ...
227
18. She is sobbing wildly as if ...
19. The police launched investigation as if ...
20. He gave the problem little consideration as if …

1. Ведь я же вам ничего не обещал.
2. Не смейте вести себя с ней, как с ребенком.
3. Кажется, они уже ушли, на улице никого нет.
4. Он говорит так серьезно, как будто бы это вопрос жизни и смерти.
5. Кажется, я знаю вас много лет.
6. Комната выглядит так, как будто бы в ней никогда не жили.
7. Мама с удивлением посмотрела на нас, словно не поняла, что
происходит.
8. Ведь мы же так не договаривались.
9. Почему ты так говоришь? Ведь ты же не ребенок.
10. Не удивляйся, он будет вести себя так, словно это была не его вина,
словно он сделал все, чтобы спасти ситуацию.
11. Он в замешательстве встал на углу улицы, словно не знал куда
идти.
12. Почему у тебя такой вид, словно ты не веришь нам? Ведь мы же
раньше никогда тебя не обманывали.
13. Он выглядит так, словно никогда не слышал об этом.
14. Почему ты говоришь так, словно никогда не ошибаешься?
15. Почему вы изображаете, будто никогда не видели его?
16. Почему Вы расстроились? Ведь никто не смог бы сделать это
лучше Вас.
17. Ты говоришь, что веришь своему другу, но в то же время ведешь
себя с ним так, будто он- твой враг.
18. У тебя такой усталый вид, будто ты всю ночь работала.
19. Через несколько дней он будет говорить так, будто ничего не
произошло.
20. Она счастлива, гляньте на нее. Она выглядит так, будто
помолодела на несколько лет.
21. Он утверждает, что у него было ощущение, что его надули.
22. Взрыв был очень сильным. Стало светло, как днем.
23. Он выглядит так, будто он- победитель.
24. Она не остановилась, словно не слышала, что ее зовут.
25. Вы выглядите так, словно работали несколько недель без
выходных.
228
26. Он все время смотрел на часы, словно куда-то спешил.
27. Она смотрит на мио так, словно он принадлежит ей.
28. Он посмотрел на меня так, словно я сказал что-то не то.
29. Прохожий не остановился, словно не слышал, как машина
сигналит ему.
30. Она знала эти места, словно жила тут всю свою жизнь.
31. Он имел такой вид, словно не его ученик, а он сам – победитель в
соревнованиях.
32. Казалось, дождю конца не будет.
33. Казалось, будто ничего не произошло.
34. Когда смотришь на Аю-Даг, возникает ощущение, будто огромный
медведь родошел к морю и лег на берегу, протянувшись к воде.
35. У него было ощущение, словно гора с плеч свалилась.
36. Я сидел у костра, и мне казалось, что кто-то стоит за спиной и
угрюмо смотрит мне в затылок.
37. Жара мучила нас. Было душно, сухо и казалось, будто лес горит в
лучах солнца. Даже было такое чувство, будто стоит запах паленого.
REVISION: SUBJUNCTIVE II AND UNREAL PAST TENSES IN

CERTAIN SENTENCE PATTERNS
Exercise 91. Underline the most suitable verb form in each

sentence:
1. A cheque is all right, but I'd rather you pay/paid me cash.
2. I'd rather we stay/stayed at home this Christmas for a change.
3. If only I have/had/would have a screwdriver with me.
4. If you want to catch the last train, it's time you leave/left.
5. I'd rather you don't/didn't tell anyone about our conversation.
6. I've got a terrible headache. If only I didn't drink/hadn't drunk that
wine.
7. If you don't mind, I'd sooner you practised/had practised/would
practise your violin somewhere else.
8. It's high time you learn/learned to look after yourself.
9. Jean thinks that everyone likes her. If only she knows/knew what
people say behind her back!
Exercise 92. Rewrite the sentence so that it contains the word in

capitals and has the same meaning
I advise you not to make any hasty decisions. WERE
229
I would’t make any hasty decisions, if I were you.
1. He pretends to be in charge of the office. BEHAVES
__________________________________________________________
2. Please don't bring the dog with you. RATHER
__________________________________________________________
3. I regret selling my old car. WISH
__________________________________________________________
4. Please don't call me again. RATHER
__________________________________________________________
5. It's a pity you're leaving in the morning. WISH
__________________________________________________________
6. I don't think you should drink any more. BETTER
__________________________________________________________
7. I'd like to find the answer to this problem. WISH
__________________________________________________________
Exercise 93. Put each verb in brackets into a suitable verb form:
Example: What can we do to get in touch with Robert? If only we (know)
knew his phone number.
1. Come on children! It's time you ………. (be) in bed.
2. Actually I'd rather you ………. (not smoke) in here.
3. Suppose you ………. (see) a ghost. What would you do?
4. I'm so annoyed about my car accident. If only I ………. (be) more
careful!
5. It's high time you ………. (start) working more seriously.
6. I'd rather you ………. (not put) your coffee on top of my book.
7. I've no idea where we are! If only we ………. (have) a map.
8. Your hair is rather long. Don't you think it's time you ………. (have) a
haircut?
9. Visiting museums is interesting, but I'd sooner we ………. (go)
swimming.

similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in capitals.
Do not change the word. You must use between two and five words,
including the word given.
It would be nice to be able to fly a plane.
COULD
I wish I could fly a plane.
230
1. Please don't eat in the classroom. YOU
I'd rather _____________________classroom.
2. I think we should leave now. WE
I think it's ____________________ left.
3. What a pity we ate all the food. ONLY
If ____________________ all the food.
4. It's a shame we don't have a video. WISH
I ____________________ a video.
5. Don't shout all the time, it's so annoying! WOULDN'T
I ____________________ shout all the time.
6. I don't want you to buy me a present. SOONER
I'd ____________________ buy me a present.
7. I don't like being so tall. WISH
I ____________________ so tall.
8. We ought to start work now. STARTED
It's ____________________ work.
9. I regret not going to university. HAD
I ____________________ to university.
Exercise 95. Write a new sentence with the same meaning,

beginning as shown.
Example: It seems that more and more young people will go into higher
education in the future.
It seems as if more and more young people will go into higher education
in the future.
1. Most parents want their children to study a
useful subject leading to a good job.
Most parents would rather
_________________________________________
2. Students, however, usually want their parents to
let them make their own choices.
Students, however, usually wish
______________________________________
3. Later on, though, some students regret not
having chosen their courses more carefully.
Later on, though, some students wish
___________________________________
4. University advisers don't usually want students to choose a subject
simply because they think they are good at it.
231
University advisers usually prefer students
_____________________________________________
5. The usual advice is: “Think about what kind of work you want to do in
the future.”
The usual advice is: “If I ______________________________________”
6. Some students seem from their behaviour to be only interested in
having a good time.
Some students behave as ______________________________________
7. When they leave university, many students regret not having worked
harder.
When they leave university, many students wish
_____________________________________________
8. They also think they will never repay their student loans.
It also seems to them as ______________________________________
9. Universities should now pay more attention to students’ financial
problems.
It's _______________________________________________________
Exercise 96. Choose the correct option, A, B or C, to complete the

sentences about the generation gap.
1. It's time that older people __C__ listening to what younger people say.
2. Some older people treat teenagers as if they ______ all dangerous
criminals.
3. Some older people wish there ___________ more police officers on the
street, and blame all bad behaviour on the young.
4. Perhaps it's time that young people __________ more responsibly
towards other people.
5. Generally speaking, young people
_________ spend their time with other young
people.
6. Many older people __________ the world
to be just the same as it was when they were
young.
7. Older people also wish that young people ____________ more politely.
8. Some people think ___________ that 16-year-olds were given the vote.
9. Many young people, however, have no faith in politics, and just wish
the world ___________ different.
10. Some of them __________ if everyone just left them alone and
stopped asking them for their opinions.
232
1. A would start B start C started
2. A were B would C prefer
3. A were B had been C are
4. A acted B would act C act
5. A wish B would rather C hope
6. A rather B would prefer C as though
7. A had B didn’t behave C would behave
behaved
8. A as if B it’s time C they wouldn’t
prefer
9. A is B had been C were
10. A would B as though C would prefer it
rather
Exercise 97. Complete the text using one word in each gap.
NEIGHBOURS AND NOISE
Do you ever wish that your neighbours (a) would turn down their music?
Perhaps you're trying to sleep and you wish
that the people next-door (b) _________ not be
holding an all-night barbecue party in their
garden. Or do you feel it is (c) ______ you
moved to an uninhabited island? Don't worry
— you are just another victim of noise
pollution. Of course, most people would prefer
(d) _________ if cars (e) ________ no noise at all,
neighbours (f) _________ as quiet as mice, and nobody (g) ________ about the
streets in cars with open windows and high-powered sound systems. You may
even wish you (h) ________ stop children from playing in the street, or planes
from passing overhead. But in the end, if I (i) ______ you I (j) _______ just get
used to it. Close the windows, buy some earplugs, laugh and turn up your own
stereo. Just act (k) ________ if the noise (l)________ simply not there! Who
knows, perhaps it will go away!
GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: WISHES AND REGRETS
Exercise 98. Discuss the questions:

1. What is something you can't do, but you wish you could do?
233
2. What do you wish you were doing right now?
3. What is something you don't have but wish you had?
4. What is something that didn't happen yesterday, but that you wish
had happened?
5. What is something that has never happened in your life, but that you
wish would happen?
6. What is something that happened in your life, but that you wish had
not happened?
7. What is something you have to do but wish you didn't have to do?
8. What is something that will not happen tomorrow, but that you wish
would happen?
9. What is something you don't know but wish you knew?
10. What is something you were unable to do yesterday, but you wish
you could have done?
Exercise 99. Using the given ideas, create sentences with wish. Add
something that explains why you are making that wish:
Example: be different
I wish my name were different. I've never liked having «Daffodil» as my
first name.
go to the moon
I wish I could go to the moon for a vacation. It would be fun
to be able to leap long distances in the moon's lighter gravity.
 be more patient and understanding
 read people's minds
 be different
 travel by instant teleportation
 know several world leaders personally
 remember everything I read
 speak every language in the world
 interview some great people in history
 be a big movie star
 be born in the 19th century
Exercise 100. a) Read the information about Scott and Tracy and
answer the questions below
1. How long have Scott and Tracy been going out?
2. How did they meet?
3. Why do you think Tracy’s promotion caused problems between them?
234
4. How does Scott feel now about his cheating?
5. Why does Tracy suspect that Sharon may be involved?
This is Scott who has been with his This is Tracy who has been
girlfriend, Tracy, for 3 years. They met with her boyfriend, Scott, for 3
when Scott was having a relationship years. Scott was having a
with Sharon, Tracy’s best friend. It was relationship with her best
love at first sight, so he decided to friend, Sharon, when they met.
finish his relationship with Sharon and She’s sorry that she caused the
start one with Tracy. In the beginning, split of their relationship, and
they spent most of their time together has felt too guilty to keep being
and got along perfectly. About a year friends with Sharon, but felt
ago, however, Tracy got promoted at instantly attracted to Scott.
work and since then she has been Tracy and Scott couldn’t see
spending more time at the office and enough of each other at the
less time with him. It has resulted in a start of their relationship but
lot of problems and arguments. Even recently they’ve been spending
though Scott finished with Sharon to be less and less time together and
with Tracy they decided to keep in have been having more and
touch as friends and have been in more arguments. She got
regular contact over the last few years. promoted to office manager at
About a month ago Scott spent the work about a year ago and
evening with Sharon, while Tracy was since then has had to spend a
working overtime, and ended up telling lot more time at the office. She
her about the difficulties he and Tracy loves her new position and the
were experiencing. Sharon confessed challenges it brings and doesn’t
that she wasn’t upset to hear that their understand why Scott isn’t
relationship wasn’t as perfect as she’d more supportive of her. Tracy
imagined and admitted that she was has noticed that within the last
still in love with Scott. Scott spent the month Scott has become more
night with Sharon, but the next day distant and irritable. If she
woke up and instantly regretted it. He asks him any questions about
235
realised that Tracy is definitely the one where he was or what he was
he wants to be with, despite their doing he loses his temper and
problems. For the last month Scott has accuses her of not trusting him.
been worrying himself sick about his She doesn’t know why but her
actions, so much so that it’s been intuition tells her that it has
affecting his job and his boss has something to do with Sharon.
warned him that if his work doesn’t She hopes that she is wrong
improve soon he will be fired
b) Make up sentences starting with «I wish» about: a) Scott’s

possible wishes and regrets: b) Tracy’s possible wishes and regrets
c) Act out a conversation between Scott and Tracy where they

finally decide to sit down and talk honestly to each other about their
feelings, their wishes and their regrets. You can start it in the
following way:
Tracy: Scott, can you sit down? I think it’s about time we discussed a few
things, don’t you?
Scott: Well, I suppose you’re right. There’s something that I think I really
need to get off my chest.
2.2 Subjunctive I: traditional use
Subjunctive I is formed with the help of the stem verb and now it is only
found in a few set phrases which are a survival of the old use of this mood.
New sentences cannot be formed on this pattern.
Be this (that) as it may... Как бы там ни было ...
Come what will. Будь, что будет.
Far be it from me… Я далек от того, чтобы ... У меня и в мыслях
не было …
God save the Queen! Боже, храни королеву!
God bless you. Да благословит тебя Господь! / Будь здоров!
(когда кто-либо чихает)
Happen what may... Что произойдет, то произойдет ..., что будет,
то будет ...
Heaven forbid. Боже, упаси!
Let it be so. Пускай будет так.
Long live the Queen! Да здравствует королева!
236
Manners be hanged. К черту хорошие манеры.
(May) success attend Пускай Вас сопровождает успех!
you!
So be it. Пусть будет так.
Suffice to say that... Хватит сказать, что ...
Exercise 101. Read the national anthem of the United Kingdom of

Great Britain and Northern Ireland and its translation into Russian.
Underline all the cases of the traditional use of the Present
Subjunctive and analyze the way it is translated into Russian.
God Save the King/Queen «Боже, храни

Короля/Королеву!»
God save our gracious Queen, Боже, храни нашу великодушную
Long live our noble Queen, Королеву,
God save the Queen: Да здравствует наша благородная
Send her victorious, Королева,
Happy and glorious, Боже, храни Королеву.
Long to reign over us: Дай ей ратных побед,
God save the Queen. Счастья и славы,
И долгого царствования над нами,
Боже, храни Королеву.
2 2
O Lord, our God, arise, Господи Боже наш, восстань,
Scatter her enemies, Рассей её врагов
And make them fall. И приведи к погибели.
Confound their politics, Посрами усилия их государств,
Frustrate their knavish tricks, Расстрой их подлые уловки,
On Thee our hopes we fix, На Тебя возлагаем нашу надежду,
God save us all. Боже, храни всех нас..
3 3
Thy choicest gifts in store, Твои избранные дары
237
On her be pleased to pour; Благоволи излить на неё;
Long may she reign: Да царствует она долго.
May she defend our laws, Да защищает она наши законы,
And ever give us cause И да дарует нам повод
To sing with heart and voice Воспевать сердцем и голосом:
God save the our Queen Боже, храни Королеву.
Exercise 102. Complete the sentences with the phrases in the box:
come what may suffice it to say be that as it may God forbid
so be it far be it from me
1. If , ....... , you were to die, who'd run the business?

2. I don't want to explain. ..... Aunt Sarah is coming to stay after all.
3. If you really want to drop out of college, then ......
4. ........., I'm determined to finish decorating my room this weekend.
5. ........ to tell you what to do, but you'd be mad to marry him.
6. “This medicine tastes horrible!” — “ ....... , it will cure your cough.”

1. Пусть живет наш король!
2. Пусть будет проклята эта политика!
3. Достаточно заметить, что они знают друг друга уже много лет.
4. У меня и в мыслях не было обижать его!
5. Пусть будет, что будет. Я не откажусь от своих слов.
6. Что произойдет, то произойдет, но я не изменю своего решения.
7. На вашем месте я бы поступил иначе. — Достаточно сказать, что я
— не вы.
8. Пусть, что там будет, пойду прямо к директору и расскажу ему все,
что думаю.
9. Как бы там ни было, вы были обязаны предупредить нас об отказе
принимать участие в соревнованиях.
10.К черту манеры! Он просто глупец!
2.3 Subjunctive I and Suppositional Mood in sentence patterns
1) We often use the Suppositional Mood in that-clauses after verbs

connected with suggestions, requests, recommendations or orders. These
patterns are typical of the mass media style, mostly related to the social and
political issues.
238
The public insist that urgent measures should be taken. – Общественность
настаивает на том, чтобы были предприняты неотложные меры.
It is necessary that the animals in captivity should receive proper care. —
Необходимо, чтобы за животными, находящимися в неволе, ухаживали
надлежащим образом.
In more formal English and in American English Subjunctive I is
used instead.
I suggested that he take a break.
It is necessary that you carry out the experiment within two days.
Mind that in the case of the Suppositional Mood only the simple
infinitive is used because suggestions, requests, recommendations or
orders imply reference to the future.
It is/was/will be advisable that smb It's important that she

important should do should remember to take
to think it requested smth her medicine twice a day
to believe it desirable /that smb do =
to consider it demanded smth It's important that she
to find it arranged remember to take her
essential medicine twice a day.
imperative
necessary
ordered
to suggest that smb We insist that the money
to demand should do should be available to all
to insist smth the clients. = We insist
to order that smb do that the money be
to arrange smth available to all the
to request clients
suggestion that smb He made an
demand should do arrangement that she
order smth should not be
arrangement that smb do interviewed = He made
request smth an arrangement that she
recommendation not be interviewed
wish
motion rule
239
2) Should is also used in that-clauses when we talk about our reaction
to something we are reporting. (emotional should)
It is natural that she should want to come. — Понятно, что она тоже хочет
прийти.
The perfect infinitive after should is sometimes used when referring to
past events.
It is natural that she should have wanted to come. — Понятно, что она
тоже хотела прийти.
Note 1. Mind that Subjunctive I is not used in this pattern.
Note 2. The simple infinitive is used after should to express an action

simultaneous with or following that of the main clause. The perfect infinitive
is used to express a preceding action.
It is /was / will be characteristic It's not surprising that

natural they should be seen
to think it strange together — they're
to believe it odd brothers.
to consider it doubtful She believed it
to find it curious that smb impossible that
impossible should do anybody should have
surprising smth succeeded where he
understandable /that smb had failed
unpleasant should
a pity have done
a shame smth
to be surprised I’m sorry that you
to be astonished should think so
to be sorry
to be pleased
to doubt

sentences. Translate the sentences.
1. Danny was determined that his plan should be realised and
his brother should leave the house.
2. Didn’t you think it best that everything be settled quietly?
3. Don’t you find it strange that he should be checking all the
240
papers himself? What’s wrong?
4. I consider it probable that they should have been given a
negative answer.
5. I demanded that everything be done exactly as we planned.
6. I find it highly improbable that we should receive no answer
at all: we will, but not the answer you hope for.
7. I insist that you should not interfere with our project.
8. I promise I’ll see to it that the experiment should be carried
out on time.
9. Isn’t it doubtful that the journalists should have been given
such an evasive answer?
10. It is absolutely obligatory that all children here should wear
uniform.
11. It’s highly improbable that she should be thinking of you now.
12. It’s necessary that no one should breathe a word about it to her.
13. It’s so strange that your colleagues should have disagreed with you.
14. My advice is that you should take someone with you.
15. My dearest wish is that my daughter should marry a young man I
could approve of.
16. Our suggestion was that we take a tour round the city before going
to the gallery.
17. She found it unbelievable that Johnny shouldn’t have been admitted
to the club.
18. They feel it advisable that the general public be kept in the dark
about the matter.
19. We have arranged that our department should be informed about all
new plans.
Exercise 105. Paraphrase the following sentences according to

the pattern:
Pattern: It's necessary for you to put off that call.
It's necessary that you (should) put off that call.
It was recommended to forget the whole matter.
It was recommended that the whole matter (should) be forgotten.
1. It is requested to report all breaks in the procedure at once.
2. It was considered obligatory then for the girls to learn to dance.
3. He thought it unnecessary to maintain the Department at its
present size.
4. I believe it dangerous for him to be going around asking questions.
241
5. I felt it impossible for the book to have been published so soon.
6. I find it advisable for her not to conduct that interview herself.
7. It is recommended to inform your tutor about your progress.
8. It’s better for you not to answer back!
9. She found it important to chair the meeting herself.
10. Terry finds it best to exclude Robert from all sources of
information.
11. Why do you find it obligatory for us to participate in this farce?

pattern:
Pattern: I wanted them to talk in undertones. (to suggest)
I suggested that they should talk in undertones.
1. He wanted every point of view to be taken into consideration, (to
insist)
2. He wanted me to sit down. (to suggest)
3. The doctors wanted him to go to hospital and to be operated on as soon
as possible. (to propose)
4. I want you to remain close by, just in case, (to request)
5. We wanted to be invited to the final meeting. (to arrange)
6. I want you to go to a store and pick out some books for me. (to request)
7. Celia’s mother wanted her to collect alimony from her ex-husband. (to
urge)
8. We want to reach some agreement here and now. (to be
determined)
9. Charles wanted his boss’s candidacy to be considered, but the others
were unpersuaded. (to urge)

a)
1. The manager recommended ...
2. The students demanded ...
3. We have arranged ...
4. The judge ruled ...
5. The doctors recommended ...
1. The police ordered ...
2. The shareholders demanded ...
3. The employees insisted ...
4. The parents were determined ...
242
5. The passenger requested ...
b)
1. The instruction ... was followed.
2. The motion ... was supported by the majority.
3. I support your demand ...
4. I have nothing against your wish ...
5. The proposal... intrigued me.
6. would be …
7. He voiced his curious idea ...
8. The doctor’s order was ...
9. My parents’ ambition is ...
10. Our common suggestion is ...
11. The next plan was ...
12. The patient’s request was ...
13. His lawyer’s advice was ...
14. Their secret plan was ...
15. Everyone was one hundred per cent sure that their next
suggestion would be …

1. Больной попросил, чтобы его перевели в другую палату.
2. Большинство проголосовала за предложение, которое состояло в
том, чтобы отложить обсуждения этого вопроса на некоторое время.
3. Вам необходимо выехать как можно скорее.
4. Доктор считает, что мне необходимо бросить курить.
5. Единственное приемлемое предложение состояло в том, чтобы
оставить все как есть.
6. Желательно, чтобы вы приняли участие в выставке.
7. Кто предложил, чтобы мы приняли участие в конкурсе?
8. Режиссер распорядился, чтобы никто не входил в зал во время
репетиции.
9. Директор выразила общее пожелание всех сотрудников, чтобы
часть столовой была отведена для некурящих.
10. Мистер Грин подумал, что просьба Майка о повышении зарплаты
несвоевременна.
11. Мне не кажется, что такое поведение нормально.
12. Мое единственное пожелание — не разрешайте ему сделать все
по-своему.
243
13. Мой вам совет — начните готовиться к экзамену заранее.
14. Наша цель состоит в том, чтобы обеспечить всем участникам
конкурса равные возможности.
15. Он настоял на том, чтобы ему предоставили все условия для
занятий.
16. Он считает, что для нас лучше было бы забыть об этом дело.
17. Почему вы считает важным, чтобы в книге было упомянуто его
фамилия?
18. Предложение, которое состояло в том, чтобы сделать перерыв,
устроило всех.
19. Рекомендуется прочитать текст целиком, прежде чем браться за
перевод.
20. Необходимо, чтобы дети знали правила дорожного движения.
Exercise 109. Complete the following sentences (emotional should

+ different types of the infinitives):
1. I find it curious ...
2. His surprise ... was obvious.
3. Everyone found it amusing ...
4. Why do you feel it funny ...?
5. I usually think it surprising ...
6. I consider it highly doubtful ...
7. It’s incredible ...
8. Is it possible ...?
9. Isn’t it curious ...?
10. It’s typical...
11. It’s odd ..., isn’t it?
12. It’s funny ...
13. Isn’t it surprising ...?
14. Isn’t it splendid ...?
15. It’s amusing...
Exercise 110. Paraphrase the following sentences:

Pattern: I consider it impossible for him to have gone there alone.
I consider it impossible that he should have gone there alone.
1. Didn’t they suppose it strange for the troops to have been withdrawn
so suddenly?
2. Do you believe it true for her to have been taken ill so suddenly?
3. Don’t you find it ridiculous that they have been living here for more
244
than a year and still don’t know anything or anyone?
4. Don’t you think it wonderful for us to have been invited there? We’ll
see all the celebrities!
5. I find it shocking to be treated like that!
6. Isn't it amazing that he got so near to the truth without any assistance?
7. They consider it of vital importance to receive correct data.
8. It was only right for them to have agreed.
9. It was thought unbelievable for the junior staff members to complain.
10. It was thought unusual but not too strange for a person of his status
not to have gone to that conference.
11. It’s doubtful they produced such good results.
12. It’s strange for the case to have been solved so fast.
13. It’s unbelievable for ten-year-olds to have put up such a good show!
14. It’s very unusual for them to have admitted a stranger into their
company.
15. Margaret thought it dangerous to switch off the power herself.
Exercise 111. Use the infinitives in brackets in the correct form:

1. Didn’t you think it strange that he ………. (to give) time off for
good behaviour?
2. Do you think it desirable that your children ………. (to make) to
wear uniform?
3. Do you think it doubtful that they ………. (to threaten) by a
blackmailer and had to pay him?
4. Don’t you find it surprising that a nine-year- old ………. (to solve)
a Rubik’s Cube so quickly?
5. Everyone found it surprising that she ………. (to make) such
efforts to educate herself.
6. He hated to upset her, but it was so important that she ………. (to
understand), that his motives ………. (to perceived) by someone.
7. How unfortunate that you ………. (to let) that topic dominate your
talk! You could have avoided that, you know.
8. How wonderful that someone ………. (to think) of everything
beforehand!
9. I feel it advisable that you ………. (to practise) more.
10. I found it shocking that Jean ………. (to bar) from the graduation
ceremony, though I can’t approve of what she had done.
11. I had been having a grinding headache for an hour. Now it was slowly
draining away and I sat nailed to my seat, finding it unbelievable that no one
245
………. (to notice) what was going on before their eyes.
12. I think it doubtful that his yesterday’s lecture ………. (to attend) by
so many students: he is not what I would call a good teacher.
13. I thought it strange that I ………. (to fail) to think of Percodan before.
14. Is it possible that the Board ………. (to give) serious thought to that
idea?
15. Isn’t it advisable that everything ………. (to put) in writing?
16. Isn’t it strange that they ………. (to expect) an answer all those
months? Why didn’t they drop the whole thing?
17. It was only right that this company’s products ………. (to boycott).
18. It was recommended that the out-dated system ………. (to replace)
with something more modern.
19. It’s highly unlikely that he ………. (to give) help — no one would have
wanted to support him.
20. It’s improbable that he ………. (to bite) by his own dog.
21. It’s necessary that we ………. (to help) him.
22. It’s strange that they ………. (to help) him — usually he doesn’t
accept support from anyone.
23. It’s unlikely that your problem ………. (to bring) to their attention
already.
24. We consider it incredible that he ………. (to write) yet another page-
turner: everyone thought he had exhausted that theme.

1. Арчи не поверил, что друзья могли так подвести его.
2. Вам не кажется странным, что за все это время Фил не дал о
себе знать?
3. Все одобрили план, который состоял в том, чтобы сначала
выслушать экспертов, а затем принимать решение.
4. Директор выдал инструкцию, согласно которой все сотрудники,
который не курят, должны получать большую зарплату.
5. Инспектор захотел пересмотреть некоторые правила
безопасности.
6. Итан потребовал, чтобы ему предоставили возможность
ознакомиться со всеми документами, которые относятся к делу.
7. Как странно, что Бет не сообщила, где она находится.
8. Комиссия предложила представить наши требования в
письменном виде.
9. Кто придумал разбить лагерь здесь?
246
10. Меня расстроило ваше распоряжение о том, чтобы наш отдел
был закрыт.
11. Меня удивила его просьба о том, чтобы ему разрешили
посмотреть на портрет до того, как он был закончен.
12. Мне кажется невероятным, чтобы ему разрешили поехатьтуда
одному.
13. Мое предложение сводилось к тому, чтобы перенести заседание
кафедры на другой день.
14. Наше предложение состояло в том, разработать новую
программу исследований.
15. Не кажется ли вам странным, что его уже несколько дней никто
не видел?
16. Не может быть, чтобы вам не дали возможности доказать, что
вы здесь не причем.
17. Не может быть, чтобы вы не встречались раньше — он вел себя
так, словно хорошо вас знает.
18. Не может быть, чтобы вы собрались так быстро.
19. Невероятно, что он уже на ногах после такой сложной
операции.
20. Почему то, что с ним там плохо обращались, кажется вам
невозможным?
21. Странно, что никто до сих пор не додумался до такого простого
решения.
22. То, как Джейн вела себя при встрече с Вами, совершенно
необычно. На нее это не похоже.
23. То, что Тим с ним теперь не разговаривает, кажется мне
абсолютно естественным, а Вам?
24. Необходимо, чтобы все придерживались этого правила.
25. Я нахожу маловероятным, чтобы его мнение учли.
26. Я ни на чем не настаивал. Я только выразил пожелание, чтобы
в следующий раз этот вопрос без меня не обсуждали.
2.4. Modal verbs in certain sentence patterns: fear and purpose
The modal verbs can/could, may/might, will/would are used in certain

sentence patterns:
1) to express fear, anxiety
247
to fear that smb may/might She worried that they
to worry do smth could miss the train. —
to be afraid can/could Она боялась, что они
to be uneasy опоздают на поезд.
that smb may/might
have done smth
can/could
fear that smb may/might Her constant worry was
worry do smth that she might have made
anxiety can/could a grave mistake. — Она
постоянно волновалась,
that smb may/might что совершила ужасную
have done smth ошибку.
can/could
Note 1. The simple infinitive is used after may/might, can/could to express

an action simultaneous with or following the state of fear.
The perfect infinitive is used to express an action preceding the state of
fear:
She fears that her husband may learn about her past. — Она боялась, что
ее муж узнает о ее прошлом.
She fears that her husband may have learnt about her past. — Она боялась,
что ее муж уже узнал о ее прошлом.
2) to express purpose
These men risk their lives so
that we may live more safely. —
Эти мужчины рискуют
своими жизнями для того,
smb will/would do чтобы мы могли жить в
smth безопасности.
so that
can/could do smth They wrote the notices in several
may/might do languages so that foreign
smth tourists could understand them.
— Они написали объявления
на нескольких языках для
того, чтобы иностранцы их
поняли.
248
Note 2. Can, will, may are used when the main verb is in a present, present
perfect or future tense; could, might and would are used when the main
verb is in a past tense.
I have given/will give him a key so that he can get into the house whenever he
likes.
I gave him a key so that he could get into the house whenever he liked.
Note 3. The conjunction lest means (1) for fear that, or (2) in order to avoid.
It is followed by something the speaker thinks should be avoided. We’re going
to proofread this twice lest we make errors. – Мы собираемся еще раз
прочитать написанное, чтобы не допустить ошибок.
Let us get to the station early, lest we should miss our connection. – Давайте
поедем на вокзал пораньше, чтобы не пропустить поезд, на который
необходимо пересесть.
Exercise 113. Choose one of these verbs to complete these

sentences:
be (2) find give have chosen have missed know
catch lose (2) be punished
1. Mother worries that Jane may ...... cold in the open air.
2. I feared that they might not ........ the way.
3. She worried that they might ........ the way in the fog.
4. Don't you fear that she may ... short-sighted like her father?
5. She had a constant worry that she might a burden to her family.
6. I have no fear that I may .................. the wrong way.
7. Her hidden fear was that she might .... her eyesight.
8. This fear was that she might ..................... something of value in life.
9. He feared that his voice might........... him away.
10. The girl was afraid that her parents might ..... out everything and she
might .............................................................................
Exercise 114. Express apprehension about the statements given

below:
Example. He is ill. I'm afraid that he may be ill.
He missed the train. I'm afraid that he may have missed the train.
1. The early frosts will damage the young apple-trees.
2. Something will happen to spoil that all.
3. People noticed her shabby dress and mended gloves.
4. They did not return.
249
5. He will be out when we come.
6. She saw it in the papers.
7. The dog bit the postman.
8. He ate something that did not agree with him.

sentences. Translate the sentences.
1. She opens the window every morning so that the children may get
some fresh air.
2. I closed the door so that we might not be overheard.
3. I’ve made a copy for you so that there will be no doubts.
4. He spoke loudly and clearly so that he could be heard.
5. You’ll have to give him a hand in order that he may cope with all his
responsibilities.

clauses of purpose:
1. He killed the men who helped him to bury the treasure. He wanted
nobody but himself to know where it was.
2. Put the cork back. Someone may knock the bottle over.
3. They want repair work to continue day and night.
4. The girl packed the vase in polyester foam. She didn't want it to get
broken in the post.
5. He wore a false beard. He didn't want anyone to recognize him.
6. She built a high wall round her garden. She didn't want her fruit to be
stolen.
7. They talked in whispers. They didn't want me to overhear them.
8. You ought to take some serum with you. You may get bitten by a
snake.
9. Aeroplanes carry parachutes. The crew can escape in case of fire.
I am insuring my life. I want my children to have something to live on if I am
killed.
10. Please shut the gate. I don't want the cows to get out of the field.
11. He telephoned from a public call-box. He didn't want the call to be
traced to his own address.
12. I am putting nets over my strawberry plants. I don't want the birds
to eat all the strawberries.
13. We keep a spade in the house. There may be a heavy fall of snow in
the night.
250
14. We put bars on the lower windows. We didn't want anyone to climb
in.
15. You should carry a jack in your car. You may have a puncture.
16. We built the roof with a steep slope. We wanted the snow to slide off
easily.
17. The notices are written in several languages. The government wants
everyone to understand them.
18. I put my address on my dog's collar. I want anyone who finds him to
know where he comes from.
19. She tied a bell round her cat's neck. She wanted the birds to know
when he was approaching.
20. Bring your gun with you. We may be attacked.
21. I have put wire over my chimney-pots. I don't want birds to build
nests in them.
22. Write your name in the book. He may forget who lent it to him.
23. He chained up the lioness at night. He didn't want her to frighten
anyone.
24. Don't put on any more coal. The chimney may catch fire.
25. The burglar cut the telephone wires. He didn't want me to call the
police.
26. Take a torch with you. It may be dark before you get back.
27. The manufacturers have made the taps of their new gas cooker very
stiff. They don't want young children to be able to turn them on.
28. Don't let the baby play with my glasses. He may break them.
29. The debate on education has been postponed. The government want
to discuss the latest crisis.
30. If someone knocks at the door at night don't open it. It may be the
escaped convict.
Exercise 117. Complete the following sentences using adverbial

clauses of purpose:
1. We took a taxi...
2. They telephoned the manager ...
3. He concentrated on his work ...
4. She practises every day ...
5. You must find a good dentist...
6. They never punish their children ...
7. I put a notice there ...
8. They slowed down the investigation ...
251
9. He took great risks ...
10. He had an ansaphone installed in his study ...
11. The company commissioned a computer expert ...
12. Don’t hold back your views ...
13. He sent his son to a prep-school ...
14. Change your approach ...

1. Мы все боялись, как бы крыша дома не свалилась.
2. Преподаватель объяснил правило еще раз, чтобы все было
понятно.
3. Смотрите под ноги, чтобы не упасть.
4. Мне кажется, что постоянный страх, как бы его не уволили, не
имеет никаких оснований.
5. Я сообщаю вам об этих изменениях для того, чтобы вы еще раз
обдумали мое предложение.
6. Закройте дверь, чтобы не было сквозняка.
7. Она отвернулась, чтобы никто не заметил, что она плакала.
8. Большинство побаивалось, как бы положение не ухудшилось еще
больше.
9. Ей пришлось вмешаться в их спор, чтобы они не поссорились
окончательно.
10. Включи настольную лампу, чтобы тебе было удобнее работать.
11. Услышав, что Питер возвращается, Джил положила конверт на
место и закрыла ящик, чтобы он не заметил, что она что-то искала.
12. Ему пришлось повторить стих еще раз, чтобы не забыть его.
13. Полицейские обошли всех соседей, чтобы узнать, не слышали ли
они что-нибудь.
14. Он боялся, чтобы конкуренты не получили доступ к секретной
информации.
15. Когда дети поздно возвращались домой, мама побаивалась, как
бы с ними что-нибудь не случилось.
16. Опасения, как бы его обман не раскрылся, мешали ему
сосредоточиться.
17. Тим просил тщательно обернуть вазу, чтобы она не разбилась.
18. Мы побаивались, как бы эти слухи не помешали объективному
рассмотрению дела.
19. Этот знак поставлен тут, чтобы все обратили внимание на
опасность.
252
20. Я произнесу его фамилию по буквам, чтобы Вы верно ее записали.
21. Они спорили шепотом, чтобы дети не догадались об их размолвке.
22. Уберите отсюда сумку, чтобы кто-нибудь не споткнулся.
23. Он опасался, что над его предложением будут смеяться.
GENERAL REVISION OF OBLIQUE MOODS

Example: I would say it was time you …started… (start) working
seriously.
1. I'd rather you ……… (not watch) television while I'm reading.
2. I wish I ……… (spend) more time swimming last summer.
3. Helen is so bossy. She acts as if she ……… (own) the place.
4. We found it absolutely necessary that everyone ……… (to participate)
in the discussion.
5. Reread this phrase so that you ……… (not make) the same mistake
again.
6. I wish you ……… (not keep) coming late to class.
7. Suppose a complete stranger ……… (leave) you a lot of money in their
will!
8. I wish I ……… (go) to your party after all.
9. I'd rather you ……… (sit) next to Susan, please.
10. The government demanded that the ambassador ……. (be)
recalled.
11. You are lucky going to Italy. I wish I ………(go) with you.
Exercise 120. Correct the error in each sentence:

Example: I’d rather you don’t wait.
I’d rather you didn’t wait.
1. I wish I didn't listen to you before.
2. I cannot give him such a job. I wish he were light-minded.
3. It was desirable that all participants came on time.
4. If he would go there, I did not come.
5. He insisted that everybody would sign the paper.
6. He looks upon the cottage as if it is his property.
7. Was it so important that he is present?
8. Should he could do it, he would do it.
9. I demand that he is taken to hospital immediately.
10. I wish I bought that old house.
253
11. I'd rather you don't eat all the bread.
12. It's time I go.
13. I wish I own a motorbike.
14. I wish we are not leaving in the morning.
15. Sue would rather reading than watching television.
16. Come what comes, I'll be on your side.
17. I hope it would stop raining.
18. If it isn't for David, we are missing the bus.
19. If you didn't lend us the money, we would have gone to the bank.
20. But for you helped us, we would have taken much longer.
Exercise 121. Complete each sentence with a suitable word or

phrase:
Example: I wish you would stop making so much noise late at night!
1. I'd rather the children ………….on the television without permission.
2. Suppose …………. half the money I owe you. Would that satisfy you?
3. This is an awful hotel. I wish we …………. to the Grand instead.
4. It is absolutely …………. you contact head office in advance.
5. I think it's high time we …………. locking all the windows at night.
6. Would you rather I …………. the lunch, if you feel tired?
7. I wish my car …………. as fast as yours.
8. I'd prefer you …………. smoke in here, if you don't mind.
9. It was recommended that all papers …………. filed and locked.
10. ………….they offered you the job of managing director!
Exercise 122. Complete each sentence with one word:

Example: It's high time you learned to look after yourself!
1. I wish you …………. try listening to me just for once!
2. I …………. rather not go by bus, if possible.
3. …………. that as it may, it doesn't alter the seriousness of the problem.
4. I wish Carol …………. be here to see you all.
5. We both wish you …………. staying longer.
6. You …………. as if you had played in the match instead of watching it!
7. I really wish we ………….married.
8. I ………….you didn't mind my phoning so late.
Exercise 123. Rewrite each sentence so that it contains the word

in capitals, and so that the meaning remains the same:
Example: Do you ever regret not going to university? WISH
254
Do you ever wish you had gone to university?
1. Don't take this job if you don't really want it. UNLESS
______________________________________________
2. If you insist on smoking so much, of course you feel ill. WILL
______________________________________________
3. I don't want to go to the meeting. RATHER
______________________________________________
4. I should really be leaving. TIME
______________________________________________
5. I wasn't tall enough to reach the shelf. TALLER
______________________________________________
6. I wish I hadn't sold that old painting. PITY
______________________________________________
7. I won't sell the painting, not evenfor £1000. IF
______________________________________________
8. I don't have any scissors so I can't lend you any. IF
______________________________________________
9. I'd love to be able to go with you to the opera. WISH
______________________________________________
10. I just want them to be given one more chance. PROPOSE
______________________________________________
11. If the ship sank, what would you do? WERE
______________________________________________
12. If you hadn't encouraged me, I would have given up. BUT
______________________________________________
13. If you should notice what's on at the cinema, let me know. HAPPEN
______________________________________________
14. It would be better if you didn't stay long. RATHER
______________________________________________
15. It was highly unnatural for him to be late. SHOULD
______________________________________________
16. But for Helen, the play would be a flop. WERE
______________________________________________
17. Jack doesn't know all the answers, though he pretends to. ACTS
______________________________________________
18. The management insisted on our wearing dark suits. WEAR
______________________________________________
19. Why do you have to complain all the time? WISH
______________________________________________
255
the meaning remains: the same
Example: Working so much will make you tired.
If you work so much you will get tired.
1. Dick is in prison because a detective recognized him.
If a detective ………………………………………………………
2. Everyone regretted not listening more carefully to the lecture.
Everyone wished …………………………………………………..
3. I might be late. If so, start without me.
If I ……………………………………………………
4. I regret drinking so much last night!
If only ……………………………………………………
5. I wish I hadn't heard that!
I'd rather you……………………………………………………
6. If by any chance you find my wallet, could you let me know?
If you happen……………………………………………………
7. It's a pity I can't borrow your car.
I wish you would ……………………………………………………
8. If you do the shopping, I'll cook lunch.
You ……………………………………………………
9. Is it better for me to leave?
Would you ……………………………………………………
10. It would be nice to be able to fly.
I wish ……………………………..
11. It's a pity you were driving so fast.
I wish you ……………………………………………………
12. If Pauline hadn't been interested, the project would have been
abandoned.
But for ……………………………………………………
13. Jack prefers me not to say anything about the missing money.
Jack would rather ……………………………………………………
14. May the President live a long time!
Long ……………………………………………….
15. The fire was brought under control thanks to the night-watchman.
If it hadn't……………………………………………………
16. Unfortunately I've got to work late tonight.
I wish……………………………………………………
17. If Jane hadn't refused to work overtime, she would have got
256
promotion.
If it hadn't ……………………………………………………
18. We really must discuss this again.
It's important that…………………………………………………… .
19. What would you do if there was an earthquake?
Supposing………………………………………………..
20. What would you do if you found some buried treasure?
If you were……………………………………………………
Exercise 125. Complete each sentence with a suitable word or

phrase:
Example: It's time all of us were in bed.
1. I'd rather you ……….. slowly and more carefully.
2. ………..may, I will always be on your side!
3. I wish you………..the lecture instead of Professor Brown!
4. Don't rush your decision. I'd rather you………..over.
5. The authorities………..the money be paid at once.
6. I wish I could………..at your party, but I was busy I'm afraid.
7. Mary sometimes acts as if she………..either way what happened.
8. It's time I………..my way.
Exercise 126. Paraphrase the following sentences using

the subjunctive mood:
Example: Martin looked around as if not knowing where he was.
Martin looked around as if he didn’t know where he was.
1. Have you arranged for our things to be taken to the hotel?
2. His demand to be given access to the files was refused.
3. He seemed to have done nothing wrong. It was a pity I couldn’t believe
him.
4. Martin looked amused as if having just heard a joke.
5. I’ve just phoned home for my parents to know where I am.
6. Why do you expect me to do it? I don’t think I promised anything. (It’s
not as if...)
7. I’m sorry to have come here at all. It’s a pity you invited me.
8. I did everything for her not to worry. I was very anxious for her not to
be disturbed by the news.
9. Why don’t they stop this constant noise?
10. I regret having brought you here. But I did it for you to be able to
judge for yourself.
257
11. Don’t you think it strange for Karen to have forgotten to call?
12. Even if threatened, he wouldn’t have changed his mind.
13. Mother suggested our going to the hospital at once. Everyone agreed.
14. The order was for the troops to retreat.
Exercise 127. Translate the following sentences into English

using the subjunctive mood:
1. Если бы вы сохранили письмо, всем было бы проще.
2. Жаль, что вы не сохранили письмо.
3. Он захотел, чтобы я сохранил письмо.
4. Он считает естественным, что вы сохранили письмо.
5. Не делайте вид, словно вы не сохранили письмо.
6. Жаль, что вы не храните письма.
7. Если бы не ваше напоминание, я бы не сохранила это важное
письмо.
8. Пора вам понять, что важные письма нужно сохранять.
9. Ах, если бы вы сохранили то письмо!
10. Даже если бы вы сохранили то письмо, это вам не помогло бы.
11. Если вы случайно вспомните, куда положили письмо, дайте мне
знать.
12. Мне совсем не нравится ваше предложение, чтобы я сохранял все
письма.
13. Странно, что вы не сохранили настолько важное письмо, очень
странно.
14. То, что вы не сохранили настолько важное письмо, кажется мне
очень странным.
15. Я сохраню это письмо, какими бы не были последствия.
Exercise 128. Translate the following sentences into English

using the subjunctive mood:
1. Бильбо, присев на лавочку возле камина, ... пытался сделать вид,
словно ничего особенного не происходит и все это не имеет ничего общего
с приключениями.
2. «Если бы не знак на дверях, я бы подумал, что мы попали не туда».
3. ««Не думаю, что лодка привязана», — сказал Бильбо, —... Мне
кажется, что ее просто подогнали к берегу ...»
4. «Кажется, мои сны начинают сбываться».
5. «... Неизвестно, как вели бы себя вы на его месте».
6. «... Жаль, что он не смог сделать наше путешествие более
258
комфортным».
7. «Что вы предлагаете делать дальше, мистер Бэггинс?»
8. «Жаль, что я начал говорить об этом».
9. «Они же говорили, что я могу выбирать свою судьбу сам. Я бы
выбрал этот камень».
10. «... Боюсь, как бы в долине не началось сражение».
(Дж. Р. Р. Толкиен)
Exercise 129. Choose the right option
1. I felt sorry for Jane. If anybody ........ such a thing to me, I ........ hurt.
a) would say, felt
b) said, would feel
c) had said, would feel
d) will say, will feel
2. The orders are that three of you........ here, the rest ........ to the city
centre.
a) will stay, will go
b) should stay, should go
c) would stay, would go
d) stay, to go
3. He ........ differently, if he ........ an answer two days ago.
a) will act, was given
b) would act, were given
c) would have acted, would have been given
d) would have acted, had been given
4. Who was the first to suggest........the research, I can not well remember.
a) him to do
b) that he do
c) that he will do
d) that he would do
5. «I wish I ........ your health and vitality. I ........ a new life for myself,»
she said with a smile.
a) had, would make
b) would have, made
c) have, will have made
d) was having, would have made
6. Don't help my son, please. I ........ rather he ........ supper himself. He is
an excellent cook.
a) would, will cook
b) had, cooks
259
c) would, cooked
d) had, had cooked
7. He wished he ........ her the money. She never returned it.
a) had lent
b) hadn't lent
c) did not lend
d) lent
8. If I ........ you, I ........ him. It's high time you ........ his advice.
a) were, would contact, would take
b) had been, would have contacted, would have taken
c) am, will contact, will take
d) were, would contact, took
9. He behaves as if nothing ......... But he forgets it is very important that
he ........ a chance of going there.
a) has happened, will take
b) had happened, take
c) was happened, should take
d) happened, takes
10. If she ........ half an hour earlier, she ........to see him before the
departure. He was eager to say good-bye to her.
a) came, would be able
b) would come, was able
c) would have come, would have been able
d) had come, would have been able
11. It is desirable that she ........ at the conference. Our director demands
that everybody........ at 3 o'clock.
a) is present, comes
b) will be present, will come
c) be present, come
d) would be present, would come
12. You were not attentive. If you........so nervous, you ........ much better
and ........ so many mistakes.
a) had not been, would have spoken, wouldn't have made
b) were not, would speak, wouldn't make
c) wouldn't have been, had spoken, hadn't made
d) wouldn't be, spoke, didn't make
13. ........ his letter, his life ......... I wish he ........ anything.
a) Would the newspaper not print, wouldn't have ruined, had written
260
b) Had the newspaper not printed, wouldn't have ruined, hadn't
written
c) Had the newspaper not have printed, wouldn't ruin, wrote
d) If the newspaper should not have printed, hadn't ruin, hadn't
written
14. He speaks to me as though he ........ something on his mind. It's time
he ........ and ........ everything to us.
a) had had, had come, had explained
b) had, came, explained
c) has, will come, will explain
d) had, should come, should explain
15. .......to the hustle and bustle of the city life, my annoyance .........
a) If I would return, would be over
b) Should I return, would be over
c) Would I return, would have been over
d) If I had returned, had been over
16. Some simple vending machines require that the exact amount of
money for a particular item .........
a) will insert
b) should insert
c) be inserted
d) will be inserted
17. ........themselves at Victoria or Vancouver they........ themselves a large
amount of money.
a) Had the miners outfitted, would have saved
b) Should the miners have outfitted, would have saved
c) If the miners outfitted, would have saved
d) If the miners had outfitted, should save
18. Inspector Strickland, like myself, was suffering from a severe attack
of bronchitis, which threatened to become chronic if it ........ immediately
relieved.
a) were not
b) would not be
c) had been
d) would not have been
19. Parliament ordered that the customs office ........ the taxes more
efficiently.
a) would collect
b) collects
261
c) collect
d) collected
20. National parks request that visitors ........ wild animals.
a) not feed
b) did not feed
c) would not feed
d) do not feed
TRANSLATION SECTION
Exercise 130. Translate the following sentences in writing paying

special attention to the ways of rendering the forms of oblique
moods:
1. When the committee was considering the new system, it asked the
Ministry of Labor what the effect would be if prices were rounded up to the
nearest half-cent.
2. They had a special reason for preferring short-time — the low normal
wastage at its works — but, again, fear of a strike if redundancies were
declared also influenced the company.
3. It would be foolish to think that all this will be easy.
4. In preparation for their meeting tomorrow it would be a very good idea
if Trades Union Congress leaders would make a point of meeting the rank-
and-file workers who are lobbying Parliament today.
5. Even if NATO Governments were not yet prepared to abolish both the
NATO and Warsaw Pacts it would still be possible to reach an understanding
on liquidating the military organizations of these groupings.
6. A visit to the detained African leaders would therefore most likely
have resulted in the rejection of the Prime Minister's proposals — which
would have been awkward for him on the eve of the Labor Party conference.
7. Even if this proposal were acted upon, and it is now evident that the
President has disavowed it, the fundamental guns-instead-of-butter nature of
the economy would in no way be altered.
8. If it had been reached on a national scale the whole political scene in
India would have been transformed, and the Right Wing gains in other areas
would have been impossible.
9. Unemployment of those proportions, were it general, would be a
national catastrophe.
10. Had the election campaign been still in progress the wage squeeze
might have become an issue.
262
11. February's trade figures showed a £62 million deficit. There would
have been an even worse result for 1968 had it not been for the £ 559 million
that foreign businessmen invested in Britain.
12. The British Foreign Secretary will now be entering what are officially
termed «the pre-negotiations» with an ardent will to succeed. But the Prime
Minister would hardly have taken the unprecedented step of deciding to go
along, too, had he been sure they would fail.
13. The Prime Minister refused to be drawn yesterday into saying what
he would do if his attempt to «renegotiate» the Nassau agreement were to fail.
14. Today's talks, therefore, will certainly lay down guide-lines for a Tory
Manifesto should an early election materialize.
15. Even should it be decided to extend the session, only ten days can be
gained; so — the argument runs — it is better to wait for the new session,
especially as the Lords may impose its veto and delay the Bill 12 months.
16. Should any appeal be needed, the Prime Minister will have
opportunities for personal chats with backsliders at a party for MPs of
previous Parliaments which he will give at 10 Downing Street tonight.
17. Objections to this plan, supposing there should be any, should be
reported to the committee at once.
18. The Government, therefore, propose that these matters should, in
the first instance, be left to negotiation between the Corporation and the
Federation.
19. India proposed today that the nuclear Powers should guarantee
through the United Nations the security of countries threatened by others
which have nuclear weapons capability.
20. It is important that the real situation should be examined because
anything which promotes irrational differences between earnings in an
industry is bound to cause trouble.
21. In addition, the U. N. Charter provided that the United Nations
should not intervene in the internal affairs of a State.
22. One of the first suggestions he made shortly after he took office, was
that a lottery be run to rescue U.N. finances.
263
References:
1. Дмитриева Л. Ф. Английский язык. Курс перевода /

Л. Ф. Дмитриева, С. Е. Кунцевич, Е. А. Мартинкевич, Н. Ф. Смирнова. —
М.: ИКЦ «МарТ», 2005. — 304 с.
2. Зражевская Т. А. Трудности перевода общественно-политического
текста с английского языка на русский: учеб. пособие для ин-тов и фак.
иностр. яз. / Т. А. Зражевская, Т. И. Гуськова. — 2-е изд. — М.: Высш. шк.,
1986. — 240 с.
3. Крутиков Ю. А. Exercises in мodern English Grammar: учеб. пособие
для ин-тов и фак. иностр. яз. / Ю. А. Крутиков, И. С. Кузьмина,
Х. В. Рабинович. — 3-е изд. — М.: Высш. шк., 1971. — 247 с.
4. Крылова И. П. Грамматика современного английского языка: учеб.
для студентов ин-тов и фак. иностр. яз. / И. П. Крылова, Е. М. Гордон. —
12-е изд. — М.: Книжный дом «Университет», 2007. — 424 с.
5. Крылова И. П. Грамматика современного английского языка /
И. П. Крылова. — М.: Книжный дом «Университет», 2002. — 448 с.
6. Ланчиков В. Мир перевода-6: Трудности перевода в примерах:
практ. пособие для студентов 3-4-х курсов / В. Ланчиков, А. Чужакин. —
М.: Р. Валент, 2001. — 60 с.
7. Натанзон Е. А. Косвенные наклонения и модальные глаголы в
английском языке: учеб. пособие / Елена Александровна Натанзон. — М.:
Междунар. отношения, 1968. — 160 с.
8. Практична граматика англiйської мови з вправами: посiб. для
студентiв вузiв: в 2 т. / Л. М. Черноватий, В. I. Карабан, I. Ю. Набокова та
ін.; за ред. Л. М. Черноватого, В. I. Карабана. — Вiнниця: Нова кн., 2005.
— Т. 2: Modality, non-finite verb group, foreign plurals, punctuation, word
building, some difficulties in the use of articles. — 2005. — 275 с.
9. Романова Л. И. Практическая грамматика английского языка /
Лариса Ивановна Романова. — М.: Айрис, 2000. — 161 с.
10. Сидоренко Г. И. Сборник упражнений по грамматике
английского языка / Г. И. Сидоренко, И. А. Клыс — 4-е изд. — Минск:
Лексис, 2010. — 232 с.
11. Хведченя Л. В. Практическая грамматика современного
английского языка / Л. В. Хведченя, Р. В. Хорень, И. В. Крюковская —
Минск: «Книжный Дом», 2005 — 688 с.
12. Шпилюк Е. М. Сослагательное наклонение: Сборник
упражнений по грамматике английского языка / Е. М. Шпилюк. — СПб.:
Каро, 2004. — 176 с.
264
13. Azar B. Understanding and and Using English Grammar / Betty
Azar. — Longman, 2002. — 567 p.
14. Evans V. Round-Up 6: English Grammar Practice / Virginia Evans.
— 2.ed. — Edinburgh: Longman, 1999. — 256 p.
15. Hashemi L. English Grammar in Use Supplementary Exercises:
With Answers / L. Hashemi, R. Murphy. — Cambridge: Univer. Press, 1995.
— 126 p.
16. Hewings M. Advanced Grammar in Use / Martin Hewings. —
Cambridge Universaty Press, 2005. — 294 p.
17. Mann M., Taylor-Knowles S. Destination B2: Grammar and
Vocabulary. – Macmillan, 2008. – 254 p.
18. Mann M., Taylor-Knowles S. Destination C1 & C2: Grammar and
Vocabulary. – Macmillan, 2008. – 312 p.
19. Side R. Grammar and vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and
proficiency / Richard Side, Guy Wellman. — Longman, 2000. — 286 p.
20. Thomson A. J. Practical English Grammar / A. J. Thomson,
A. V. Martinet. — Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2003. — 384 p.
21. Vince M. Advanced Language Practice / Michael Vince. —
Macmillan, 2003. — 326 p.
22. Vince M. Macmillan English Grammar in Context Advanced /
Michael Vince. — Macmillan, 2008. — 241 p.
23. Vince M. First Certificate Language Practice / Michael Vince. —
Macmillan, 2003. — 342 p.
24. Walton R. Advanced English Grammar Practice / Richard Walton. —
Pearson Education limited, 2000. — 111 p.
25. Watkins M. Practise Your Modal Verbs / Mike Watkins. — London
and New York: Longman, 1998. — 63 p.
26. Yule G. Oxford Practice Grammar (Advanced) / George Yule. —
Oxford University Press, 2004. — 280 p.
265

Модальные глаголы и формы сослагательного наклонения

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Модальные глаголы и формы сослагательного наклонения

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

МИНИСТЕРСТВО ОБРАЗОВАНИЯ И НАУКИ

ДОНЕЦКОЙ НАРОДНОЙ РЕСПУБЛИКИ

Модальные глаголы и формы

Утверждено на заседании Ученого совета факультета

С 221 Модальные глаголы и формы сослагательного

Марченко Г.В., кандидат педагогических наук, доцент, заведующая кафедрой

Данное учебное пособие содержит теоретический материал и практические

ГОУ ВПО «Донецкий национальный

The Oblique Moods. The Basics …………………………...…………….. 153

can - could may- might must will- would

3. Modals never use do when forming questions or negatives. To form

4. Modals usually refer to events in the present or future: I can come

6. We use other verbs with similar meanings to modals (modal verbs

I'm supposed to have let them know my decision by today.

Phase-aspect Active voice Passive voice Examples

8. Most modal verbs can be used in three modal meanings:

Can is used to express mental, physical ability or possibility due to the

CAN/COULD and TO BE ABLE TO

We use to be able to instead of can or could in four cases:

Exercise 1. Using a dictionary if necessary, complete these

Exercise 2. Complete each sentence with can or could in the

Example: Be careful when you swim — the sea … can… be dangerous.

Exercise 3. Discussion task

Exercise 4. Complete the sentences using can or to be able to. Use

Exercise 5. Write sentences about yourself using the ideas in

Exercise 6. Complete the sentences with can / can't / could /

come eat hear run

1. I'm afraid I ...can’t come.. to your party next week.

Exercise 7. Complete the answers to the questions with was/were

Exercise 9. Complete the account of the climb with

Exercise 10. Put in can/can't if possible, if not use could or will be

Exercise 11. Complete the sentences using could/couldn't or

COULD DO AND COULD HAVE DONE

Previously it was stated that could is the past form of can:

Exercise 12. Complete this joke with appropriate forms of can or

STEPHEN: I'm so hungry, … I could eat a kilo of rice!

Later, Julie wrote a postcard to her parents, and described how

Exercise 14. Open the brackets with could do (expressing a

1.2 Imperative meaning

Exercise 15. Ask politely:

Exercise 16. Paraphrase these notices to give or refuse

to get a lift to phoned a garage

1.3 Suppositional meaning

1) Can and could are sometimes used in interrogative sentences to express

Note 1. If can/could is followed by the indefinite infinitive of dynamic

Note 4. Double negation in the suppositional meaning («не может быть,

Ехercise 18. Express doubt and improbability about the statements.

Exercise 21. Translate into English:

1.4 Set expressions with CAN/COULD

Note the following set phrases with can / could:

Exercise 22. Translate the sentences using can/could in its

1.5 REVISION: CAN AND COULD

Exercise 24. If a word or phrase in bold is correct, put a tick. If

Exercise 26. Use the verb can/could or to be able to in the

Exercise 27. Translate the following sentences into English using

GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: CAN AND COULD

Exercise 28. Find the Russian equivalents for the following

Exercise 29. Compare and contrast the images, using suppositions

May in the meaning of possibility due to the

Exercise 30. Translate the following sentences into Russian and

Exercise 31. Paraphrase the following sentences using to be

Exercise 32. Change these sentences using may:

Exercise 33. Express disapproval based on the following